TIGER

Journal Articles: 1,000 results
Salicylate Detection by Complexation with Iron(III) and Optical Absorbance Spectroscopy  Jeremy T. Mitchell-Koch, Kendra R. Reid, and Mark E. Meyerhoff
Describes an experiment for the undergraduate quantitative analysis laboratory in which salicylate, a component found in several medications and the active by-product of aspirin decomposition, is quantified through visible spectrophotometry.
Mitchell-Koch, Jeremy T.; Reid, Kendra R.; Meyerhoff, Mark E. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1658.
Consumer Chemistry |
Coordination Compounds |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Cocrystal Controlled Solid-State Synthesis  Miranda L. Cheney, Michael J. Zaworotko, Steve Beaton, and Robert D. Singer
Describes experiments that can easily be adapted to a typical undergraduate organic chemistry course and are inexpensive, relatively safe, require little or no solvent, have high atom economy, make use of non-toxic or low toxicity compounds, and generate negligible quantities of waste.
Cheney, Miranda L.; Zaworotko, Michael J.; Beaton, Steve; Singer, Robert D. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1649.
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Green Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
Solid State Chemistry |
Synthesis
Designing and Conducting a Purification Scheme as an Organic Chemistry Laboratory Practical  Kate J. Graham, Brian J. Johnson, T. Nicholas Jones, Edward J. McIntee, and Chris P. Schaller
Describes an open-ended laboratory practical that challenges students to evaluate when different purification techniques are appropriate.
Graham, Kate J.; Johnson, Brian J.; Jones, T. Nicholas; McIntee, Edward J.; Schaller, Chris P. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1644.
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Physical Properties |
Separation Science
NMR and IR Spectroscopy for the Structural Characterization of Edible Fats and Oils  Molly W. Crowther
This article describes an upper-level instrumental laboratory for undergraduates that explores the complementary nature of IR and NMR spectroscopy in the analysis of five edible and structurally similar fats and oils for average chain length, degree of unsaturation, and trans fat content.
Crowther, Molly W. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1550.
Consumer Chemistry |
Food Science |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Spectroscopy |
Fatty Acids
The Synthesis of a Cockroach Pheromone  Patty L. Feist
This paper describes the synthesis of gentisyl quinone isovalerate or blattellaquinone, a sex pheromone of the German cockroach and a compound with real-world applications. The experiment also affords students practice in extraction as well as IR and NMR spectroscopy.
Feist, Patty L. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1548.
Esters |
IR Spectroscopy |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Synthesis
A More Challenging Interpretative Nitration Experiment Employing Substituted Benzoic Acids and Acetanilides  Edward M. Treadwell and Tung-Yin Lin
An experiment is described involving the nitration of ortho or meta, monosubstituted benzoic acids and monochlorinated acetanilides with nitric acid to evaluate the regioselectivity of addition through computational methods and 1H NMR spectroscopy.
Treadwell, Edward M.; Lin, Tung-Yin. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1541.
Aromatic Compounds |
Computational Chemistry |
Electrophilic Substitution |
Molecular Modeling |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
The Synthesis of N-Benzyl-2-azanorbornene via Aqueous Hetero Diels–Alder Reaction  Xavier Sauvage and Lionel Delaude
Characterization of the product of this organic synthesis through IR and NMR data analysis provides valuable material to familiarize students with different types of protonproton coupling patterns and their typical ranges, serves to illustrate the concepts of green chemistry and atom efficiency, and can be used to exemplify structural analysis and computational studies.
Sauvage, Xavier; Delaude, Lionel. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1538.
Alkenes |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Conformational Analysis |
Green Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Modeling |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Synthesis
Borohydride Reduction of Estrone  Animesh Aditya, David E. Nichols, and G. Marc Loudon
This experiment presents a guided-inquiry approach to the demonstration of diastereoselectivity using chiral hindered ketones that undergo facile reduction with sodium borohydride. The resulting diastereomeric estradiols can be analyzed and differentiated by thin-layer chromatography and melting point.
Aditya, Animesh; Nichols, David E.; Loudon, G. Marc. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1535.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Diastereomers |
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
Stereochemistry |
Steroids |
Thin Layer Chromatography
A One-Pot, Asymmetric Robinson Annulation in the Organic Chemistry Majors Laboratory  Kiel E. Lazarski, Alan A. Rich, and Cheryl M. Mascarenhas
Describes a one-pot, enantioselective, Robinson annulation geared towards the second-year organic chemistry major and demonstrating aspects of green chemistry.
Lazarski, Kiel E.; Rich, Alan A.; Mascarenhas, Cheryl M. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1531.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Asymmetric Synthesis |
Catalysis |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Gas Chromatography |
HPLC |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Green Chemistry
A Green, Guided-Inquiry Based Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution for the Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Eric Eby and S. Todd Deal
This alternative, electrophilic aromatic substitutionan iodination reaction of salicylamide, a popular analgesicuses environmentally friendly reagents and serves as a guided-inquiry experiment in which students are asked to predict the orientation of the substitution reaction and determine the product's structure using FT-IR spectroscopy.
Eby, Eric; Deal, S. Todd. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1426.
Aromatic Compounds |
Constitutional Isomers |
Electrophilic Substitution |
Green Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Synthesis of the Commercial Antidepressant Moclobemide   Jesse D. More
Describes an experiment for the undergraduate organic chemistry laboratory in which students synthesize the commercial antidepressant drug moclobemide, marketed under the trade name Manerix, in one step using commercially available material. The purity and identity of the product are confirmed by melting point and NMR and IR spectroscopy.
More, Jesse D. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1424.
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
IR Spectroscopy |
Medicinal Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Quantitative Analysis of Nail Polish Remover Using Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Revisited  Markus M. Hoffmann, Joshua T. Caccamis, Mark P. Heitz, and Kenneth D. Schlecht
Substantial modifications intended for a second- or third-year laboratory course in analytical chemistry are presented for a previously described procedure using NMR spectroscopy to quantitatively determine analytes in commercial nail polish remover. The revised experiment introduces student collaboration to critically interpret a relatively large set of data.
Hoffmann, Markus M.; Caccamis, Joshua T.; Heitz, Mark P.; Schlecht, Kenneth D. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1421.
Alcohols |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Consumer Chemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Development of a Nanomaterials One-Week Intersession Course  Keith A. Walters and Heather A. Bullen
A novel one-week, intersession, lecturelab hybrid course on nanomaterials and nanotechnology provides a combination of background theory and hands-on laboratory experiments.
Walters, Keith A.; Bullen, Heather A. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1406.
Crystals / Crystallography |
Materials Science |
Nanotechnology |
Semiconductors |
Spectroscopy |
Thermal Analysis
The Discovery-Oriented Approach to Organic Chemistry. 7. Rearrangement of trans-Stilbene Oxide with Bismuth Trifluoromethanesulfonate and Other Metal Triflates  James E. Christensen, Matthew G. Huddle, Jamie L. Rogers, Herbie Yung, and Ram S. Mohan
Presents a microscale, green organic chemistry laboratory experiment that illustrates the utility of metal triflates, especially bismuth triflate, as a Lewis acid catalyst. Bismuth compounds are especially attractive for use as catalysts in organic synthesis because of their low toxicity, low cost, and ease of handling.
Christensen, James E.; Huddle, Matthew G.; Rogers, Jamie L.; Yung, Herbie; Mohan, Ram S. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1274.
Catalysis |
Epoxides |
Green Chemistry |
Lewis Acids / Bases |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy
The Comparative Nucleophilicity of Naphthoxide Derivatives in Reactions with a Fast-Red TR Dye  Cheryl M. Mascarenhas
In this experiment, organic chemistry students perform reactions between three naphthyl acetate derivatives and the diazonium salt Fast-Red TR. Students discover under what conditions the hydrolysis and electrophilic aromatic substitution is fastest and slowest, allowing them to conclude that latter, rather than the former, is rate-limiting.
Mascarenhas, Cheryl M. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1271.
Alcohols |
Aromatic Compounds |
Dyes / Pigments |
Esters |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
"As Simple as Possible, but Not Simpler"—The Case of Dehydroascorbic Acid  Robert C. Kerber
Textbooks routinely assign dehydroascorbic acid a tricarbonyl structure that is highly improbable in aqueous solution and inconsistent with its colorless appearance. Studies of oxidized forms of ascorbic acid are summarized here, and a plea is entered for accurate descriptions of chemical structures in this and other cases, even at the cost of some simplicity.
Kerber, Robert C. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1237.
Bioorganic Chemistry |
Free Radicals |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Vitamins
Data Pooling in a Chemical Kinetics Experiment: The Aquation of a Series of Cobalt(III) Complexes  Richard S. Herrick, Kenneth V. Mills, and Lisa P. Nestor
Describes an experiment that introduces students to integrated rate laws, the search for a mechanism that is consistent with chemical and kinetic data, and the concept of activation barriers and their measurement in a curriculum whose pedagogical philosophy makes the laboratory the center of learning for undergraduates in their first two years of instruction.
Herrick, Richard S.; Mills, Kenneth V.; Nestor, Lisa P. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 1120.
Coordination Compounds |
Kinetics |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Rate Law |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
The Iodochlorination of Styrene: An Experiment That Makes a Difference  R. Gary Amiet and Sylvia Urban
This purpose of this laboratory exercise is to determine the various substitution and elimination products generated in the iodochlorination of styrene and their relative proportions through the application of mechanistic principles and a basic knowledge of GCMS and NMR.
Amiet, R. Gary; Urban, Sylvia. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 962.
Alkenes |
Constitutional Isomers |
Gas Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Mass Spectrometry |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Student-Centered Learning
Separation of the Carotenoid Bixin from Annatto Seeds Using Thin-Layer and Column Chromatography  James V. McCullagh and Nicholas Ramos
In this experiment the carotenoid bixin is isolated from annatto seeds using column chromatography and then analyzed by UVvis and IR spectroscopy. The procedure has several advantages over previous pigment separation experiments.
McCullagh, James V.; Ramos, Nicholas. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 948.
Chromatography |
Dyes / Pigments |
Natural Products |
Separation Science |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Annatto Polymeric Microparticles: Natural Product Encapsulation by the Emulsion–Solvent Evaporation Method  Zaine Teixeira, Nelson Durán, and Silvia S. Guterres
In this experiment, extract from annatto seeds is microencapsulated in poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyvalerate) by the emulsionsolvent evaporation method. Encapsulation delays degradation and promotes the sustained release of bixin, an extract useful in the cosmetic and food industries.
Teixeira, Zaine; Durán, Nelson; Guterres, Silvia S. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 946.
Applications of Chemistry |
Colloids |
Food Science |
Natural Products |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Industrial Chemistry
The Preparation and Enzymatic Hydrolysis of a Library of Esters  Elizabeth M. Sanford and Traci L. Smith
In this investigative case study, students work collaboratively to prepare and characterize a library of esters using Fischer esterification and alcoholysis of acid chlorides and their subsequent enzymatic hydrolysis by pig liver and orange peel esterases.
Sanford, Elizabeth M.; Smith, Traci L. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 944.
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Enzymes |
Esters |
Industrial Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Polymer-Supported Reagents and 1H–19F NMR Couplings: The Synthesis of 2-Fluoroacetophenone  Nicola Pohl and Kimberly Schwarz
Describes an experiment in which 2-bromoacetophenone is converted to 2-fluoroacetophenone using a solid-phase nucleophilic fluorine source. The experiment introduces students to the utility of solid-phase reagents in organic synthesis, to NMR-active nuclei other than 1H without the requirement of a special NMR probe, and to the unique uses of fluorine in molecular design.
Pohl, Nicola; Schwarz, Kimberly. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 834.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Nucleophilic Substitution |
Synthesis
Identification of an Unknown Compound by Combined Use of IR, 1H NMR, 13C NMR, and Mass Spectrometry: A Real-Life Experience in Structure Determination  Louis J. Liotta and Magdalena James-Pederson
In this introductory organic chemistry experiment, students are expected to operate NMR, IR, and GCMS instrumentation to obtain spectra which are interpreted to elucidate the chemical structure of the assigned compounds without the benefit of a list of possible unknowns.
Liotta, Louis J.; James-Pederson, Magdalena. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 832.
Gas Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Spectroscopy
Acid-Catalyzed Enolization of β-Tetralone  Brahmadeo Dewprashad, Anthony Nesturi, and Joel Urena
This experiment allows students to use 1H NMR to compare the rates of substitution of benzylic and non-benzylic a hydrogens of -tetralone and correlate their findings with predictions made by resonance theory.
Dewprashad, Brahmadeo; Nesturi, Anthony; Urena, Joel. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 829.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Isotopes |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Reactive Intermediates |
Resonance Theory |
Synthesis
The Baeyer–Villiger Oxidation with Trifluoroacetic Acid and Household Sodium Percarbonate  Richard A. Kjonaas and Anthony E. Clemons
Reports a method for carrying out the BaeyerVilliger oxidation of cyclopentanone to d-valerolactone in a large-section introductory organic chemistry laboratory course.
Kjonaas, Richard A.; Clemons, Anthony E. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 827.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Esters |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Synthesis
Mosher Amides: Determining the Absolute Stereochemistry of Optically-Active Amines  Damian A. Allen, Anthony E. Tomaso, Jr., Owen P. Priest, David F. Hindson, and Jamie L. Hurlburt
In this experiment, teams of students are given an optically-pure amine of known structure but unknown stereochemistry. Different teams derivatize samples of the amine with (R) and (S) conformations of Mosher's acid chloride. The resulting diastereomers are analyzed by NMR to determine the absolute configuration of the initial, unknown amine.
Allen, Damian A.; Tomaso, Anthony E., Jr.; Priest, Owen P.; Hindson, David F.; Hurlburt, Jamie L. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 698.
Amides |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Chromatography |
Diastereomers |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry
Determination of Hammett Equation Rho Constant for the Hydrolysis of p-Nitrophenyl Benzoate Esters  Sheue L. Keenan, Karl P. Peterson, Kelly Peterson, and Kyle Jacobson
In this experiment, seven p-nitrophenyl benzoate esters are synthesized and characterized. Students then measure the rate constants for the base hydrolysis of these esters using UV-vis spectrophotometry and determine the Hammett equation constant for this hydrolysis reaction.
Keenan, Sheue L.; Peterson, Karl P.; Peterson, Kelly; Jacobson, Kyle. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 558.
Aromatic Compounds |
Esters |
IR Spectroscopy |
Kinetics |
Synthesis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A Nitration Reaction Puzzle for the Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Milton J. Wieder and Russell Barrows
Treatment of phenylacetic acid with different concentrations of nitric acid yields two different products. Using 1H NMR and IR spectral data, students are asked to deduce the structures of the two products, thus illustrating fundamental concepts in electrophilic aromatic substitution while posing an interesting structure elucidation puzzle.
Wieder, Milton J.; Barrows, Russell. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 549.
Constitutional Isomers |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Alternative pH-Shift Ion-Exchange Chromatography: Quantitative Spectroscopic Monitoring of the Progress of a Reaction   Concepción López, Manuel Martínez, Mercè Rocamora, and Laura Rodríguez
In this experiment, the solvolysis of [CoCl(NH3)5]2+ in nonaqueous (H3PO4) is followed by an alternative way of using ion-exchange chromatography that relies on changing the charge of the product through a shift in pH. Subsequent hydrolysis of the resulting complex is monitored and compared using UVvis and 31P NMR spectroscopy.
López, Concepción; Martínez, Manuel; Rocamora, Mercè; Rodríguez, Laura. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 426.
Chromatography |
Coordination Compounds |
Ion Exchange |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A Three-Step Laboratory Sequence To Prepare a Carbene Complex of Silver(I) Chloride  John P. Canal, Taramatee Ramnial, Lisa D. Langlois, Colin D. Abernethy, and Jason A. C. Clyburne
Presents a multistep inorganic synthesisof N-heterocyclic carbenes that introduces students to modern organometallic chemistry, multinuclear NMR (1H and 13C) spectroscopy, and novel coordination geometries and valence states of carbon.
Canal, John P.; Ramnial, Taramatee; Langlois, Lisa D.; Abernethy, Colin D.; Clyburne, Jason A. C. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 416.
Coordination Compounds |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Organometallics |
Synthesis
Synthesis and Characterization of 9-Hydroxyphenalenone Using 2D NMR Techniques  Benjamin Caes and Dell Jensen Jr.
The synthesis of 9-Hydroxyphenalenone produces a planar multicyclic beta-ketoenol, the tautomerization of which results in C2v symmetry on the NMR time scale, thus simplifying the spectra and providing a unique structure for teaching 2D NMR spectroscopy.
Caes, Benjamin; Jensen, Dell, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 413.
Alcohols |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Aromatic Compounds |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Radical Quenching of 1,1-Diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl: A Spectrometric Determination of Antioxidant Behavior  John M. Berger, Roshniben J. Rana, Hira Javeed, Iqra Javeed, and Sandi L. Schulien
Describes a colorimetric assay using the persistent radical 1,1-diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl to measure the activity of common antioxidants. This exercise is particularly appropriate for a course geared for nutrition or food science majors.
Berger, John M.; Rana, Roshniben J.; Javeed, Hira; Javeed, Iqra; Schulien, Sandi L. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 408.
Food Science |
Free Radicals |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Vitamins
Peer Mentoring in the General Chemistry and Organic Chemistry Laboratories  Caleb A. Arrington, Jameica B. Hill, Ramin Radfar, David M. Whisnant, and Charles G. Bass
This article describes a discovery experiment in which organic chemistry students act as mentors to general chemistry students. Members from both groups work together to isolate an unknown compound using distillation. The structure of the product is then determined collaboratively using IR and NMR spectroscopy.
Arrington, Caleb A.; Hill, Jameica B.; Radfar, Ramin; Whisnant, David M.; Bass, Charles G. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 288.
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
ATR–FTIR Spectroscopy in the Undergraduate Chemistry Laboratory  Jennifer D. Schuttlefield and Vicki H. Grassian
Presents several examples of the use of attenuated total reflectance-Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy in the undergraduate chemistry laboratory, including measuring the infrared spectra of solid and liquid organic compounds commonly used as unknowns and of inorganic solids synthesized by students.
Schuttlefield, Jennifer D.; Grassian, Vicki H. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 279.
IR Spectroscopy |
Liquids |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Solids |
Undergraduate Research
Ring-Opening Polymerization of Lactide To Form a Biodegradable Polymer  Jennifer L. Robert and Katherine B. Aubrecht
In this laboratory, students carry out the tin(II) bis(2-ethylhexanoate)/benzyl alcohol mediated ring-opening polymerization of lactide to form the biodegradable polymer polylactide. As the mechanism of the polymerization is analogous to that of a transesterification reaction, the experiment can be used to demonstrate reactions of carboxylic acid derivatives.
Robert, Jennifer L.; Aubrecht, Katherine B. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 258.
Esters |
Green Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Polymerization |
Stereochemistry
Regioselectivity in Organic Synthesis: Preparation of the Bromohydrin of α-Methylstyrene  Brad Andersh, Kathryn N. Kilby, Meghan E. Turnis, and Drew L. Murphy
In the described experiment, the regiochemical outcome of the addition of "HOBr" to a-methylstyrene is investigated. Although both "classic" qualitative analysis and instrumental techniques are described, the emphasis of this experiment is on the utilization 13C and DEPT-135 NMR spectroscopy to determine the regiochemical outcome of the addition.
Andersh, Brad; Kilby, Kathryn N.; Turnis, Meghan E.; Murphy, Drew L. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 102.
Addition Reactions |
Alcohols |
Alkenes |
Constitutional Isomers |
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
A Discovery-Based Experiment Involving Rearrangement in the Conversion of Alcohols to Alkyl Halides  Richard A. Kjonaas and Ryand J. F. Tucker
This article reports a discovery-based experiment in which students convert three alcohols to alkyl halides under acidic conditions and record the 13C NMR spectrum in each case. By comparing the number of resonances observed with the number of resonances predicted for each possible product, students draw several conclusions about the resulting rearrangement.
Kjonaas, Richard A.; Tucker, Ryand J. F. J. Chem. Educ. 2008, 85, 100.
Alcohols |
Carbocations |
Gas Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Nucleophilic Substitution
Microwave-Assisted Organic Synthesis in the Organic Teaching Lab: A Simple, Greener Wittig Reaction  Eric Martin and Cynthia Kellen-Yuen
A microwave-assisted Wittig reaction has been developed for the organic teaching laboratory. Utilizing this technique, a variety of styrene derivatives have been synthesized from aromatic aldehydes in good yields. The mixture of cis and trans alkenes produced also provides instructors with opportunities to emphasize the spectroscopic analysis of product mixtures.
Martin, Eric; Kellen-Yuen, Cynthia. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 2004.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Alkenes |
Chromatography |
Green Chemistry |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Synthesis of Quaternary Ammonium Salts of Tricyclic Cationic Drugs: A One-Pot Synthesis for the Bioorganic Chemistry Laboratory  Linda S. Brunauer, Abid C. Mogannam, Won B. Hwee, and James Y. Chen
Describes a one-pot conversion of tricyclic cationic drugs to their quaternary ammonium forms for a widely used bioactive drug, chlorpromazine, a phenothiazine-based antipsychotic. The conversion of parent drug to the methylated form was evaluated by qualitatively measuring its ability to induce alterations in the shape of mammalian erythrocytes.
Brunauer, Linda S.; Mogannam, Abid C.; Hwee, Won B.; Chen, James Y. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1992.
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Bioorganic Chemistry |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Isolation of Betulin and Rearrangement to Allobetulin  Brian Green, Michael D. Bentley, Bong Y. Chung, Nicholas G. Lynch, and Bruce L. Jensen
Betulin is obtained by extraction from birch bark and converted to allobetulin. Both compounds display 1H NMR spectra that include axialequatorial coupling characteristic of a C3-alcohol, conformational analysis by the use of dihedral angles and the Karplus equation, coupling patterns caused by diastereotopic protons and long-range interactions, and chemical shift values that are influenced by electronegativity and stereochemistry.
Green, Brian; Bentley, Michael D.; Chung, Bong Y.; Lynch, Nicholas G.; Jensen, Bruce L. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1985.
Biosynthesis |
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Natural Products
Using Ozone in Organic Chemistry Lab: The Ozonolysis of Eugenol  Bruce M. Branan, Joshua T. Butcher, and Lawrence R. Olsen
This organic laboratory involves the ozonolysis of eugenol (clove oil) followed by a reductive workup that generates an aldehyde easily identified by its NMR and IR spectra.
Branan, Bruce M.; Butcher, Joshua T.; Olsen, Lawrence R. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1979.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Gases |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Oxidation / Reduction
Catalytic Hydrogenation of Maleic Acid at Moderate Pressures  Kwesi Amoa
This article demonstrates the reduction of maleic acid in about 90 minutes using moderate-pressure catalytic hydrogenation.
Amoa, Kwesi. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1948.
Alkenes |
Catalysis |
Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Making Student-Acquired Spectra Available via a Web Browser  Jennifer L. Muzyka, Ian M. Kaster, and Lucas W. Hatcher
This paper reports on an approach to make student-acquired spectral data available via a Web browser that allows instrument time to be dedicated to acquisition of spectra rather than time-consuming integration and printing.
Muzyka, Jennifer L.; Kaster, Ian M.; Hatcher, Lucas W. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1871.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Determination of Solvent Effects on Keto—Enol Equilibria of 1,3-Dicarbonyl Compounds Using NMR  A. Gilbert Cook and Paul M. Feltman
Expands the classic physical chemistry experiment using of proton NMR to determine the equilibrium position of tautomeric 1,3-dicarbonyl compounds in various solvents.
Cook, A. Gilbert; Feltman, Paul M. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1827.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Equilibrium |
Hydrogen Bonding |
Molecular Modeling |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Solutions / Solvents |
Thermodynamics
Synthesis and Characterization of Aldol Condensation Products from Unknown Aldehydes and Ketones  Nicholas G. Angelo, Laura K. Henchey, Adam J. Waxman, James W. Canary, Paramjit S. Arora, and Donald Wink
Describes an experiment in which students perform the aldol condensation on an unknown aldehyde and ketone and make use of TLC, column chromatography, recrystallization, and characterization by 1H NMR, GCMS, and FTIR.
Angelo, Nicholas G.; Henchey, Laura K.; Waxman, Adam J.; Canary, James W.; Arora, Paramjit S.; Wink, Donald. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1816.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Synthesis of Triarylmethane and Xanthene Dyes Using Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution Reactions  James V. McCullagh and Kelly A. Daggett
In this experiment, electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions are used to synthesize several triarylmethane and xanthene dyes (fluorescein, erythrosin B, thymolphthalein, and rhodamine B) using common equipment while avoiding often troublesome, hydroscopic Lewis acids. Subsequent UVvis analysis produce spectra that match commercially available dye samples.
McCullagh, James V.; Daggett, Kelly A. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1799.
Acids / Bases |
Aromatic Compounds |
Dyes / Pigments |
Electrophilic Substitution |
Equilibrium |
Synthesis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Determination of the Rotational Barrier for Kinetically Stable Conformational Isomers via NMR and 2D TLC  Gregory T. Rushton, William G. Burns, Judi M. Lavin, Yong S. Chong, Perry Pellechia, and Ken D. Shimizu
After the synthesis of a N,N'-diaryl naphthalene diimide, students estimate the rotational barrier about a CarylNimidesingle bond by studying the reequilibration of the two resulting isomers using two-dimensional thin-layer chromatography, followed by a more accurate determination through a 1H NMR time study.
Rushton, Gregory T.; Burns, William G.; Lavin, Judi M.; Chong, Yong S.; Pellechia, Perry; Shimizu, Ken D. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1499.
Alcohols |
Chromatography |
Conformational Analysis |
Equilibrium |
Kinetics |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Physical Properties |
Rate Law |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Coupling Molecular Modeling to the Traditional "IR-ID" Exercise in the Introductory Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Heather Stokes-Huby and Dale E. Vitale
In this exercise students are required to identify unknowns from their IR spectra, but must also match some of the absorptions with frequencies generate by computer molecular models. Animations of the corresponding bonds in the model are then used to obtain descriptions of the observed vibrations.
Stokes-Huby, Heather; Vitale, Dale E. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1486.
Computational Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Liquids
Synthesis of Anomeric Methyl Fructofuranosides and Their Separation on an Ion-exchange Resin  Erkki Nurminen, Päivi Poijärvi, Katja Koskua, and Jari Hovinen
Treatment of d-fructose with methanol in the presence of acid as a catalyst gives a mixture of methyl--d-fructopyranoside, methyl-a-D-fructofuranoside, and methyl--d- fructofuranoside, which are separated on an ion exchange column and characterized polarimetrically.
Nurminen, Erkki; Poijärvi, Päivi; Koskua, Katja; Hovinen, Jari. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1480.
Carbocations |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Chromatography |
Ion Exchange |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Carbohydrates
A Knoevenagel Initiated Annulation Reaction Using Room Temperature or Microwave Conditions  A. Gilbert Cook
The product of a Knoevenagel initiated annulation reaction is identified through a guided prelab exercise of the synthesis of the Hagemann ester, and then through the analysis of GCMS, NMR, and IR spectra. The stereochemistry of the product is determined through the NMR spectrum and Karplus curve, and the student is required to write a mechanism for the reaction.
Cook, A. Gilbert. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1477.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Conformational Analysis |
Gas Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Synthesis
A Guided-Inquiry Approach to the Sodium Borohydride Reduction and Grignard Reaction of Carbonyl Compounds  Robert E. Rosenberg
Students teams identify unknowns and their reaction products and use their data to deduce that esters are less electrophilic than the other carbonyl compounds present, that Grignard reagents are more nucleophilic than sodium borohydride, and that carboxylic acid derivatives do not undergo the nucleophilic addition reactions that are characteristic of aldehydes and ketones.
Rosenberg, Robert E. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1474.
Addition Reactions |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Esters |
Grignard Reagents |
IR Spectroscopy |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Reactions |
Student-Centered Learning
Redox Titration of Ferricyanide to Ferrocyanide with Ascorbic Acid: Illustrating the Nernst Equation and Beer–Lambert Law  Tina H. Huang, Gail Salter, Sarah L. Kahn, and Yvonne M. Gindt
In this simple experiment, which illustrates the Nernst equation and BeerLambert law, students monitor the reduction of ferricyanide ion to ferrocyanide electrochemically and spectrophoto-metrically upon titration with ascorbic acid. The Nernst equation is used to calculate the standard reduction potential of the redox couple at pH 7 and the number of electrons transferred.
Huang, Tina H.; Salter, Gail; Kahn, Sarah L.; Gindt, Yvonne M. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1461.
Coordination Compounds |
Electrochemistry |
Potentiometry |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Quantitative Imaging in the Laboratory: Fast Kinetics and Fluorescence Quenching  Tanya Cumberbatch and Quentin S. Hanley
This article describes an experiment based on quantitative imaging in which students use the quenching of fluorescein dianion to measure rate constants.
Cumberbatch, Tanya; Hanley, Quentin S. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1319.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Kinetics |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Quantitative Analysis
Quantitative Measurement of Trans-Fats by Infrared Spectroscopy  Edward B. Walker, Don R. Davies, and Mike Campbell
FTIR-ATR spectroscopy provides an efficient analytical tool to measure the percentage of trans-fat in several commercially available lipids and the degree of alkene isomerization induced by brominationdebromination chemical reactions.
Walker, Edward B.; Davies, Don R.; Campbell, Mike. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1162.
Alkenes |
Calibration |
Food Science |
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Lipids |
Quantitative Analysis |
Fatty Acids
Synthesis and NMR Spectral Analysis of Amine Heterocycles: The Effect of Asymmetry on the 1H and 13C NMR Spectra of N,O-Acetals  Shahrokh Saba, James A. Ciaccio, Jennifer Espinal, and Courtney E. Aman
Describe an undergraduate organic laboratory experiment in which students prepare two N,O-acetals that differ only in a single ring substituent that introduces asymmetry, giving each compound a distinct 1H and 13C NMR spectral pattern that must be explained by students.
Saba, Shahrokh; Ciaccio, James A.; Espinal, Jennifer; Aman, Courtney E. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 1011.
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Green Chemistry |
Heterocycles |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Synthesis
A New Tool To Aid Students in NMR Interpretation  John V. McClusky
Presents a tool that allows students to logically analyze NMR spectra and to visualize how peak multiplicity reveals molecular connectivity.
McClusky, John V. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 983.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Oxidation of Aromatic Aldehydes Using Oxone  Rajani Gandhari, Padma P. Maddukuri, and Thottumkara K. Vinod
Describes an eco-friendly procedure for the oxidation of aldehydes to carboxylic acids in water or a water-ethanol mixture using Oxone as the oxidant. The use of eco-friendly solvents, a non-toxic reagent, and the elimination of extraction solvents in the procedure demonstrate important green chemistry themes to students.
Gandhari, Rajani; Maddukuri, Padma P.; Vinod, Thottumkara K. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 852.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Aromatic Compounds |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Carboxylic Acids |
Green Chemistry |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Oxidation / Reduction
A Short History of Three Chemical Shifts  Shin-ichi Nagaoka
Regrettably, the term "chemical shift" to designate the position of a spectral signal has a poor reputation as a technical term. Nevertheless, the "chemical" environment around an atom of interest influences the electronic environment and hence, leads to spectral shifts, making the prefix "chemical" appropriate.
Nagaoka, Shin-ichi. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 801.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Nomenclature / Units / Symbols
A Green Alternative to Aluminum Chloride Alkylation of Xylene  Grigoriy A. Sereda and Vikul B. Rajpara
Presents a simple laboratory experiment that introduces organic chemistry students to the basic principles of green technologies, such as lack of toxic or bulk byproducts, nontoxicity, and reusability of the catalyst.
Sereda, Grigoriy A.; Rajpara, Vikul B. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 692.
Alkylation |
Green Chemistry |
Catalysis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Reactions |
Synthesis
Using a Premade Grignard Reagent To Synthesize Tertiary Alcohols in a Convenient Investigative Organic Laboratory Experiment  Michael A. G. Berg and Roy D. Pointer
Describes the use of a commercially available Grignard reagent in a Grignard synthesis that avoided the failures typically associated with the Grignard reaction.
Berg, Michael A. G.; Pointer, Roy D. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 483.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Grignard Reagents |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Organometallics |
Synthesis
An Inexpensive Kinetic Study: The Reaction of FD&C Red #3 (Erythrosin B) with Hypochlorite  Maher M. Henary and Arlene A. Russell
Students use a desktop visible spectrophotometer to quantitatively follow the rate of disappearance of FD&C Red #3 with hypochlorite. The first-order reaction in both dye and bleach yields simple data that students can easily process and graph using spreadsheet software to obtain the rate constant and the rate law.
Henary, Maher M.; Russell, Arlene A. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 480.
Dyes / Pigments |
Kinetics |
Rate Law |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
The Aldol Addition and Condensation: The Effect of Conditions on Reaction Pathway  R. David Crouch, Amie Richardson, Jessica L. Howard, Rebecca L. Harker, and Kathryn H. Barker
Describes an experiment offering the opportunity for students to observe the critical role that reaction temperature and base strength have in determining the product of the base-mediated addition of a ketone to an aldehyde.
Crouch, R. David; Richardson, Amie; Howard, Jessica L.; Harker, Rebecca L.; Barker, Kathryn H. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 475.
Addition Reactions |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Green Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Reactions |
Synthesis
Zinc Biosorption by Seaweed Illustrated by the Zincon Colorimetric Method and the Langmuir Isotherm  Mara Mar Areco, Maria dos Santos Afonso, and Erika Valdman
Zinc and two algae, Ulva sp. and Gymnogongrus torulosus, are evaluated to illustrate the potential for biological materials (biosorption) to remove toxic metals.
Areco, Mara Mar; dos Santos Afonso, Maria; Valdman, Erika. J. Chem. Educ. 2007, 84, 302.
Biotechnology |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Metals |
Toxicology |
Transition Elements
Refractive Index Determination of Transparent Polymers: Experimental Setup for Multi-Wavelength Determination and Calculation at Specific Frequencies Using Group Contribution Theory  Jay Dlutowski, Andres M. Cardenas-Valencia, David Fries, and Larry Langebrake
A simple lab that clearly shows the dependence of light reflection on the angle of incidence for transparent polymers is described. Light transmission measurements are used to determine the reflection magnitude and the refractive index of the material.
Dlutowski, Jay; Cardenas-Valencia, Andres M.; Fries, David; Langebrake, Larry. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1867.
Physical Properties |
Polymerization |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Keeping Your Students Awake: Facile Microscale Synthesis of Modafinil, a Modern Anti-Narcoleptic Drug  Evangelos Aktoudianakis, Rui Jun Lin, and Andrew P. Dicks
Describes the microscale preparation of modafinil, a pharmaceutical recently approved for the treatment of narcolepsy, by a sulfide oxidation reaction. An unusual feature of modafinil is the presence of a chiral sulfoxide functionality where a sulfur atom acts as a stereocenter, demonstrating that atoms other than carbon can act as centers of chirality.
Aktoudianakis, Evangelos; Lin, Rui Jun; Dicks, Andrew P. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1832.
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Synthesis |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
Stereochemistry
An Inexpensive Device for Capillary Electrophoresis with Fluorescence Detection  Greg Anderson, Jonathan E. Thompson, and Khriesto Shurrush
Describes an inexpensive device for performing capillary electrophoresis separations with fluorescence detection. As a demonstration of utility, the device is used to determine the mass of riboflavin in a commercially available dietary supplement.
Anderson, Greg; Thompson, Jonathan E.; Shurrush, Khriesto. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1677.
Electrophoresis |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Separation Science
Photochemical Dimerization of Dibenzylideneacetone. A Convenient Exercise in [2+2] Cycloaddition Using Chemical Ionization Mass Spectrometry  G. Nageswara Rao, Chelli Janardhana, V. Ramanathan, T. Rajesh, and P. Harish Kumar
Presents a laboratory procedure for the photochemical dimerization of dibenzylideneacetone, a dienone. The dimerization is confirmed by chemical ionization mass spectrometry, and other spectroscopic techniques are used to establish the structure of the product.
Rao, G. Nageswara; Janardhana, Chelli; Ramanathan, V.; Rajesh, T.; Kumar, P. Harish. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1667.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Alkenes |
Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Photochemistry |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Microwave-Mediated Synthesis of Lophine: Developing a Mechanism To Explain a Product   R. David Crouch, Jessica L. Howard, Jennifer L. Zile, and Kathryn H. Barker
Describes the microwave-mediated preparation of lophine (2,4,5-triphenylimidazole). The experiment also provides an opportunity for students to employ the principles of carbonyl chemistry in devising a mechanism to explain the formation of the product.
Crouch, R. David; Howard, Jessica L.; Zile, Jennifer L.; Barker, Kathryn H. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1658.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Aromatic Compounds |
Microscale Lab |
Molecular Modeling |
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy
Developing Critical Thinking Skills: The "Sabotaged" Synthesis of Methyl p-Bromobenzoate  Eric J. Mahan and Mary Alice Nading
Before beginning an experiment, students are told that someone might have sabotaged their experiment to produce other-than-expected results. The objective is to perform the experiment, determine if any sabotage has occurred, and, if so, identify the changes that were made to the reagents as well as the person responsible.
Mahan, Eric J.; Nading, Mary Alice. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1652.
Alcohols |
Carboxylic Acids |
Esters |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Synthesis
A Polymer in Everyday Life: The Isolation of Poly(vinyl alcohol) from Aqueous PVA Glues. An Undergraduate Chemistry Experiment   Yueh-Huey Chen and Jing-Fun Yaung
The IR spectra of three common and related polymers are used to identify functional groups and rationalize molecular structures.
Chen, Yueh-Huey; Yaung, Jing-Fun. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1534.
Applications of Chemistry |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Esters |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
3,5-Diarylisoxazoles: Individualized Three-Step Synthesis and Isomer Determination Using 13C NMR or Mass Spectroscopy  Chad E. Stephens and Reem K. Arafa
Describes the three-step synthesis and definitive characterization of a 3,5-diarylisoxazole via the chalcone and chalcone dibromide. The project is individualized with regard to compound purification, characterization, and literature searches as each student prepares a differently substituted chalcone.
Stephens, Chad E.; Arafa, Reem K. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1336.
Alkenes |
Heterocycles |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Spectroscopy
The Step-by-Step Robinson Annulation of Chalcone and Ethyl Acetoacetate. An Advanced Undergraduate Project in Organic Synthesis and Structural Analysis  Lionel Delaude, Jean Grandjean, and Alfred F. Noels
The Robinson annulation is a three-step process involving a Michael addition followed by an internal aldol condensation and a dehydration. It is possible to stop the reaction after every step and to isolate the three products, allowing students to confirm the validity of the stepwise mechanism and develop a more thorough understanding of the whole process.
Delaude, Lionel; Grandjean, Jean; Noels, Alfred F. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1225.
Catalysis |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Conformational Analysis |
Diastereomers |
IR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry
Synthesis and Analysis of a Versatile Imine for the Undergraduate Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Jacqueline Bennett, Kristen Meldi, and Christopher Kimmell II
In this experiment students prepare and analyze N-p-methoxyphenyl (N-PMP) alpha-imino ethyl glyoxalate, an imine that has been used in the synthesis of biologically active molecules. The stability and versatility of this imine allow it to be used in subsequent reactions, offering a variety of possible multistep synthetic strategies.
Bennett, Jacqueline; Meldi, Kristen; Kimmell, Christopher, II. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1221.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Gas Chromatography |
Green Chemistry |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Purification and Modification of Fullerene C60 in the Undergraduate Laboratory  Tracey Spencer, Barney Yoo, and Kent Kirshenbaum
Describes an experiment for the extraction and column purification of buckminsterfullerene from fullerene-rich soot followed by a one-pot 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition of an azomethine ylide. Characterization of the starting material and product can be performed by UVVis, MS, 1H NMR, and 13C NMR.
Spencer, Tracey; Yoo, Barney; Kirshenbaum, Kent. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1218.
Aromatic Compounds |
Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Nanotechnology |
Reactions
Rapid and Stereoselective Conversion of a trans-Cinnamic Acid to a β-Bromostyrene  Thomas A. Evans
The stereoselective synthesis of an aryl vinyl bromide is accomplished in a rapid microscale reaction of trans-4-methoxycinnamic acid with N-bromosuccinimide in dichloromethane. This guided-inquiry experiment links reactivity, stereochemistry, and mechanism in electrophilic addition reactions of alkenes and in E1 and E2 elimination reactions that form alkenes.
Evans, Thomas A. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1062.
Alkenes |
Carbocations |
Gas Chromatography |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry
Regiospecific Epoxidation of Carvone: A Discovery-Oriented Experiment for Understanding the Selectivity and Mechanism of Epoxidation Reactions  Kendrew K. W. Mak, Y. M. Lai, and Yuk-Hong Siu
Peroxy acids and alkaline H2O2 are two commonly used reagents for alkene epoxidation. The former react preferentially with electron-rich alkenes while the latter works better with a,-unsaturated carbonyl compounds. The selectivity of these two reagents on carvone, a naturally occurring compound that contains both types of C=C bonds, is investigated.
Mak, Kendrew K. W.; Lai, Y. M.; Siu, Yuk-Hong. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1058.
Alkenes |
Chromatography |
Epoxides |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Mechanisms of Reactions
Stereospecific Synthesis of the Geometrical Isomers of a Natural Product  T. Grove, D. DiLella, and E. Volker
Presents an experiment for the synthesis of (Z) and (E) isomers that is presented to students as a puzzle in which they must determine the identity of the major component in anise oil. A necessary part of the analysis is the preparation the (E) and (Z) isomers of anethole. Molecular modeling is used to explore the conformation of and energy difference between isomers.
Grove, T.; DiLella, D.; Volker, E. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1055.
Alkenes |
Computational Chemistry |
Gas Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Synthesis
Usnic Acid and the Intramolecular Hydrogen Bond. A Computational Experiment for the Organic Laboratory  Thomas K. Green and Charles A. Lane
A computational experiment is described for the organic chemistry laboratory that allows students to estimate the relative strengths of the intramolecular hydrogen bonds of usnic and isousnic acids, two related lichen secondary metabolites.
Green, Thomas K.; Lane, Charles A. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 1046.
Computational Chemistry |
Hydrogen Bonding |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Evaluating the Internal Charge-Transfer in Benzylidene Derivatives of N,N′-Dimethylbarbituric Acid  Marcos Caroli Rezende, Francisco Jara, and Moisés Domínguez
Four benzylidene derivatives of N,N'-dimethylbarbituric acid are prepared and their UVvisible and 1H NMR spectra used to characterize the molecular internal charge-transfer in the molecules.
Rezende, Marcos Caroli; Jara, Francisco; Domínguez, Moisés. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 937.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Aromatic Compounds |
Dyes / Pigments |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Reductive Amination: A Remarkable Experiment for the Organic Laboratory  Kim M. Touchette
The synthesis of N-(2-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzyl)-N-p-tolylacetamide is a fast, simple three-step sequence that serves as a useful example of the reductive amination reaction for the organic chemistry laboratory.
Touchette, Kim M. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 929.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Green Chemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Solids
Enhancements on the Photochromism of 2-(2,4-Dinitrobenzyl)pyridine: Molecular Modeling, NMR Spectrometry, Photo- and Solvent-Bleaching  Ernest C. McGoran, Kevin Hintz, Kristin Hoffman, and Ramon Iovin
Describes molecular-modeling studies on the photochromism of 2-(2,4-dinitrobenzyl)pyridine (a-DNBP) that focus on the hydrogen atom migratory distances and the energies for the two very different tautomers arising from the photo-induced proton transfers.
McGoran, Ernest C.; Hintz, Kevin; Hoffman, Kristin; Iovin, Ramon. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 923.
Constitutional Isomers |
Molecular Modeling |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Photochemistry
Iodolactonization of 4-Pentenoic Acid   R. David Crouch, Alexander Tucker-Schwartz, and Kathryn Barker
Describes an experiment in which 4-pentenoic acid is converted into a lactone via iodolactonization.
Crouch, R. David; Tucker-Schwartz, Alexander; Barker, Kathryn. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 921.
Alkenes |
Carboxylic Acids |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Reactions |
Synthesis
Infrared Examination of the Transformation of Barium Sulfate into Barium Carbonate. An Inorganic Infrared Qualitative and Quantitative Experiment  Gene E. Kalbus, Van T. Lieu, and Lee H. Kalbus
This experiment provides an interesting pedagogical exercise that not only demonstrates the value of infrared spectroscopy in the investigation of inorganic systems, but also visually illustrates a procedure used in classical wet chemical qualitative analysis for sample preparation.
Kalbus, Gene E.; Lieu, Van T.; Kalbus, Lee H. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 910.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Solids
Complexometric Titration of Aluminum and Magnesium Ions in Commercial Antacids. An Experiment for General and Analytical Chemistry Laboratories  Shui-Ping Yang and Ruei-Ying Tsai
A novel experiment for determining the total and individual aluminum and magnesium ion content in commercial antacids is described. This experiment is developed with three independent protocols based on complexometric direct and back titrations containing the concepts and usages of blocking, masking, buffer controls and metallic indicators.
Yang, Shui-Ping; Tsai, Ruei-Ying. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 906.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Chemometrics |
Consumer Chemistry |
Medicinal Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Acetal Protecting Groups in the Organic Laboratory: Synthesis of Methyl 4,6-O-Benzylidene-α-D-Glucopyranoside  Alexei V. Demchenko, Papapida Pornsuriyasak, and Cristina De Meo
The synthesis of methyl 4,6-O-benzylidene-a-D-glucopyranoside provides an opportunity to synthesize a cyclic acetal; stereoselectively introduce a chirality center; and learn extraction, evaporation, precipitation, optical rotation, melting point measurement, thin-layer chromatography, IR-spectroscopy, mass spectrometry, and various NMR techniques.
Demchenko, Alexei V.; Pornsuriyasak, Papapida; De Meo, Cristina. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 782.
Carbohydrates |
IR Spectroscopy |
Medicinal Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Synthesis
Classroom Demonstrations of Concepts in Molecular Fluorescence  Jonathan P. Blitz, Daniel J. Sheeran, and Thomas L. Becker
A multichannel CCD-array spectrophotometer and handheld UV lamp are utilized to acquire and project in real-time the fluorescence emission spectra of quinine, fluorescein, eosin yellow, and rhodamine B.
Blitz, Jonathan P.; Sheeran, Daniel J.; Becker, Thomas L. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 758.
Dyes / Pigments |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A Quick and Easy Simplification of Benzocaine's NMR Spectrum  Suzanne R. Carpenter and Richard H. Wallace
An inexpensive, quick, and effective method for simplifying the NMR spectrum of benzocaine is reported. The method results in a spectrum that is cleanly integrated and more easily interpreted.
Carpenter, Suzanne R.; Wallace, Richard H. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 637.
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Solutions / Solvents
A Greener Approach to Aspirin Synthesis Using Microwave Irradiation  Ingrid Montes, David Sanabria, Marilyn García,, Joaudimir Castro, and Johanna Fajardo
Presents an inquiry-based laboratory experience based on the use of a microwave oven as a means for a comparative study of the effect of different catalysts in the synthesis of aspirin.
Montes, Ingrid; Sanabria, David; García,, Marilyn; Castro, Joaudimir; Fajardo, Johanna. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 628.
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Esters |
Green Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Reactions |
Synthesis |
Thin Layer Chromatography
InterChemNet: Integrating Instrumentation, Management, and Assessment in the General Chemistry Laboratory Course  Barbara Stewart, Robert Kirk, David LaBrecque, François G. Amar, and Mitchell R. M. Bruce
InterChemNet is a Web-based management program designed to foster active learning in the laboratory. The system creates individualized pathways for students by allowing instructors to present a hierarchy of lab choices and assignments in a given week.
Stewart, Barbara; Kirk, Robert; LaBrecque, David; Amar, François G.; Bruce, Mitchell R. M. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 494.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Student-Centered Learning
A Laboratory Assignment in 1H NMR Spectroscopy: A Comparative Analysis of Calculated and Experimental 1H NMR Chemical Shifts  Susan D. Van Arnum
A computer program is used to determine the proton NMR chemical shifts of endo- and exo-norbornenyl ketones and these values are compared to empirical results.
Van Arnum, Susan D. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 429.
Constitutional Isomers |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Photochemistry
Synthesis of Unsymmetrical Alkynes via the Alkylation of Sodium Acetylides. An Introduction to Synthetic Design for Organic Chemistry Students  Jennifer N. Shepherd and Jason R. Stenzel
Teams of students design a microscale synthesis of an unsymmetrical alkyne using commercially available terminal alkynes and alkyl halides and characterize the resulting products using TLC, IR, and 1H NMR spectroscopy. Depending on the chosen reactants, students observe both substitution and elimination products, or in some cases, no reaction at all.
Shepherd, Jennifer N.; Stenzel, Jason R. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 425.
Alkylation |
Alkynes |
Elimination Reactions |
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Nucleophilic Substitution |
Synthesis
4-Dimethylaminopyridine or Acid-Catalyzed Syntheses of Esters: A Comparison  Annemieke W. C. van den Berg and Ulf Hanefeld
Students compare acid-catalyzed ester synthesis and the 4-dimethylaminopyridine-catalyzed reaction. Based on the outcome of the experiments, students discuss the different reaction mechanisms and reason why different products are formed.
van den Berg, Annemieke W. C.; Hanefeld, Ulf. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 292.
Acids / Bases |
Catalysis |
Chromatography |
Esters |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Synthesis |
Mechanisms of Reactions
Convenient Microscale Synthesis of a Coumarin Laser Dye Analog  Evangelos Aktoudianakis and Andrew P. Dicks
Describes the Knoevenagel synthesis of 3-acetyl-7-(diethylamino)-2H-1-benzopyran-2-one, a fluorescent coumarin laser dye analog.
Aktoudianakis, Evangelos; Dicks, Andrew P. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 287.
Aromatic Compounds |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Synthesis of Methyl Diantilis, a Commercially Important Fragrance  William H. Miles and Katelyn B. Connell
Describes the synthesis of a family of fragrances, including the commercially important Methyl Diantilis, and provides an excellent introduction to intellectual property laws.
Miles, William H.; Connell, Katelyn B. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 285.
Alcohols |
Food Science |
Catalysis |
Ethers |
Industrial Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Lewis Acids / Bases |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Synthesis
Grubbs's Cross Metathesis of Eugenol with cis-2-Butene-1,4-diol To Make a Natural Product. An Organometallic Experiment for the Undergraduate Lab   Douglass F. Taber and Kevin J. Frankowski
Describes the ruthenium catalyzed cross metathesis of eugenol with cis-1,4-butenediol. The experiment is an excellent example of the powerful selectivity possible with the Grubbs' catalyst, demonstrating the preference for trans over cis alkene formation and for cross metathesis over homodimerization.
Taber, Douglass F.; Frankowski, Kevin J. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 283.
Alkenes |
Catalysis |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Microscale Lab |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Organometallics |
Stereochemistry |
Synthesis |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Transition Elements
Assaying α-Dicarbonyl Compounds in Wine: A Complementary GC–MS, HPLC, and Visible Spectrophotometric Analysis  Tammy J. Dwyer and Jeremiah D. Fillo
A facile, aqueous reaction coupled with gas chromatographymass spectrometry, visible spectrophotometry, and high performance liquid chromatography is used to quantify the amounts of a-dicarbonyl compounds in wine samples.
Dwyer, Tammy J.; Fillo, Jeremiah D. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 273.
Aromatic Compounds |
Chromatography |
Food Science |
HPLC |
Mass Spectrometry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Synthesis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Microwave-Assisted Synthesis of a Natural Insecticide on Basic Montmorillonite K10 Clay. Green Chemistry in the Undergraduate Organic Laboratory  Matthew R. Dintzner, Paul R. Wucka, and Thomas W. Lyons
Describes a microwave-assisted, solvent-free, one-pot synthesis of a naturally occurring insecticide catalyzed by naturally benign, base-washed Montmorillonite K10 clay. The reaction features several interesting mechanistic considerations, including an electrophilic aromatic addition, dehydration, and intramolecular hetero-DielsAlder cyclization.
Dintzner, Matthew R.; Wucka, Paul R.; Lyons, Thomas W. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 270.
Chromatography |
Green Chemistry |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Environmentally Responsible Redox Chemistry: An Example of Convenient Oxidation Methodology without Chromium Waste  Robyn L. Crumbie
This article describes a simple experiment that uses recyclable Magtrieve as the oxidant in a simple reaction sequence emphasizing the reciprocity of oxidation and reduction processes in organic synthesis.
Crumbie, Robyn L. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 268.
Chromatography |
Green Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Synthesis
An Automated Statistical Process Control Study of Inline Mixing Using Spectrophotometric Detection  Michael D. Dickey, Michael D. Stewart, C. Grant Willson, and David A. Dickey
Students are introduced to the concept of statistical process control through a simple inline mixing experiment; they also learn to create SPC control charts and understand their function.
Dickey, Michael D.; Stewart, Michael D.; Willson, C. Grant; Dickey, David A. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 110.
Chemometrics |
Dyes / Pigments |
Transport Properties |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Diastereoselectivity in the Reduction of α-Hydroxyketones. An Experiment for the Chemistry Major Organic Laboratory  David B. Ball
Describes a research type, inquiry-based project where students synthesize racemic ahydroxyketones using umpolung, a polarity-reversal approach; investigate chelating versus non-chelating reducing agents; and determine the diastereoselectivity of these reducing processes by NMR spectroscopy.
Ball, David B. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 101.
Addition Reactions |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Chromatography |
Conferences |
Constitutional Isomers |
Enantiomers |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Synthesis |
Conformational Analysis
Derivatization of Fullerenes: An Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Charles T. Cox Jr. and Melanie M. Cooper
Presents two undergraduate organic chemistry laboratories detailing the synthesis of fullerene derivatives, using the Bingel (carbene insertion) and Prato (1,3-dipolar addition) protocols.
Cox, Charles T., Jr.; Cooper, Melanie M. J. Chem. Educ. 2006, 83, 99.
Acids / Bases |
Addition Reactions |
Chromatography |
Heterocycles |
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Comparative Methylation of 1,8-Dihydroxy-9,10-anthraquinone: Chemoselectivity in the Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Grigoriy A. Sereda
Describes a laboratory experiment that gives organic chemistry students an example of an environmentally friendly pyrolytic procedure of organic synthesis. Another synthesis with the same reactants teaches the students that appropriate reaction conditions may allow the chemist to perform an organic reaction with high chemoselectivity.
Sereda, Grigoriy A. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1839.
Reactions |
Ethers |
Green Chemistry |
Phenols |
Synthesis |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Just Click It: Undergraduate Procedures for the Copper(I)-Catalyzed Formation of 1,2,3-Triazoles from Azides and Terminal Acetylenes  William D. Sharpless, Peng Wu, Trond Vidar Hansen, and James G. Lindberg
In keeping with the defining aspects of click chemistry, this reaction is high-yielding, requires no chromatography, is easily monitored by TLC, and displays distinct peaks in both IR and 1H-NMR. Virtually all products precipitate, and with just a few different starting blocks, every student, or pair of lab partners, can produce a unique "clicked" compound.
Sharpless, William D.; Wu, Peng; Hansen, Trond Vidar; Lindberg, James G. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1833.
Catalysis |
Heterocycles |
Alkynes |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Reactions |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Synthesis
Simple and Inexpensive Computer Interface to a Durrum Stopped-Flow Apparatus Tested Using the Iron(III)–Thiocyanate Reaction  Craig M. Hoag
Describes a computer interface between a Durrum model 110 stopped-flow apparatus and a LabPro voltage probe using LoggerPro software from Vernier. This probe and software can be used to measure and record data from most instruments normally connected to an oscilloscope or chart recorder.
Hoag, Craig M. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1823.
Instrumental Methods |
Kinetics |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Coordination Compounds |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Acid-Catalyzed Isomerization of Carvone to Carvacrol  Richard A. Kjonaas and Shawn P. Mattingly
Describes the acid-catalyzed isomerization of carvone (oil of spearmint) to carvacrol (oil of origanum). The experiment demonstrates several important concepts including formation of a carbocation by protonation of an alkene, rearrangement of a carbocation, deprotonation of a carbocation, acid-catalyzed enolization, and aromaticity.
Kjonaas, Richard A.; Mattingly, Shawn P. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1813.
Aromatic Compounds |
Medicinal Chemistry |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy
Presumptive and Confirmatory Drug Tests  Craig Anderson
Tests for illegal drugs were performed on unknowns obtained from over-the-counter cold medicines. Substances that tested positive for the qualitative Marquis color test were found to be false positives for illegal substances, while scopolamine hydrochloride shows a false positive for cocaine hydrochloride with the cobalt thiocyanate reagent.
Anderson, Craig. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1809.
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Qualitative Analysis |
Acids / Bases |
Gas Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry
The Virtual ChemLab Project: A Realistic and Sophisticated Simulation of Organic Synthesis and Organic Qualitative Analysis  Brian F. Woodfield, Merritt B. Andrus, Gregory L. Waddoups, Melissa S. Moore, Richard Swan, Rob Allen, Greg Bodily, Tricia Andersen, Jordan Miller, Bryon Simmons, and Richard Stanger
Describes a set of sophisticated and realistic laboratory simulations for use in freshman- and sophomore-level chemistry classes and laboratories called Virtual ChemLab. The purpose of these simulations is to reinforce concepts taught in the classroom, provide an environment for creative learning, and emphasize the thinking behind instructional laboratory experiments.
Woodfield, Brian F.; Andrus, Merritt B.; Waddoups, Gregory L.; Moore, Melissa S.; Swan, Richard; Allen, Rob; Bodily, Greg; Andersen, Tricia; Miller, Jordan; Simmons, Bryon; Stanger, Richard. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1728.
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Synthesis |
Reactions |
Thin Layer Chromatography
A Template-Controlled Solid-State Reaction for the Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Tomislav Friscic, Tamara D. Hamilton, Giannis S. Papaefstathiou, and Leonard R. MacGillivray
Describes a laboratory experiment that employs linear hydrogen-bond templates to direct [2 + 2] photodimerization in the solid state. The experiment introduces undergraduates to supramolecular and solid-state chemistry, as well as aspects of green chemistry.
Friscic, Tomislav; Hamilton, Tamara D.; Papaefstathiou, Giannis S.; MacGillivray, Leonard R. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1679.
Green Chemistry |
Solid State Chemistry |
Crystals / Crystallography |
Alkenes |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Hydrogen Bonding |
Materials Science |
NMR Spectroscopy
A GC–MS Analysis of an SN2 Reaction for the Organic Laboratory  Malgorzata M. Clennan and Edward L. Clennan
This experiment utilizes an SN2 reaction between an alkyl bromide and potassium acetate to introduce the use of mass spectrometry for structural identification. It also provides students with experience in organic synthesis, the use of IR to identify functional groups, and the use of gas chromatography and response factors to determine product ratios.
Clennan, Malgorzata M.; Clennan, Edward L. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1676.
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Synthesis |
Chromatography |
Esters |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Microscale Lab |
Gas Chromatography
The Discovery-Oriented Approach to Organic Chemistry. 6. Selective Reduction in Organic Chemistry: Reduction of Aldehydes in the Presence of Esters Using Sodium Borohydride  Ashvin R. Baru and Ram S. Mohan
Describes two discovery oriented lab experiments involving the chemoselective reduction of vanillin acetate and methyl 4-formylbenzoate in the presence of esters using sodium borohydride, followed by product identification using 1H and 13C NMR spectroscopy.
Baru, Ashvin R.; Mohan, Ram S. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1674.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Alcohols |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Esters |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Synthesis
Preparation, Analysis, and Characterization of Some Transition Metal Complexes—A Holistic Approach  Kristy M. Blyth, Lindsay R. Mullings, David N. Phillips, David Pritchard, and Wilhelm van Bronswijk
In this laboratory procedure, a wide range of complexes are characterized by IR and UVvis spectroscopy, magnetochemistry, and conductance. The results allow one to the deduce the nature and strength of the bonding of the ligand to the central atom and the number of ions that the complex produces in aqueous solution.
Blyth, Kristy M.; Mullings, Lindsay R.; Phillips, David N.; Pritchard, David; van Bronswijk, Wilhelm. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1667.
IR Spectroscopy |
Magnetic Properties |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Qualitative Analysis |
Synthesis |
Conductivity
Cotton Effect in Copper–Proline Complexes in the Visible Region  Victor Volkov and Rolf Pfister
This article suggests taking advantage of the visible dd electronic transition of Cu2+, which allows one to contrast the normal optical rotatory dispersion response of d- and l-proline in aqueous solution with the strong Cotton effect observed when these amino acids are complexed with a metal cation.
Volkov, Victor; Pfister, Rolf. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1663.
Chirality / Optical Activity |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Amino Acids |
Coordination Compounds |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
Laboratory Experiments on the Electrochemical Remediation of the Environment. Part 8. Microscale Simultaneous Photocatalysis  Jorge G. Ibanez, Rodrigo Mena-Brito, and Arturo Fregoso-Infante
In this article we describe a microscale experiment in which the simultaneous oxidation of an organic compound (citric acid) and the reduction of a metal ion (Cu2+) are photocatalytically performed in an aqueous slurry containing TiO2 irradiated with UV light. This produces electrons (capable of reducing the metal ions) and holes (capable of oxidizing the organic molecule) that can be used for environmental clean up. The experiment allows students to have a better comprehension of the different phenomena involved in a typical photocatalytic process.
Ibanez, Jorge G.; Mena-Brito, Rodrigo; Fregoso-Infante, Arturo. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1549.
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Electrochemistry |
Microscale Lab |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Reactions |
Photochemistry |
Semiconductors |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Analysis of Phosphoric Acid Content in Popular Carbonated Drinks  Jessie Rodgers and Marina Koether
By studying a number of soft drinks with color but with or without phosphoric acid, the authors have determined that the required 20-fold dilution required in the Determination of Phosphorus in Cola Drinks is not to dilute the color but merely to place the sample within the calibration range of the analysis.
Rodgers, Jessie; Koether, Marina. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1471.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Gas Permeability of Polymers  Bruno Lunelli
By studying a number of soft drinks with color but with or without phosphoric acid, the authors have determined that the required 20-fold dilution required in the Determination of Phosphorus in Cola Drinks is not to dilute the color but merely to place the sample within the calibration range of the analysis.
Lunelli, Bruno. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1471.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Gases |
Transport Properties
Diels–Alder Synthesis of endo-cis-N-Phenylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-2,3-dicarboximide  Marsha R. Baar and Kristin Wustholz
endo-cis-N-Phenylbicyclo[2.2.2]oct-5-en-2,3-dicarboximide was synthesized by a DielsAlder cycloaddition of 1,3-cyclohexadiene and N-phenylmaleimide in ethyl acetate. 1,3-Cyclohexadiene and N-phenylmaleimide were selected to illustrate the Alder rule, which reflects a preference for endo products and to overcome the difficulties associated with the traditional combination of 1,3-cyclopentadiene and maleic anhydride.
Baar, Marsha R.; Wustholz, Kristin. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1393.
Asymmetric Synthesis |
Microscale Lab |
Stereochemistry |
Addition Reactions |
Alkenes |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Measurement of the Isotopic Ratio of 10B/11B in NaBH4 by 1H NMR  Murray Zanger and Guillermo Moyna
A simple and remarkably accurate method for estimating the isotopic ratio between 10B and 11B through the use of 1H nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy is presented. The experiment relies on the splitting caused by 10B (I = 3) and 11B (I = 3/2) on the 1H signal of a proton directly bound to boron, a phenomenon readily observed on an aqueous sample of NaBH4. In combination with a brief lecture or prelaboratory presentation, this laboratory can serve to introduce students to magnetic properties as well as theoretical and experimental aspects of NMR spectroscopy as early as the freshman-level chemistry.
Zanger, Murray; Moyna, Guillermo. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1390.
Instrumental Methods |
Magnetic Properties |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Isotopes
Monoterpene Unknowns Identified Using IR, 1H-NMR, 13C-NMR, DEPT, COSY, and HETCOR  Lisa T. Alty
This set of NMR experiments can be a capstone experience for a spectroscopy or advanced laboratory course following organic chemistry. Students are given a monoterpene to identify using IR, 1H-NMR, 13C-NMR, and DEPT data. Once the unknown is identified, they can fully interpret and assign each carbon and each proton signal to the structure using COSY and HETCOR along with the one-dimensional NMR data. The rigidity of the ring systems and the chiral centers in all of the compounds present diastereotopic hydrogens and, in some cases, diastereotopic methyl groups.
Alty, Lisa T. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1387.
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Diastereomers |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
IR Spectroscopy |
Undergraduate Research
NMR Analysis of Unknowns: An Introduction to 2D NMR Spectroscopy  David E. Alonso and Steven E. Warren
Second-year organic chemistry students analyze and compare the spectral data of three unknown ketones (2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and 4-heptanone). Students acquire one-dimensional proton and carbon NMR data for each unknown and make signal assignments based on chemical shifts, integration values, and splitting patterns of signals. Difficulties are encountered during interpretation of NMR data for 2- and 3-heptanone. Acquiring and analyzing the two-dimensional NMR spectra of the heptanones resolve these problems.
Alonso, David E.; Warren, Steven E. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1385.
Instrumental Methods |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
Organic Spectroscopy Laboratory: Utilizing IR and NMR in the Identification of an Unknown Substance  Neil M. Glagovich and Timothy D. Shine
An undergraduate organic laboratory designed to teach the use of IR and NMR spectra interpretation in the identification of an unknown substance has been developed. This laboratory requires the student to obtain the IR spectrum of an unknown substance and, from the interpretation of that spectrum, determine which of several possible functional groups is present in the molecule. Using this information and either the melting point or boiling point of the unknown, the student is able to determine a list of likely candidates (usually between eight and twelve suspects collated from a supplied table of possible compounds). The student will then draw the structures for all candidate compounds and, from those structures, predict the 1H- and 13C-NMR spectra for each.
Glagovich, Neil M.; Shine, Timothy D. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1382.
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Solids |
Liquids
Thermal Degradation and Identification of Heat-Sensitive Polymers. Applications of Pyrolysis and Distillation and Instrumental Methods of Analysis  Stuart C. Clough and Emma W. Goldman
An experiment for undergraduate teaching laboratories is described that involves the identification of samples of polystyrene and poly(methyl methacrylate). This involves the thermal degradation of the polymers (a destructive distillation) into their respective monomers. The monomers are then identified using infrared spectroscopy, proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy, and gas chromatographymass spectrometry.
Clough, Stuart C.; Goldman, Emma W. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1378.
Nonmajor Courses |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Polymerization
A Networked NMR Spectrometer: Configuring a Shared Instrument  David Alonso, G. William Mutch, Peter Wong, Steven Warren, Bal Barot, Jan Kosinski, and Mark Sinton
Andrews University, Lake Michigan College, and Southwestern Michigan College established an educational consortium in southwest lower Michigan. An FT-NMR spectrometer was installed at AU and networked with the community colleges. Students and faculty from LMC and SMC visit Andrews on a regular basis to receive training and operate the NMR. The instrument is accessible via the Internet for data acquisition, processing, and transfer. The spectrometer has helped the consortium schools improve the quality of chemistry education, exposed students in chemistry courses to the concepts and techniques of modern NMR spectroscopy, and strengthened the collaboration between the chemistry faculty of the three schools. This article describes the NMR network configuration and the methodology for NMR data acquisition and distribution.
Alonso, David; Mutch, G. William; Wong, Peter; Warren, Steven; Barot, Bal; Kosinski, Jan; Sinton, Mark. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1342.
Instrumental Methods |
NMR Spectroscopy
Application of ChemDraw NMR Tool: Correlation of Program-Generated 13C Chemical Shifts and pKa Values of para-Substituted Benzoic Acids  Hongyi Wang
An application of ChemDraw NMR Tool was demonstrated by correlation of program-generated 13C NMR chemical shifts and pKa values of para-substituted benzoic acids. Experimental 13C NMR chemical shifts were analyzed in the same way for comparison. The project can be used as an assignment at the end of the first-year organic chemistry course to review topics or explore new techniques: Hammett equation, acidbase equilibrium theory, electronic nature of functional groups, inductive and resonance effects, structurereactivity relationship, NMR spectroscopy, literature search, database search, and ChemDraw software.
Wang, Hongyi. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1340.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Carboxylic Acids
Conversion of an Aziridine to an Oxazolidinone Using a Salt and Carbon Dioxide in Water  Justin R. Wallace, Deborah L. Lieberman, Matthew T. Hancock, and Allan R. Pinhas
An undergraduate laboratory experiment that allows for optimization of experimental reaction conditions for the conversion of a readily-available aziridine to the corresponding oxazolidinone using only carbon dioxide and a salt in water is discussed. A variety of salts were used to determine their effect on the reaction. In all cases, either no reaction occurred or a high yield of product was obtained. Ring opening of the less substituted carbonnitrogen bond predominates. This experiment allows students to optimize reaction conditions to obtain predominantly one of two regioisomers.
Wallace, Justin R.; Lieberman, Deborah L.; Hancock, Matthew T.; Pinhas, Allan R. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1229.
Heterocycles |
Synthesis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Constitutional Isomers |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Generation, Isolation, and Characterization of a Stable Enol from Grignard Addition to a Bis-Ester. A Microscale Experiment for the Undergraduate Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Olivier J.-C. Nicaise, Kyle F. Ostrom, and Brent J. Dalke
A microscale experiment for the undergraduate organic chemistry laboratory that consists of preparing and characterizing an alpha-ketoester and its corresponding, remarkably stable enol form, has been developed. The reaction is that of a Grignard reagent with a bis-ester. A difference in reaction temperature is responsible for the selective generation of the alpha-ketoester and the enol ester. Analysis of spectral data (1H NMR and IR) and a knowledge of organic reactions allows the students to determine the detailed structure of the two reaction products and also to suggest a mechanism for their formation. This experiment introduces students to the concept of stability of the tetrahedral intermediate in acyl-transfer reactions. It also gives them a taste of the unexpected.
Nicaise, Olivier J.-C.; Ostrom, Kyle F.; Dalke, Brent J. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1059.
IR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Organometallics |
Reactive Intermediates |
Synthesis
The Ethylene Ketal Protecting Group Revisited: The Synthesis of 4-Hydroxy-4,4-diphenyl-2-butanone  Marsha R. Baar, Charles E. Russell, and Kristin L. Wustholz
The multistep synthesis of 4-hydroxy-4,4-diphenyl-2-butanone from ethyl acetoacetate illustrates the use of a ketal protecting group. Reaction of ethyl acetoacetate with ethylene glycol with p-TsOH in toluene produced the ketal ester. Reaction of the crude ketal ester with two equivalents of phenyl magnesium bromide followed by an aqueous acid workup generated the tertiary alcohol and simultaneously removed the ketal protecting group to produce the hydroxyketone. Our procedure is a modification of a previously published synthesis whose end product was 4,4-diphenyl-3-buten-2-one, the dehydrated analog.
Baar, Marsha R.; Russell, Charles E.; Wustholz, Kristin L. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1057.
Synthesis |
Grignard Reagents |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy
Use of Enzymes in Organic Synthesis: Reduction of Ketones by Baker's Yeast Revisited  James Patterson and Snorri Th. Sigurdsson
The undergraduate organic laboratory Bakers Yeast Reduction of Ethyl Acetoacetate has been improved in two different ways. First, the addition of small quantities of hexane to the aqueous yeast system along with an improved workup protocol has dramatically increased the yield and reproducibility of the ketone conversion to the corresponding alcohol with a high enantiomeric excess. Second, the enantiomeric excess of the alcohol product was ascertained by coupling the alcohol mixture with a chiral acid and analyzing the resulting mixture of diastereomeric esters by proton NMR.
Patterson, James; Sigurdsson, Snorri Th. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 1049.
Enzymes |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Gas Chromatography |
Synthesis
Formation of α-Tetralone by Intramolecular Friedel–Crafts Acylation  Michael S. Holden, R. David Crouch, and Kathryn A. Barker
A microscale procedure is described for the formation of the industrially-important compound alpha-tetralone. This is an example of an intramolecular FriedelCrafts acylation, utilizing 4-phenylbutanoic acid and a proton source. The title reaction demonstrates the concept of ring-forming reactions and highlights the use of carboxylic acids as an electrophile precursor in electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions.
Holden, Michael S.; Crouch, R. David; Barker, Kathryn A. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 934.
Aromatic Compounds |
Microscale Lab |
Synthesis |
Carboxylic Acids |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Testing for Ultraviolet Toxicity Using Fungi  Marcelo Vital and Patricia Esperón
In this article, we describe a laboratory project quantifying the effects of UV radiation on a suspension of living cells. This laboratory experiment was designed for undergraduate students in biochemistry. The experiment was carried out employing different fungi strains, changing the dosage of radiation, the distance to the UV source, and the exposure period to the UV radiation. The quantity of viable spores was calculated and the doseresponse curves were drawn. Students were able to prove that 100% of mortality was achieved with the longest time of exposure.
Vital, Marcelo; Esperón, Patricia. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 926.
Nucleic Acids / DNA / RNA |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Medicinal Chemistry |
Molecular Biology |
Photochemistry
Addendum to "Laser-Pointer-Based Spectrometer for Endpoint Detection of EDTA Titrations"  Chris Dahm
It has come to my attention that a paper that I recently published in the Journal should have referenced an article previously published in the Journal by Mehta and Dallinger entitled A Colorimetric Titration Experiment with Laser Excitation and Computer-Interfaced Endpoint Detection. I would like to thank Dr. Dallinger for bringing this to my attention and I apologize for not including his paper.
Dahm, Chris. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 683.
Lasers |
Spectroscopy
Screening Technique for Lead and Cadmium in Toys and Other Materials Using Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy  Henry Brouwer
This article describes a simple method to determine the presence of metals such as lead and cadmium in plastic toys, paints, and other solids using an atomic absorption spectrometer (AAS) without going through the time-consuming sample preparation steps. Basically, the method involves transferring solid sample to a nichrome wire by placing a small sample on a wire loop or touching the heated wire to the sample and then heating the wire in the AAS flame. By choosing the appropriate radiation source and wavelength, the presence of different metals may be determined qualitatively.
Brouwer, Henry. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 611.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Consumer Chemistry |
Metals |
Qualitative Analysis |
Metals
The Determination of Vanillin in a Vanilla Extract: An Analytical Undergraduate Experiment  Jozef L. Beckers
Vanillin is an interesting compound, often used in educational chemistry. It can be synthesized from the plant extract eugenol and can be used for the preparation of diverse products. Less attention is paid, however, to the determination of vanillin, although it can be analyzed in a rather simple way. In this article, vanillin is determined in a commercially-available vanilla extract using RP-HPLC equipment and CE apparatus, without any pretreatment. Some student results are presented, giving an indication of the accuracy and precision of the separation techniques RP-HPLC and CE.
Beckers, Jozef L. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 604.
Chromatography |
Electrophoresis |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
HPLC |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Isolation of Shikimic Acid from Star Aniseed  Richard Payne and Michael Edmonds
The isolation of shikimic acid from star aniseed is described. This experiment uses Soxhlet extraction followed by ion exchange chromatography to isolate crude shikimic acid from the star aniseed. Subsequent charcoal decolorization and recrystallization from toluene and methanol afford the pure shikimic acid in 27% w/w yield.
Payne, Richard; Edmonds, Michael. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 599.
Bioorganic Chemistry |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Plant Chemistry
"You're Repulsive!"Teaching VSEPR in a Not-So-Elegant Way  Robert S. H. Liu
Valence shell electron pair repulsive (VSEPR) interaction is an important concept particularly in discussing structural properties of molecules. In this article we showed five organic examples not commonly associated with VSEPR but yet all involving repulsive interactions of valence electrons, which provides ready explanations for altered chemical reactivity and spectroscopic properties of organic compounds. The ready catchy phrase Youre Repulsive! is the common thread used throughout these five examples.
Liu, Robert S. H. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 558.
Mechanisms of Reactions |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Reactions |
Addition Reactions |
Electrophilic Substitution
Separation and Determination of Cr(III) and Cr(VI) with Cation-Exchange Chromatography and Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy. An Experiment for Quantitative Methods of Analysis  Ali Bazzi, Bette Kreuz, James Wuokila, and Ahmed Maqboul
This article reports on the separation and determination of Cr(III) and Cr(VI) with cation-exchange chromatography and flame atomic absorption spectroscopy. A sample containing the two ions is added to a column containing a cation-exchange resin; the Cr(VI) ions are not retained by the resin and are collected in the effluent. The Cr(III) ions are retained by the resin and eluted with an HCl solution. The separated ions are aspirated into an air/acetylene flame and the absorbance measurements are made at 357.9 nm and 0.2-nm slit width. The experiment has been implemented in a quantitative methods of analysis course.
Bazzi, Ali; Kreuz, Bette; Wuokila, James; Maqboul, Ahmed. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 435.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Ion Exchange |
Quantitative Analysis |
Separation Science |
Chromatography |
Atomic Spectroscopy
A Chemometrics Module for an Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis Chemistry Course  Huggins Z. Msimanga, Phet Elkins, Segmia K. Tata, and Dustin Ryan Smith
A chemometrics module for the undergraduate instrumental analysis chemistry course was developed and implemented. The objective of this module is to provide the skills needed by students to design experiments, to learn calibration techniques for analyzing multicomponent systems, to extract chemical information from large data sets provided by modern instruments, and, overall, to provide a broader spectrum of analytical techniques especially for those students who aspire going to graduate schools or working in chemical industries.
Msimanga, Huggins Z.; Elkins, Phet; Tata, Segmia K.; Smith, Dustin Ryan. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 415.
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Chemometrics |
Instrumental Methods
Analog Spectrophotometers in the Digital Age: Data Acquisition on a Budget  Alexander Y. Nazarenko and Natalie A. Nazarenko
In this article we describe how to employ an inexpensive analog-to-digital converter and a user interface to Microsoft Excel to make a useful computerized spectrophotometer. Readily available types of data loggers, Vernier LabPro and digital multimeters with an RS-232 interface, were utilized. The proposed design does not compromise the quality of the measurements. The conversion of the data to the Microsoft Excel format makes it a convenient tool for a wide range of data processing applications.
Nazarenko, Alexander Y.; Nazarenko, Natalie A. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 294.
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
FTIR Determination of Pollutants in Automobile Exhaust: An Environmental Chemistry Experiment Comparing Cold-Start and Warm-Engine Conditions  Laura J. Medhurst
An environmental chemistry lab has been developed using FTIR spectroscopy to determine and compare the components of automobile exhaust for cold start and warm engine conditions. The results are compared with the EPA certification values for the same vehicle and the State of Virginia emissions test.
Medhurst, Laura J. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 278.
Atmospheric Chemistry |
Gases |
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Catalysis |
Precipitation / Solubility
The Sharpless Asymmetric Dihydroxylation in the Organic Chemistry Majors Laboratory  Christopher J. Nichols and Melissa R. Taylor
A six-period laboratory exercise has been developed that uses the convenient Sharpless asymmetric dihydroxylation (AD) to illustrate the principles of a chiral synthesis. Using one particular alkene, students perform a racemic dihydroxylation, an AD using a commercially available AD-mix, and then an AD using an ester derivative of dihydroquinidine that they synthesized themselves. The structures of the products are confirmed with 1H NMR spectroscopy and the enantiomeric excesses of the diols are determined using a chiral GC column.
Nichols, Christopher J.; Taylor, Melissa R. J. Chem. Educ. 2005, 82, 105.
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Alkenes |
Addition Reactions
Students' Attitudes toward and Conceptual Understanding of Chemical Instrumentation  Larry S. Miller, Mary B. Nakhleh, John J. Nash, and Jeanne A. Meyer
Data collected from field notes, surveys, and interviews are used to evaluate (i) the attitudes students have toward using instrumentation, (ii) how students relate the underlying chemical concepts to the instrumentation, and (iii) how working in a group impacts students' attitudes toward, and their conceptual understanding of, chemical instrumentation.
Miller, Larry S.; Nakhleh, Mary B.; Nash, John J.; Meyer, Jeanne A. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1801.
Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A Laser-Pointer-Based Spectrometer for Endpoint Detection of EDTA Titrations  Christopher E. Dahm, James W. Hall, and Brian E. Mattioni
A simple laser-pointer-based spectrometer has been developed for endpoint detection of EDTA titrations of magnesium and calcium. This spectrometer was built to decrease the uncertainty in determining the endpoint of titrations performed with a Calmagite indicator. With a photoresistor as the detector, and with the aid of a voltage-divider circuit, the quantity of light being absorbed can be followed with a simple pHvoltmeter. Students determine the endpoint by graphing the data and applying simple mathematics. BeerLambert studies with the spectrometer also show excellent agreement for a given set of solutions.
Dahm, Christopher E.; Hall, James W.; Mattioni, Brian E. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1787.
Dyes / Pigments |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
A Discovery-Based Friedel–Crafts Acylation Experiment: Student-Designed Experimental Procedure  Anne McElwee Reeve
A discovery-based FriedelCrafts acylation experiment that includes a student-designed procedure, spectroscopic analysis of an unknown aromatic product, and molecular modeling is described. Students design the synthetic procedure and workup for the acylation of an unknown aromatic starting material in an instructor-guided classroom discussion that integrates concepts from the first semester of organic lab into a new context.
Reeve, Anne McElwee. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1497.
Aromatic Compounds |
Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Modeling |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Solvent-Free Wittig Reaction: A Green Organic Chemistry Laboratory Experiment  Sam H. Leung and Stephen A. Angel
In this experiment (E)- and (Z)-1-(4-bromophenyl)-2-phenylethene are synthesized by a solvent-free Wittig reaction. The reaction is effected by grinding the reactants in a mortar with a pestle. Both the E and Z isomers of the product are produced as evidenced by thin-layer chromatography and 1H NMR analysis. The E isomer is isolated by crystallization with ethanol in this experiment. In addition to learning about the Wittig reaction, students are also introduced to the ideas of mechanochemistry and green chemistry.
Leung, Sam H.; Angel, Stephen A. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1492.
Chromatography |
Green Chemistry |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Reactions |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Alkenes
Two-Step Semi-Microscale Preparation of a Cinnamate Ester Sunscreen Analog  Ryan G. Stabile and Andrew P. Dicks
The two-step synthesis and characterization of a sunscreen analog (ethyl trans-4-methoxycinnamate) is presented. This experiment is tailored towards students with a sound theoretical understanding of organic chemistry and related laboratory techniques. Appropriate synthetic discussion topics include carbonyl condensation reactions, carboxylic acid esterifications, and the so-called "cesium effect" in organic synthesis.
Stabile, Ryan G.; Dicks, Andrew P. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1488.
Conductivity |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Consumer Chemistry
Solvent-Free Synthesis of Chalcones  Daniel R. Palleros
The solvent-free synthesis of 20 chalcones was carried out by grinding the benzaldehyde (unsubstituted, 4-methyl, 4-methoxy, 3-chloro, or 4-chloro) and the acetophenone (unsubstituted, 4-methyl, 4-bromo, or 4-methoxy) in the presence of solid sodium hydroxide with a mortar and pestle. In general, the chalcones were obtained in high yields and high purity. Minor quantities of ketol and Michael addition product were detected by NMR spectroscopy. These side-products were easily removed by recrystallization.
Palleros, Daniel R. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1345.
Green Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Solids |
Laboratory Management
A Simple, Inexpensive Water-Jacketed Cuvette for the Spectronic 20  Jonathan E. Thompson and Jason Ting
A simple, inexpensive, water-jacketed cuvette for the Spectronic 20 is described. The cuvette and associated flow system can easily be constructed from materials commonly found in an undergraduate chemistry laboratory. As a demonstration of the cuvette's utility, we used the cuvette for the determination of the activation energy for the reaction between crystal violet and hydroxide ion. However, the cuvette may prove useful in a variety of applications in which a sample must be thermostated within a spectrophotometer.
Thompson, Jonathan E.; Ting, Jason. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1341.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Kinetics |
Spectroscopy
Preparation and Investigation of Monodentate and Bridging Pyrazole Complexes  Wynne Evans
This practical exercise describes the preparation and characterization of h1-coordinated pyrazole and 3,5-dimethylpyrazole nickel species and the investigation of their reactions with triethylamine. The latter reaction provides a route to preparing a polymer with bridging pyrazolato ligands, coordinating in an exobidentate (N, N?) fashion. We use this experiment, with undergraduate chemistry students, as part of a course providing an introduction to coordination chemistry. The exercise could be extended to take the form of an individual or class project. Suggestions for variations on the described experiment are included.
Evans, Wynne. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1191.
Coordination Compounds |
Synthesis |
IR Spectroscopy |
Magnetic Properties |
Organometallics |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Transition Elements |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
Pressure-Assisted Chelating Extraction as a Teaching Tool in Instrumental Analysis  Omowunmi A. Sadik, Adam K. Wanekaya, and Gelfand Yevgeny
This article describes a laboratory procedure designed for a junior-level instrumental analysis course using a pressure-assisted chelating extraction (PACE) technique to digest heavy metals from solid matrices. PACE can achieve the digestion of metals through direct contact between solids and chelates under controlled temperature and pressure. The combination of PACE with FAAS enabled the students to develop a greater appreciation and understanding of the highly automated, modern instrumental techniques, including sample preparation. [last author's name was mis-written in the hard copy. It is first name Yevgeny, last name Gelfand - TB]
Sadik, Omowunmi A.; Wanekaya, Adam K.; Yevgeny, Gelfand. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1177.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Green Chemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
Metals |
Quantitative Analysis |
Spectroscopy
Determination of Calcium in Cereal with Flame Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy. An Experiment for a Quantitative Methods of Analysis Course  Ali Bazzi, Bette Kreuz, and Jeffrey Fischer
This article describes the determination of calcium in cereal with flame atomic absorption spectroscopy.
Bazzi, Ali; Kreuz, Bette; Fischer, Jeffrey. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1042.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Food Science |
Quantitative Analysis
Superoxygenated Water as an Experimental Sample for NMR Relaxometry  Nikolaus Nestle, Marwan Dakkouri, and Hubert Rauscher
Measuring the oxygen content in superoxygenated table waters, and following the oxygen loss upon storage of such waters in open containers, is presented as an experiment for NMR relaxometry in the student lab.
Nestle, Nikolaus; Dakkouri, Marwan; Rauscher, Hubert. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1040.
Water / Water Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Nutrition |
Food Science |
Instrumental Methods
Determination of Spin—Lattice Relaxation Time Using 13C NMR. An Undergraduate Physical Chemistry Laboratory Experiment  Zbigniew L. Gasyna and Antoni Jurkiewicz
A 13C NMR experiment is proposed in which spinlattice relaxation time T1 is determined for carbon atoms in a sample of liquid n-hexanol.
Gasyna, Zbigniew L.; Jurkiewicz, Antoni. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1038.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Kinetics
A Solid–State NMR Experiment: Analysis of Local Structural Environments in Phosphate Glasses  Stanley E. Anderson, David Saiki, Hellmut Eckert, and Karin Meise-Gresch
The solid state 31P NMR wideline spectra of a series of student-prepared sodium phosphate glasses can easily be measured using a standard multinuclear FTNMR spectrometer.
Anderson, Stanley E.; Saiki, David; Eckert, Hellmut; Meise-Gresch, Karin. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1034.
Solid State Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
An NMR Study of Isotope Effect on Keto–Enol Tautomerization. A Physical Organic Chemistry Experiment  D. Atkinson and V. Chechik
A series of physical organic chemistry experiments suitable for second- or third-year undergraduate students is presented.
Atkinson, D.; Chechik, V. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1030.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Isotopes |
Kinetics |
Mechanisms of Reactions
Regioselective Synthesis of a Stereodefined Heterocyclic Push–Pull Alkene. 1H NMR Studies and Two-Dimensional TLC Illustrating Z/E Isomerization  Rade Markovi, Marija Baranac, Vesna Jovanovi, and Zdravko Dambaski
Facile and direct regioselective synthesis of the 4-oxothiazolidine derivative from inexpensive chemicals as an example of kinetic versus thermodynamic control is described.
Markovi, Rade; Baranac, Marija; Jovanovi, Vesna; Dambaski, Zdravko. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1026.
Heterocycles |
Alkenes |
Stereochemistry |
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy
Spectroscopic Properties of Some Simple Esters. A Practical Application of Synthesis and Spectroscopy in the Undergraduate Organic Laboratory  David P. Brown, Haris Durutlic, and Didier Juste
This exercise, the synthesis and spectroscopic analysis of the allyl esters of some aromatic carboxylic acids, consists of a series of open-ended experiments.
Brown, David P.; Durutlic, Haris; Juste, Didier. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 1016.
Esters |
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Chromatography
Using Rotational Averaging To Calculate the Bulk Response of Isotropic and Anisotropic Samples from Molecular Parameters  Steven S. Andrews
This article presents mathematical methods for calculating averages for isotropic and partially oriented samples, where the latter might arise from external electric or magnetic fields, flow gradients, or photoselection.
Andrews, Steven S. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 877.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Lasers |
Statistical Mechanics |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Rotational Analysis of FTIR Spectra from Cigarette Smoke. An Application of Chem Spec II Software in the Undergraduate Laboratory  Alan R. Ford, William A. Burns, and Scott W. Reeve
A "real-world" sample source in the form of cigarette smoke has been incorporated and students are asked to identify the principal components present by analyzing the rotationally-resolved infrared spectra to determine fundamental molecular constants for each species observed.
Ford, Alan R.; Burns, William A.; Reeve, Scott W. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 865.
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Consumer Chemistry
A Reliable Homemade Electrode Based on Glassy Polymeric Carbon  André L. Santos, Regina M. Takeuchi, Herenilton P. Oliveira, Marcello G. Rodrigues, and Robert L. Zimmerman
The production of glassy polymeric carbon (GPC) through the thermal treatment of a phenolic resin is described.
Santos, André L.; Takeuchi, Regina M.; Oliveira, Herenilton P.; Rodrigues, Marcello G.; Zimmerman, Robert L. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 842.
Electrochemistry |
Crystals / Crystallography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Oxidation / Reduction
Introducing the gNMR Program in an Introductory NMR Spectrometry Course To Parallel Its Use by Spectroscopists  Jackie M. Rummey and Mary C. Boyce
The approach described in this article includes NMR spectral simulation and so parallels developments in the way spectroscopists now solve problems.
Rummey, Jackie M.; Boyce, Mary C. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 762.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Learning Theories
Lewis Acid–Base, Molecular Modeling, and Isotopic Labeling in a Sophomore Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory  Chip Nataro, Michelle A. Ferguson, Katherine M. Bocage, Brian J. Hess, Vincent J. Ross, and Daniel T. Swarr
Computational methods can be introduced to simulate IR spectra and to view the HOMO of the Lewis base and the LUMO of the Lewis acid. In addition to the computational exercise, NaBD4 can be used in the synthesis of the adduct in place of NaBH4. This allows the students to observe the effect of isotopic labeling on IR spectra.
Nataro, Chip; Ferguson, Michelle A.; Bocage, Katherine M.; Hess, Brian J.; Ross, Vincent J.; Swarr, Daniel T. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 722.
Lewis Acids / Bases |
Molecular Modeling |
Isotopes |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Syntheses and Characterization of Ruthenium(II) Tetrakis(Pyridine) Complexes. An Advanced Coordination Chemistry Experiment or Mini-Project  Benjamin J. Coe
This experiment involves the syntheses of several coordination complexes of ruthenium(II) and their characterization by using various spectroscopic and spectrometric techniques.
Coe, Benjamin J. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 718.
Coordination Compounds |
IR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
The Complexation of the Na+ by 18–Crown–6 Studied via Nuclear Magnetic Resonance  Steven J. Peters and Cheryl D. Stevenson
A novel NMR experiment used in the undergraduate physical chemistry laboratory is described.
Peters, Steven J.; Stevenson, Cheryl D. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 715.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Equilibrium
The Synthesis and Isolation of N-tert-Butyl-2-phenylsuccinamic Acid and N-tert-Butyl-3-phenylsuccinamic Acid. An Undergraduate Organic Chemistry Laboratory Experiment  Victor Cesare, Ishwar Sadarangani, Janet Rollins, and Dennis Costello
This experiment, which demonstrates that two isomeric products are obtained when an unsymmetrical anhydride is reacted with a nucleophile and that these isomers are easily separated based on their difference in acidity, is useful in introducing the topic of carboxylic acid derivatives into the organic chemistry laboratory.
Cesare, Victor; Sadarangani, Ishwar; Rollins, Janet; Costello, Dennis. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 713.
Synthesis |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
NMR Spectroscopy
The Darzens Condensation: Structure Determination through Spectral Analysis and Understanding Substrate Reactivity  R. David Crouch, Michael S. Holden, and Candice A. Romany
The Darzens condensation involves two steps that are typically included in the sophomore organic curriculum: an aldol reaction followed by an intramolecular nucleophilic substitution.
Crouch, R. David; Holden, Michael S.; Romany, Candice A. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 711.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Stereochemistry |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Aldehydes / Ketones
Use of Optical Rotation and NMR Signal Counting To Identify Common Aldoses  John Almy
An inexpensive, small scale experiment for second semester organic students describes the unambiguous identification of a common aldose "unknown" from five possible candidates: glucose, mannose, galactose, arabinose, or xylose
Almy, John. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 708.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Carbohydrates |
Microscale Lab |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Stereochemistry
Fluorescence and Light Scattering  Ronald J. Clarke and Anna Oprysa
This experiment allows students to discover the fundamental experimental difference between fluorescence and light scattering; namely, that the wavelength of fluorescence is independent of the excitation wavelength whereas the wavelength of scattered light increases with increasing excitation wavelength.
Clarke, Ronald J.; Oprysa, Anna. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 705.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy
Modern Projects in Organic Chemistry: Miniscale and Standard Taper Microscale, 2nd Edition (Jerry R. Mohrig, Christina Noring Hammond, Paul F. Schatz, and Terence C. Morrill)  Richard Pagni
Modern Projects and Experiments in Organic Chemistry comes in two closely related versions, one for miniscale and standard taper microscale and the other for miniscale and Williamson microscale, in conjunction with the authors techniques in organic chemistry book.
Pagni, Richard. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 649.
Chromatography |
Gases |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Physical Properties |
Synthesis
Cautionary Comments  John J. Esteb and Anne M. Wilson
We never claimed that our procedure would work as written for any alcohol other than the three that we have included.
Esteb, John J.; Wilson, Anne M. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 641.
Alcohols |
IR Spectroscopy
The Singlet States of Molecular Oxygen   Jean-Pierre Puttemans and Georges Jannes
Although the purpose of the article The Visible Spectrum of Liquid Oxygen in the General Chemistry Laboratory is an analysis of the two-moleculesone-photon absorption spectrum of oxygen, it nevertheless assigns arrangements of the electrons in an energy diagram to the two singlet states of molecular oxygen which do not seem to be correct in our opinion.
Puttemans, Jean-Pierre; Jannes, Georges. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 639.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
MO Theory |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
The Singlet States of Molecular Oxygen   Jean-Pierre Puttemans and Georges Jannes
Although the purpose of the article The Visible Spectrum of Liquid Oxygen in the General Chemistry Laboratory is an analysis of the two-moleculesone-photon absorption spectrum of oxygen, it nevertheless assigns arrangements of the electrons in an energy diagram to the two singlet states of molecular oxygen which do not seem to be correct in our opinion.
Puttemans, Jean-Pierre; Jannes, Georges. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 639.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
MO Theory |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A Practical Integrated Approach to Supramolecular Chemistry III. Thermodynamics of Inclusion Phenomena  Jesús Hernández-Benito, M. Pilar García-Santos, Emma O'Brien, Emilio Calle, and Julio Casado
This is the third in a series of experiments aimed at introducing undergraduate students into the field of supramolecular chemistry. In the present article, we propose an experiment aiming to familiarize students with the thermodynamics of inclusion phenomena.
Hernández-Benito, Jesús; García-Santos, M. Pilar; O'Brien, Emma; Calle, Emilio; Casado, Julio. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 540.
Equilibrium |
Kinetics |
Noncovalent Interactions |
Thermodynamics |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A Photochemical Reactor for the Study of Kinetics and Adsorption Phenomena  J. A. Poce-Fatou, M. L. A. Gil, R. Alcántara, C. Botella, and J. Martín
This article describes the design of a photochemical reactor intended to carry out experiments illustrating the fundamentals of heterogeneous photochemistry.
Poce-Fatou, J. A.; Gil, M. L. A.; Alcántara, R.; Botella, C.; Martín, J. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 537.
Dyes / Pigments |
Kinetics |
Photochemistry |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy
How Students Use Scientific Instruments To Create Understanding: CCD Spectrophotometers. We Must Afford Affordances  Eric Malina and Mary B. Nakhleh
We understand it may be difficult to initially understand the theory of affordances; however, we also believe that affordances can give us new insight into student learning, especially student learning in the laboratory.
Malina, Eric; Nakhleh, Mary B. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 486.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Learning Theories |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Constructivism
How Students Use Scientific Instruments To Create Understanding: CCD Spectrophotometers. Can We Afford Affordances?  Roy W. Clark
"Affordances" must be an educationese term that is delightfully meaningful to the authors, and it is my hope that in future papers these authors might define their terms when writing for mere chemists.
Clark, Roy W. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 486.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management |
Learning Theories |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Constructivism
Developing Investigation Skills in an Introductory Multistep Synthesis Using Fluorene Oxidation and Reduction  Mark G. Stocksdale, Steven E. S. Fletcher, Ian Henry, Paul J. Ogren, Michael A. G. Berg, Roy D. Pointer, and Barrett W. Benson
A two-step reaction sequence in the beginning organic laboratory provides a useful introduction to the importance of multistep synthesis. In addition to introducing several common synthetic methods and techniques, a two-step preparation can quickly establish the importance of testing alternative reactions in order to optimize intermediate yields.
Stocksdale, Mark G.; Fletcher, Steven E. S.; Henry, Ian; Ogren, Paul J.; Berg, Michael A. G.; Pointer, Roy D.; Benson, Barrett W. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 388.
Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Aromatic Compounds |
Oxidation / Reduction
LC–MS of Metmyoglobin at pH = 2. Separation and Characterization of Apomyoglobin and Heme by ESI–MS and UV–Vis  Helen Cleary Stynes, Araceli Layo, and Richard W. Smith
This article describes an experiment employing LCMS where metmyoglobin is denatured to apomyoglobin and heme in a mobile phase gradient of acetonitrile H2O with 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid. The apomyoglobin is separated from the heme group by reversed-phase chromatography.
Stynes, Helen Cleary; Layo, Araceli; Smith, Richard W. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 266.
Biotechnology |
Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Mass Spectrometry |
Proteins / Peptides |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Determination of Pb in Biological Samples by Graphite Furnace Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry. An Exercise in Common Interferences and Fundamental Practices in Trace Element Determination  Thomas M. Spudich, Jennifer K. Herrmann, Ronald Fietkau, Grant A. Edwards, and David L. McCurdy
This laboratory experiment demonstrates the use of graphite furnace atomic absorption spectrophotometry (GFAAS) for the determination of trace levels of Pb in bovine muscle or liver samples. The major emphasis of the experiment is to explore common interferences, first by investigating the impact of molecular spectral absorption interferences on a real-world sample, then demonstrating the susceptibility of GFAAS to chemicalphysical matrix interferences.
Spudich, Thomas M.; Herrmann, Jennifer K.; Fietkau, Ronald; Edwards, Grant A.; McCurdy, David L. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 262.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis
Analysis of an Air Conditioning Coolant Solution for Metal Contamination Using Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy. An Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis Exercise Simulating an Industrial Assignment  Michael J. Baird
The analysis of eight metals in an ethylene glycolywater solution by atomic absorption spectroscopy provided a real-life assignment for students in an instrumental analysis course.
Baird, Michael J. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 259.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Green Chemistry |
Industrial Chemistry |
Metals |
Atomic Spectroscopy
The Separation and Identification of Two Unknown Solid Organic Compounds: An Experiment for the Sophomore Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Patty L. Feist
Students are given a mixture of a solid ketone and a solid alcohol and asked to separate and identify the two components. First the students use TLC to determine the optimum solvent system to separate the two compounds, then they separate the unknowns on a microscale flash chromatography column. The students acquire the melting point, and if possible, the IR and 1H NMR spectra for each separated compound and identify them by matching the observed data with that of known compounds.
Feist, Patty L. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 109.
Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis
A Spectrophotometric Study of the Permanganate–Oxalate Reaction: An Analytical Laboratory Experiment  Gene E. Kalbus, Van T. Lieu, and Lee H. Kalbus
The experiment is divided into two parts. Part I involves the determination of an unknown oxalate. Part II of the experiment involves examination of the effect of sulfuric acid concentration and the effect of manganous ion concentration on the rate of and outcome of the permanganateoxalate reaction.
Kalbus, Gene E.; Lieu, Van T.; Kalbus, Lee H. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 100.
Oxidation / Reduction |
Stoichiometry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
The Determination of Caffeine in Coffee: Sense or Nonsense?  Jozef L. Beckers
Determination of caffeine in coffee applying a UV spectrophotometer, HPLC equipment, and CE apparatus. Some representative results are given showing the accuracy of the methods and showing the differences between the separation methods HPLC and CE versus UV spectrophotometry.
Beckers, Jozef L. J. Chem. Educ. 2004, 81, 90.
Chromatography |
Consumer Chemistry |
Electrophoresis |
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
HPLC
Analytical Spectroscopy Using Modular Systems  Brian M. Patterson, Neil D. Danielson, Gary A. Lorigan, and André J. Sommer
This article describes the development of three analytical spectroscopy experiments that compare the determination of salicylic acid (SA) content in aspirin tablets. The experiments are based on UVvis, fluorescence, and Raman spectroscopies and utilize modular spectroscopic components. Students assemble their own instruments, optimize them with respect to signal-to-noise, generate calibration curves, determine the SA content in retail aspirin tablets, and assign features in the respective spectra to functional groups within the active material.
Patterson, Brian M.; Danielson, Neil D.; Lorigan, Gary A.; Sommer, André J. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1460.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Quantitative Analysis |
Raman Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds |
Esters |
Carboxylic Acids |
Alcohols
Emission Spectroscopy in the Undergraduate Laboratory  Scott R. Goode and Lori A. Metz
Simple lab experiments using an inexpensive, solid-state computerized spectrometer can help to introduce students to analytical emission spectroscopy. A series of experiments that employ an Ocean Optics spectrometer, a Windows PC, and a fiber optic pickup are described.
Goode, Scott R.; Metz, Lori A. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1455.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Measuring Breath Alcohol Concentrations with an FTIR Spectrometer  Adam Kneisel and Michael K. Bellamy
Students use aqueous ethanol solutions to make a calibration curve that relates absorbance signals of breath samples with blood alcohol concentrations. Students use their calibration curve to determine the time needed for their calculated blood alcohol levels to drop below the legal limit following use of a commercial mouthwash.
Kneisel, Adam; Bellamy, Michael K. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1448.
Forensic Chemistry |
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Alcohols
Microscale Synthesis and Spectroscopic Analysis of Flutamide, an Antiandrogen Prostate Cancer Drug  Ryan G. Stabile and Andrew P. Dicks
The synthesis involves N-acylation of a trisubstituted aromatic compound, 3-trifluoromethyl-4-nitroaniline. The procedure is easily adapted to generate structural analogues of flutamide. A significant feature is the curricular flexibility afforded by this experiment.
Stabile, Ryan G.; Dicks, Andrew P. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1439.
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Aromatic Compounds
The Excited States of Molecular Oxygen  David Tudela and Vicente Fernández
There is a mistake in the electronic structure of the first two excited states.
Tudela, David; Fernández, Vicente. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1381.
MO Theory |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A Series of Small-Scale, Discovery-Based Organic Laboratory Experiments Illustrating the Concepts of Addition, Substitution, and Rearrangement  Judith S. Moroz, Janice L. Pellino, and Kurt W. Field
Multistep, microscale organic laboratory experiments are presented that illustrate addition, substitution, and rearrangement reactions.
Moroz, Judith S.; Pellino, Janice L.; Field, Kurt W. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1319.
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Addition Reactions |
Mechanisms of Reactions
3DNormalModes  Michael P. Sigalas, Nickolas D. Charistos, Vasilios I. Teberekidis, and Constantinos A. Tsipis
3DNormalModes (for Windows-compatible computers) enables you or your students to choose one of 28 different molecules, orient it appropriately on the screen, choose any of its normal vibrational modes, and animate molecular vibrations in 3D.
Sigalas, Michael P.; Charistos, Nickolas D.; Teberekidis, Vasilios I.; Tsipis, Constantinos A. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1222.
IR Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Molecular Modeling
The Base-Induced Reaction of Salicylaldehyde with 1-Bromobutane in Acetone: Two Related Examples of Chemical Problem Solving  Holly D. Bendorf and Chriss E. McDonald
Each student performs his or her own experimental work, running one of the two reactions, and acquiring the proton and carbon NMR, IR, and mass spectra. The students work in groups to propose structures for the products and mechanisms for their formation. The students are also asked to address why the reactions take different courses.
Bendorf, Holly D.; McDonald, Chriss E. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1185.
Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Ethers |
Phenols |
IR Spectroscopy
Determination of Minerals in Apples by ICP–AES  Mark Duxbury
A laboratory experiment is described that involves the elemental analysis of apples by inductively coupled plasmaatomic emission spectroscopy (IICPAES). The results of the experiment allow students to predict the cold-storage stability of apples.
Duxbury, Mark. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1180.
Agricultural Chemistry |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Consumer Chemistry |
Food Science |
Instrumental Methods |
Nutrition |
Atomic Spectroscopy
SpecScan: A Utility Program for Generating Numerical Data from Printed Forms of Spectra or Other Signals  Constantinos E. Efstathiou
SpecSpan is a utility program for Microsoft Windows that generates numerical data from printed spectra or other plots found as figures in text, chart recordings, or freehand drawings. SpecScan can process bitmap (.BMP) images of such figures and drawings. After a brief interaction with the user, it generates and exports numerical data as Excel (.XLS) or text (.TXT) files.
Efstathiou, Constantinos E. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1093.
Chemometrics |
Spectroscopy
From Our Peer-Reviewed Collection  William F. Coleman and Edward W. Fedosky
The JCE WebWare collection continues to evolve and grow. This month we add another program, SpecScan: A Utility Program for Generating Numerical Data from Printed Forms of Spectra or Other Signals, to our collection of peer-reviewed WebWare.
Coleman, William F.; Fedosky, Edward W. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1093.
Chemometrics |
Spectroscopy
SpecScan: A Utility Program for Generating Numerical Data from Printed Forms of Spectra or Other Signals  Constantinos E. Efstathiou
The JCE WebWare collection continues to evolve and grow. This month we add another program, SpecScan: A Utility Program for Generating Numerical Data from Printed Forms of Spectra or Other Signals, to our collection of peer-reviewed WebWare.
Efstathiou, Constantinos E. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1093.
Chemometrics |
Spectroscopy
An Elementary Picture of Dielectric Spectroscopy in Solids: Physical Basis  Mario F. García-Sánchez, Jean-Claude M'Peko, A. Rabdel Ruiz-Salvador, Froilan Fernández-Gutierrez, Geonel Rodríguez-Gattorno, Adolfo Delgado, and Yuri Echevarría
The principles of DS of solids are discussed starting from simple concepts. The physical basis is presented, emphasizing the meaning of the magnitudes and phenomena involved, including the microscopic aspects of the chemical nature of solids. The applications, advantages, and limitations of DS are also discussed. Some examples are given that provide a practical overview of the main ideas as well as to show the usefulness of the technique.
García-Sánchez, Mario F.;M'Peko, Jean-Claude; Ruiz-Salvador, A. Rabdel; Fernández-Gutierrez, Froilan; Rodríguez-Gattorno, Geonel; Delgado, Adolfo; Echevarría, Yuri. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 1062.
Conductivity |
Materials Science |
Physical Properties |
Solids |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Student-Centered Learning
A Solvent-Free Oxidation of Alcohols in an Organic Laboratory  John J. Esteb, Michael W. Schelle, and Anne M. Wilson
Oxidation of alcohols using potassium permanganate and copper(II) sulfate pentahydrate.
Esteb, John J.; Schelle, Michael W.; Wilson, Anne M. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 907.
IR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Solids
How Students Use Scientific Instruments To Create Understanding: CCD Spectrophotometers  Eric G. Malina and Mary B. Nakhleh
Investigation of how upper-division college students interact with laboratory instruments to identify the characteristics that influence students' construction of scientific understanding.
Malina, Eric G.; Nakhleh, Mary B. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 691.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Learning Theories
Measurement of Organics Using Three FTIR Techniques: Absorption, Attenuated Total Reflectance, and Diffuse Reflectance  M. E. Gebel, M. A. Kaleuati, and B. J. Finlayson-Pitts
Determination of methyl t-butyl ether (MTBE) in gasoline using Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, ethanol in vodka using attenuated total reflectance (ATR), and total hydrocarbons in soil samples using diffuse reflectance infrared Fourier transform spectroscopy (DRIFTS).
Gebel, M. E.; Kaleuati, M. A.; Finlayson-Pitts, B. J. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 672.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis |
Solids |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Gas Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry
Classification of Vegetable Oils by Principal Component Analysis of FTIR Spectra  David A. Rusak, Leah M. Brown, and Scott D. Martin
Comparing unknown samples of vegetable oils to known samples using FTIR and principal component analysis (PCA) and nearest means classification (NMC).
Rusak, David A.; Brown, Leah M.; Martin, Scott D. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 541.
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Food Science |
Lipids |
Chemometrics |
Qualitative Analysis |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Consumer Chemistry |
Applications of Chemistry
Analysis of Carbon Monoxide in Blood  Benjamin P. Huddle and Joseph C. Stephens
Qualitative and quantitative analysis of carbon monoxide in blood using the Conway diffusion method.
Huddle, Benjamin P.; Stephens, Joseph C. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 441.
Gases |
Toxicology |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Applications of Chemistry |
Forensic Chemistry
Was the Suspect in Contact with the Victim? An Instrumental Methods Experiment for the Analysis of Single Fibers Using FT-IR Microscopy  Sharin Bender and Sheri J. Lillard
Forensic analysis of fiber samples using FT-IR microscopy to sustain interest and motivation in an upper-level analytical laboratory.
Bender, Sharin; Lillard, Sheri J. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 437.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Applications of Chemistry |
Forensic Chemistry
Basic Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy ( J. Michael Hollas)  Brian K. Taylor
Covers the concepts of quantitative and qualitative spectroscopy without significant mathematical detail.
Taylor, Brian K. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 389.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Environmental Analysis in the Instrumental Lab: More Than One Way...  M. Sittidech and S. Street
Laboratory practical in which students are asked to complete a problem of quantitative analysis drawn from environmental hazards (acrolein and acrylonitrile) using available instrumentation (spectroscopic, chromatographic, electrochemical, and mass spectrometric techniques).
Sittidech, M.; Street, S. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 376.
Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Electrochemistry |
Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Applications of Chemistry
Detection of Method Effects on Quality of Analytical Data. A Statistical Exercise  S. E. Quintar, J. P. Santagata, O. I. Villegas, and V. A. Cortinez
Procedure that applies the statistical analysis of data to information collected from atomic absorption spectrometry.
Quintar, S. E.; Santagata, J. P.; Villegas, O. I.; Cortinez, V. A. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 326.
Instrumental Methods |
Metals |
Quantitative Analysis |
Chemometrics |
Atomic Spectroscopy
C–H and C–D Bonds: An Experimental Approach to the Identity of C–H Bonds by Their Conversion to C–D Bonds  Alex T. Rowland
Three experiments that allow students to determine the relative reactivity of C-H bonds that are aliphatic, alpha, benzylic, or aromatic by the ease of substitution of deuterium for oxygen.
Rowland, Alex T. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 311.
Acids / Bases |
IR Spectroscopy |
Isotopes |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Undergraduate Research |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Aromatic Compounds |
Carboxylic Acids
Inductively Coupled Plasma–Atomic Emission Spectroscopy: Two Laboratory Activities for the Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis Course  Ara S. Kooser, Judith L. Jenkins, and Lawrence E. Welch
Procedures involving an examination and comparison of spectral transitions originating from atomic versus ionic species through atomic emission spectroscopy, and a determination of the temperature produced buy the inductively coupled plasma (ICP).
Kooser, Ara S.; Jenkins, Judith L.; Welch, Lawrence E. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 86.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis
Measurement of Trace Metals in Tobacco and Cigarette Ash by Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectroscopy  W. Wang and B. J. Finlayson-Pitts
An experiment in which inductively coupled plasma (ICP) and atomic emission spectroscopy (AES) is used to quantify zinc, iron, and chromium present in cigarette tobacco, the cigarette filter, and the ash from a burning cigarette.
Wang, W; Finlayson-Pitts, B. J. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 83.
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Metals |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Micelle-Mediated Extraction of Heavy Metals from Environmental Samples: An Environmental Green Chemistry Laboratory Experiment  Dimosthenis L. Giokas, Evangelos K. Paleologos, and Miltiades I. Karayannis
A laboratory focussing on the determination of metallic elements in drinking water through cloud-point extraction.
Giokas, Dimosthenis L.; Paleologos, Evangelos K.; Karayannis, Miltiades I. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 61.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Metals |
Micelles |
Separation Science |
Green Chemistry |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Implementation of a Geographic Information System in the Chemistry Curriculum: An Exercise in Integrating Environmental Analysis and Assessment  Brigitte L. Ramos, Shelley Miller, and Karl Korfmacher
Using a Geographic Information System (GIS), a Global Positioning System (GPS), and atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) to investigate sediment deposition rates in a pond.
Ramos, Brigitte L.; Miller, Shelley; Korfmacher, Karl. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 50.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Undergraduate Research
An Environmental Focus Using Inductively Coupled Plasma Optical Emission Spectrometry and Ion Chromatography  Arthur Salido, Cynthia Atterholt, J. Roger Bacon, and David J. Butcher
Efforts by the chemistry department at Western Carolina University to incorporate an environmental focus in its curriculum and research programs; NSF project to integrate inductively coupled plasma-optical emission spectrometry and ion chromatography instruments into the curriculum.
Salido, Arthur; Atterholt, Cynthia; Bacon, J. Roger; Butcher, David J. J. Chem. Educ. 2003, 80, 22.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods |
Undergraduate Research
Signal-to-Noise Ratio, Signal Processing, and Spectral Information in the Instrumental Analysis Laboratory  Jonathan P. Blitz and Douglas G. Klarup
Laboratory for an instrumental analysis course that shows how signal-to-noise ration can be increased for FTIR spectrometers by choice of conditions and data manipulation.
Blitz, Jonathan P.; Klarup, Douglas G. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1358.
Instrumental Methods |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy
Collaboration between Chemistry and Biology to Introduce Spectroscopy, Electrophoresis, and Molecular Biology as Tools for Biochemistry  Vicky L. H. Bevilacqua, Jennifer L. Powers, Connie Tran, Swapan S. Jain, Reem Chabayta, Dale L. Vogelien, Ralph J. Rascati, Michelle Hall, and Kathleen Diehl
Program that integrates a variety of instrumental techniques across the biological and chemistry curricula, including biochemistry, plant physiology, genetics, and forensics.
Bevilacqua, Vicky L. H.; Powers, Jennifer L.; Vogelien, Dale L.; Rascati, Ralph J.; Hall, Michelle; Diehl, Kathleen; Tran, Connie; Jain, Swapan S.; Chabayta, Reem . J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1311.
Biotechnology |
Enzymes |
Forensic Chemistry |
Hormones |
Instrumental Methods |
Kinetics |
Plant Chemistry |
Proteins / Peptides |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Organic Spectroscopy–A Capstone Experience  Jan M. Fleischer
Experiment requiring students to make decisions regarding the likely structure of their sample based upon an IR spectrum before a final analysis with NMR spectroscopy.
Fleischer, Jan M. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1247.
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Spectroscopy for Schools and Colleges [CD-ROM] (by the Royal Society of Chemistry and GlaxoWellcome)  Thomas H. Eberlein
Interactive CR-ROM to assist in learning the fundamentals of interpreting spectroscopy in organic chemistry.
Eberlein, Thomas H. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1204.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Physical Properties |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Enrichment / Review Materials
Preparing Students for Research: Synthesis of Substituted Chalcones as a Comprehensive Guided-Inquiry Experience  James R. Vyvyan, Donald L. Pavia, Gary M. Lampman, and George S. Kriz Jr.
An aldol condensation of substituted benzaldehydes with substituted acetophones to produce substituted benzalacetophenones (chalcones) in a guided-inquiry approach.
Vyvyan, James R.; Pavia, Donald L.; Lampman, Gary M.; Kriz, George S., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1119.
Medicinal Chemistry |
Microscale Lab |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Aromatic Compounds |
Aldehydes / Ketones
Preparation and Characterization of Bayerite Samples: Use of Diffuse Reflectance Infrared Spectroscopy to Monitor Purification  Nsoki Phambu, Bernard Humbert, and Andre Burneau
Experiment that gives students an opportunity to prepare an inorganic compound that is neither commercially available not found in catalogs.
Phambu, Nsoki; Humbert, Bernard; Burneau, Andre. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1117.
Industrial Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Quantum Chemistry |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Fourier Transform Techniques
Elemental Analysis of Wisdom Teeth by Atomic Spectroscopy Using Standard Additions. An Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis Laboratory Exercise  Venda J. Porter, Patricia M. Sanft, Jennifer C. Dempich, Dana D. Dettmer, Angela E. Erickson, Nicole A. Dubauskie, Susan T. Myster, Emory H. Matts, and Eugene T. Smith
Procedure to familiarize students with inductively coupled plasma spectroscopy (ICP) and other atomic absorption techniques and to develop an understanding of the advantages and limitations of these methods.
Porter, Venda J.; Sanft, Patricia M.; Dempich, Jennifer C.; Dettmer, Dana D.; Erickson, Angela E.; Dubauskie, Nicole A.; Myster, Susan T.; Matts, Emory H.; Smith, Eugene T. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1114.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Applications of Chemistry
Spectrophotometric Determination of Total Sulfite in White Wine Samples Using Crude Extracts from Flowers  Márlon Herbert Flora Barbosa Soares, Luiz Antonio Ramos, and Éder Tadeu Gomes Cavalheiro
Procedure using flower pigments in the spectrophotometric determination of total sulfite in white wine samples.
Soares, Márlon Herbert Flora Barbosa; Ramos, Luiz Antonio; Cavalheiro, Éder Tadeu Gomes. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1111.
Dyes / Pigments |
Food Science |
Natural Products |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
1H NMR Measurement of the Trans–Cis Photoisomerization of Cinnamic Acid Derivatives  Basil Danylec and Magdy N. Iskander
Procedure that illustrates trans-cis photoisomerization.
Danylec, Basil; Iskander, Magdy N. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 1000.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Photochemistry |
Stereochemistry |
Aromatic Compounds |
Alcohols |
Esters |
Alkenes |
Molecular Properties / Structure
A Structure–Activity Investigation of Photosynthetic Electron Transport. An Interdisciplinary Experiment for the First-Year Laboratory  Kerry K. Karukstis, Gerald R. Van Hecke, Katherine A. Roth, and Matthew A. Burden
Investigation in which students measure the effect of several inhibitors (herbicides) on the electron transfer rate in chloroplasts and formulate a hypothesis between the inhibitor's activity and its structure as a means of using a physical technique to measure a chemical process in a biological system.
Karukstis, Kerry K.; Van Hecke, Gerald R.; Roth, Katherine A.; Burden, Matthew A. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 985.
Biophysical Chemistry |
Electrochemistry |
Noncovalent Interactions |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds |
Plant Chemistry
Synthesis and Characterization of a Gasoline Oxygenate, Ethyl tert-Butyl Ether  Craig J. Donahue, Teresa D'Amico, and Jennifer A. Exline
Procedure for the synthesis and characterization of ethyl tert-butyl ether.
Donahue, Craig J.; D'Amico, Teresa; Exline, Jennifer A. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 724.
Chromatography |
Synthesis |
Ethers |
Gas Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
Fractional Distillation and GC Analysis of Hydrocarbon Mixtures  Craig J. Donahue
Separating and identifying the components of a three-hydrocarbon mixture through fractional distillation and gas chromatography.
Donahue, Craig J. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 721.
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Alkenes |
Aromatic Compounds |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
Exploring the Diffraction Grating Using a He-Ne Laser and a CD-ROM  Joel Tellinghuisen
Demonstrating the grating equation using a compact disc.
Tellinghuisen, Joel. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 703.
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
NMR and Chemistry: An Introduction to Modern NMR Spectrocopy, 4th Edition (by J. W. Akitt and B. E. Mann)  Manish Mehta
Text intended to impart a working knowledge of NMR spectroscopy to a student of chemistry.
Mehta, Manish. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 677.
NMR Spectroscopy
Impact of Incorporation of High Field FT-NMR Spectroscopy into the Undergraduate Chemistry Curriculum  David B. Ball and Randy Miller
Purchase of a high field FT-NMR spectrometer to incorporate 13C NMR spectroscopy into a year-long organic chemistry course.
Ball, David B.; Miller, Randy. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 665.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
The Mechanism of the Ritter Reaction in Combination with Wagner-Meerwein Rearrangements. A Cooperative Learning Experience  María I. Colombo, María L. Bohn, and Edmundo A. Rúveda
Procedure in which students develop analytical and problem-solving skills by investigating an organic reaction mechanism, predicting the most likely products, and suggesting experiments to test the postulated mechanistic pathways and possible intermediates.
Colombo, María I.; Bohn, María L.; Rúveda, Edmundo A. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 484.
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Reactive Intermediates |
Amides |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy
An Organic Puzzle Using Meldrum's Acid  R. David Crouch and Michael S. Holden
Organic synthesis in which the product is not easily predicted, requiring identification through an analysis of the data and consideration of possible reactions of the reagents and solvent.
Crouch, R. David; Holden, Michael S. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 477.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Microscale Lab |
Esters |
Synthesis
The Visible Spectrum of Liquid Oxygen in the General Chemistry Laboratory  Frazier Nyasulu, John Macklin, and William Cusworth III
Examination of the spectrum of liquid oxygen and testing several hypotheses to explain the pattern of spectral lines observed.
Nyasulu, Frazier; Macklin, John; Cusworth, William, III. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 356.
MO Theory |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
The Influence of Modern NMR Spectroscopy on Undergraduate Organic, Inorganic, and Physical Chemistry at Florida State University  Joseph B. Vaughn, Jr.
Survey of student attitudes toward having state-of-the-art NMR spectra available.
Vaughn, Joseph B., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 306.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
NMR Spectroscopy
Colorful Azulene and Its Equally Colorful Derivatives  Robert S. H. Liu
Analysis of azulene and related compounds for an explanation of their respective colors.
Liu, Robert S. H. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 183.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
MO Theory |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds |
Alkenes
Diastereoselective Synthesis of a Strawberry Flavoring Agent by Epoxidation of Ethyl trans-b-Methylcinnamate  Gayle J. Pageau, Rodwell Mabaera, Kathryn M. Kosuda, Tamara A. Sebelius, Ali H. Ghaffari, Kenneth A. Kearns, Jean P. McIntyre, Tina M. Beachy, and Dasan M. Thamattoor
Synthesis of the "strawberry aldehyde" epoxide, a well-known food and perfume additive.
Pageau, Gayle J.; Mabaera, Rodwell; Kosuda, Kathryn M.; Sebelius, Tamara A.; Ghaffari, Ali H.; Kearns, Kenneth A.; McIntyre, Jean P.; Beachy, Tina M.; Thamattoor, Dasan M. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 96.
Molecular Modeling |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Stereochemistry |
Epoxides |
Consumer Chemistry |
Food Science
The Isolation of Rubber from Milkweed Leaves. An Introductory Organic Chemistry Lab  Lisa Volaric and John P. Hagen
Experiment that teaches many basic laboratory techniques (refluxing, vacuum filtering, extracting, centrifuging, and IR fingerprinting) while introducing students to polymers and natural-product isolations.
Volaric, Lisa; Hagen, John P. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 91.
IR Spectroscopy |
Natural Products |
Plant Chemistry |
Applications of Chemistry |
Separation Science
Effect of Anisotropy on the Chemical Shift of Vinyl Protons in trans- and cis-1,2-Dibenzoylethylenes. A Small-Group or Recitation Activity  Roosevelt Shaw, David Roane, and Sean Nedd
Procedure to help students explain chemical shift differences for vinyl protons in alkene diastereomers.
Shaw, Roosevelt; Roane, David; Nedd, Sean. J. Chem. Educ. 2002, 79, 67.
Magnetic Properties |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Undergraduate Research |
Diastereomers |
Aromatic Compounds |
Alkenes |
Photochemistry |
Molecular Properties / Structure
A Simple Preparative Method to Evaluate Total UV Protection by Commercial Sunscreens  Shouei Fujishige, Sumiko Takizawa, and Kaoru Tsuzuki
Evaluating total UV protection of commercial sunscreens using commercial cellulose membrane to hold the samples.
Fujishige, Shouei; Takizawa, Sumiko; Tsuzuki, Kaoru. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1678.
Consumer Chemistry |
Materials Science |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Preparation of a D-Glucose-Derived Alkene. An E2 Reaction for the Undergraduate Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Peter Norris and Andrew Fluxe
Synthesis of four carbohydrate derivatives that highlight techniques such as inert atmosphere work, rotary evaporators, and flash column chromatography.
Norris, Peter; Fluxe, Andrew. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1676.
Carbohydrates |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Alkenes |
Elimination Reactions |
Chromatography
Raman Spectroscopy with a Fiber-Optic Probe and Multichannel Detection  Thomas J. Vickers, Jeanne Pecha, and Charles K. Mann
Exercise emphasizing instrumental methods of chemical analysis of solids and liquids relying on Raman spectroscopy.
Vickers, Thomas J.; Pecha, Jeanne; Mann, Charles K. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1674.
Instrumental Methods |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
Preparation and Use of a Room-Temperature Catalytic Converter  Gareth Wong, Bernard Mark, Xijia Chen, Toran Furch, Karen A. Singmaster, and Paul S. Wagenknecht
Procedure and apparatus to use a Au/Fe2O3 catalyst to convert CO to CO2.
Wong, Gareth; Mark, Bernard; Chen, Xijia; Furch, Toran; Singmaster, Karen A.; Wagenknecht, Paul S. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1667.
IR Spectroscopy |
Solid State Chemistry |
Transition Elements |
Catalysis
Cigarette Smoke Analysis Using an Inexpensive Gas-Phase IR Cell  N. Garizi, A. Macias, T. Furch, R. Fan, P. Wagenknecht, and K. A. Singmaster
A PVC gas cell used to collect and analyze cigarette smoke and car exhaust through IR spectroscopy.
Garizi, N.; Macias, A.; Furch, T.; Fan, R.; Wagenknecht, P.; Singmaster, K. A. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1665.
Atmospheric Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Qualitative Analysis
Beer's Law Revoked? (re J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 694)  Maureen Kendrick Murphy
Question regarding absorbance versus concentration plot for buckminsterfullerene.
Murphy, Maureen Kendrick. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1595.
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Ethics |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Undergraduate Research |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Beer's Law Revoked? (re J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 694)  Roy W. Clark
Question regarding absorbance versus concentration plot for buckminsterfullerene.
Clark, Roy W. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1595.
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Ethics |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Undergraduate Research |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Spec UV-Vis: An Ultraviolet-Visible Spectrophotometer Simulation  N. Papadopoulos, Maria Limniou, Giannis Koklamanis, Apostolos Tsarouxas, Mpampis Roilidis, and Stephen W. Bigger
A windows compatible program that simulates a single- and double beam, UV-visible spectrophotometer.
Papadopoulos, N.; Limniou, Maria; Koklamanis, Giannis; Tsarouxas, Apostolos; Roilidis, Mpampis; Bigger, Stephen W. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1560.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Applied Electronics: Construction of a Simple Spectrophotometer  Melissa A. Thal and Michael J. Samide
A simple spectrophotometer intended for use as a capstone circuit for an electronics laboratory exercise.
Thal, Melissa A.; Samide, Michael J. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1510.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Using Guided Inquiry to Study Optical Activity and Optical Rotatory Dispersion in a Cross-Disciplinary Chemistry Lab  Michael A. Vaksman and James W. Lane
Procedure in which students are challenged to measure the angle optical rotation at a particular wavelength for an optically active sample.
Vaksman, Michael A.; Lane, James W. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1507.
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry
Tablet Analysis Using Gravimetric Dilutions  Larry A. Simonson
Procedure that replaces volumetric analysis of caffeine tablets with gravimetric techniques.
Simonson, Larry A. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1387.
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Gravimetric Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
An Improved Preparation of a-D-(+)-Glucopyranose Pentaacetate  Paul F. Schatz
Using iodine rather than zinc chloride as a Lewis-acid catalyst in the preparation of alpha-(+)-glucopyranose pentaacetate.
Schatz, Paul F. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1378.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Laboratory Management |
Catalysis
Synthesis and Analysis of a Solvatochromic Dye, 1-(p-Dimethylaminophenyl)-2-nitroethylene. An Advanced Undergraduate Laboratory Experiment  Dana L. Richter-Egger, Aaron Tesfai, Spencer J. Flamm, and Sheryl A. Tucker
Synthesis and analysis of 1-(p-dimethylaminophenyl)-2-nitroethylene.
Richter-Egger, Dana L.; Tesfai, Aaron; Flamm, Spencer J.; Tucker, Sheryl A. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1375.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Undergraduate Research |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Dyes / Pigments |
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Aromatic Compounds |
Alkenes
Discovery-Oriented Approach To Organic Synthesis: Tandem Aldol Condensation-Michael Addition Reactions. Identifying Diastereotopic Hydrogens in an Achiral Molecule by NMR Spectroscopy  Nanette Wachter-Jurcsak and Kendra Reddin
Procedure illustrating aldol condensation and Michael addition reactions.
Wachter-Jurcsak, Nanette; Reddin, Kendra. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1264.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Stereochemistry |
Aromatic Compounds |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Addition Reactions |
Mechanisms of Reactions
Looking beyond the endo Rule in a Diels-Alder Discovery Lab  Ronald M. Jarret, Jamie New, Rebecca Hurley, and Laura Gillooly
Procedure to introduce preference for generation of the endo product and the stereochemistry of alkene addition of the Diels-Alder reaction.
Jarret, Ronald M.; New, Jamie; Hurley, Rebecca; Gillooly, Laura. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1262.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Stereochemistry |
Alkenes
Investigation of Secondary Metabolites in Plants. A General Protocol for Undergraduate Research in Natural Products  Jonathan Cannon, Du Li, Steven G. Wood, Noel L. Owen, Alexandra Gromova, and Vladislav Lutsky
Typical experimental procedures to extract and isolate individual chemical constituents from a plant, suggestions for some simple procedures to test for selected bioactivity, and explain how the molecular structures of natural products may be determined using spectroscopic techniques.
Cannon, Jonathan; Li, Du; Wood, Steven G.; Owen, Noel L.; Gromova, Alexandra; Lutsky, Vladislav. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1234.
Chromatography |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Separation Science |
Plant Chemistry |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Separation Science
Determination of Ethanol in Alcohol Samples Using a Modular Raman Spectrometer  Caryn L. Sanford, Brent A. Mantooth, and Bradley T. Jones
An inexpensive modular Raman spectrometer that overcomes the cost and complexity of traditional equipment; application to measuring ethanol content of a variety of aqueous solutions.
Sanford, Caryn L.; Mantooth, Brent A.; Jones, Bradley T. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1221.
Instrumental Methods |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis |
Raman Spectroscopy
Personalized Combined Organic Spectroscopy Problems--Online and in the Lab  Marjorie Kandel and Peter J. Tonge
Assigning individualized spectroscopy problems from SDBS, the Japanese National Institute of Materials and Chemical Research Spectroscopic Database, combined with a laboratory unknown.
Kandel, Marjorie; Tonge, Peter J. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1208.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry
Correction to A More Realistic Teaching Style in Spectroscopic Instruction (J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 765-769)  Mar Gómez Gallego, Santiago Romano, Miguel A. Sierra, and Enrique Nieto
Missing reference and incorrect citation in original article.
Gallego, Mar Gómez Romano, Santiago; Sierra, Miguel A.; Nieto, Enrique. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1183.
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Learning Theories
Correction to Computational Investigations for Undergraduate Organic Chemistry: Modeling a TLC Exercise to Investigate Molecular Structure and Intermolecular Forces (J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 203-205)  Rita K. Hessley
Missing reference and incorrect citation in original article.
Hessley, Rita K. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1183.
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Learning Theories |
Chromatography |
Computational Chemistry |
Separation Science
News from Online: Teaching with Chemical Instrumentation on the Web  Thomas G. Chasteen
Variety of web-based animations on analytical instrumentation; WWW addresses for software, plug-ins, sites for images and animations, references for designing sites, and sites regarding specific analytical techniques.
Chasteen, Thomas G. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1144.
Instrumental Methods |
Molecular Modeling |
Spectroscopy |
Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry |
Gas Chromatography |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
Distinguishing Calcium Carbonate from Calcium Sulfate Dihydrate by Instrumental Methods. A Set of Laboratory Experiments for Analytical Chemistry and Spectroscopy  Eugenio Garribba, Giovanni Micera, Liliana Strinna-Erre, and Giovanna Stara
Distinguishing calcium carbonate from calcium sulfate dihydrate through chemical analysis, thermal analysis and decomposition, IR spectroscopy, NIR spectroscopy, and EDXRF spectroscopy.
Garribba, Eugenio; Micera, Giovanni; Strinna-Erre, Liliana; Stara, Giovanna. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1090.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Thermal Analysis |
Qualitative Analysis
A Microscale Spectrophotometric Determination of Water Hardness  James S. Gordon
Measuring water hardness using EDTA as a titrant, calmagite as an indicator, a colorimeter, and a graphing calculator.
Gordon, James S. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 1089.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
The Use of Disposable IR Cards for Quantitative Analysis Using an Internal Standard  Ramee Indralingam and Angelito I. Nepomuceno
Lab that is useful as a teaching tool to illustrate the use of internal standards and calibration curves and the principle of Beer's law.
Indralingam, Ramee; Nepomuceno, Angelito I. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 958.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy
Teaching the Fundamentals of Pulsed NMR Spectroscopy in an Undergraduate Physical Chemistry Laboratory  Gary A. Lorigan, Robert E. Minto, and Wei Zhang
An undergraduate physical chemistry laboratory experiment that utilizes a commercially available bench-top pulsed NMR spectrometer; students assemble the components of an NMR spectrometer, program a variety of pulse sequences, and collect T1 and T2 relaxation data.
Lorigan, Gary A.; Minto, Robert E.; Zhang, Wei. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 956.
Kinetics |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Simple Preparation and NMR Analysis of mer and fac Isomers of Tris(1,1,1-trifluoro-2,4-pentanedionato)cobalt(III). An Experiment for the Inorganic Chemistry Laboratory  Ashley W. Jensen and Brian A. O'Brien
A one-step procedure for the preparation of tris(1,1,1-trifluoro-2,4-pentanedionato)cobalt(III) from hydrated cobalt(II) carbonate and 10% hydrogen peroxide, in which tert-butyl alcohol is used as a component of the solvent.
Jensen, Ashley W.; O'Brien, Brian A. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 954.
Chromatography |
Coordination Compounds |
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry
Reduction of Calcium Concentrations by the Brita® Water Filtration System: A Practical Experiment in Titrimetry and Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy  Kimberly G. Olsen and Lisa J. Ulicny
Classic EDTA titration experiment that focusses the function of common a household item.
Olsen, Kimberly G.; Ulicny, Lisa J. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 941.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Applications of Chemistry |
Consumer Chemistry
Spektri-Sim: Interactive Simulation and Analysis of the Infrared Spectra of Diatomic Molecules  Eric D. Glendening and Jarno M. Kansanaho
A Windows-based software application designed for simulation and analysis of the infrared spectra of diatomic molecules, featuring a unique, visual approach for evaluating molecular constants in which the user interactively seeks the optimal fit of a simulated spectrum to the experimental spectrum.
Glendening, Eric D.; Kansanaho, Jarno M. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 824.
IR Spectroscopy
Modular Spectrometers in the Undergraduate Chemistry Laboratory  Paul Bernazzani and Francine Paquin
Effect of integrating two Ocean Optics S2000 series spectroscopic instruments, based on a 2048-element linear CCD-array, into an undergraduate laboratory.
Bernazzani, Paul; Paquin, Francine. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 796.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
UV-Visible First-Derivative Spectrophotometry Applied to an Analysis of a Vitamin Mixture  F. Aberásturi, A. I. Jiménez, F. Jiménez, and J. J. Arias
A simple experiment that uses UV-vis spectrophotometry to introduce undergraduate chemistry students to multicomponent analysis and a method for the simultaneous determination of three vitamins using derivative spectrophotometry (zero-crossing method).
Aberásturi, F.; Jiménez, A. I.; Jiménez, F.; Arias, J. J. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 793.
Undergraduate Research |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Vitamins |
Quantitative Analysis
Isolation and Spectral Analysis of Naturally Occurring Thiarubrine A  Juan Reyes, Melita Morton, Kelsey Downum, and Kevin E. O'Shea
An experiment in which students isolate (from ragweed) and characterize thiarubrine A; thiarubrines are an important class of compounds which have recently received attention because of their unusual reactivity, unique biological activity, and potential medicinal applications.
Reyes, Juan; Morton, Melita; Downum, Kelsey; O'Shea, Kevin E. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 781.
Aromatic Compounds |
IR Spectroscopy |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Medicinal Chemistry
A More Realistic Teaching Style in Spectroscopic Instruction  Mar Gómez Gallego, Santiago Romano, Miguel A. Sierra, and Enrique Nieto
A practical application of spectroscopic analysis in intermediate and advanced organic chemistry to determine reaction mechanisms and identify products; provides three specific problems.
Gallego, Mar Gómez; Romano, Santiago; Sierra, Miguel A.; Nieto, Enrique. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 765.
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Learning Theories |
Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Qualitative Analysis
Using Calculator-Based Laboratory Technology to Conduct Undergraduate Chemical Research  Cynthia L. Sales, Nicole M. Ragan, and Maureen Kendrick Murphy
Calculator-based laboratory (CBL) technology can be used to initiate a viable undergraduate research program and at the same time teach ethical behavior in science and research; one research project, utilizing buckminsterfullerene, is described as a prototype of the quality and scope of such chemical research programs.
Sales, Cynthia L.; Ragan, Nicole M.; Murphy, Maureen Kendrick. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 694.
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Ethics |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Undergraduate Research |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Synthesis of Substituted Butenolides. An Undergraduate Organic Laboratory Experiment Utilizing Two 3-Step Preparatory Sequences  Géraldine Maheut, Liang Liao, Jean-Marie Catel, Paul-Alain Jaffrès, and Didier Villemin
The synthesis of substituted butenolide in two, 3-step sequences that illustrate five basic organic reactions (alkyne hydration, Knoevenagel condensation, lactonization, aldolization-type reaction, and hydration of nitrile); the products have pedagogical interest for IR and NMR spectroscopy (diastereotopic effect).
Maheut, Géraldine; Liao, Liang; Catel, Jean-Marie; Jaffrès, Paul-Alain; Villemin, Didier. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 654.
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Modeling |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Undergraduate Research |
Reactions
Molecular Mechanics and Variable-Temperature 1H NMR Studies on N,N-Diethyl-m-toluamide. An Undergraduate NMR and Molecular Modeling Experiment  Bruce L. Jensen and Raymond C. Fort Jr.
A combination of molecular modeling and variable-temperature NMR experiments is used to analyze the barrier to rotation about the amide bond of N,N-diethyl-m-toluamide (DEET). This approach utilizes the ability of computers to calculate the potential energy of a set of conformations obtained from a dihedral drive around the N-CO bond.
Jensen, Bruce L.; Fort, Raymond C. Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 538.
Molecular Modeling |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Amides
Determining the Percent Water in Organic Solvents Using the Zwitterionic Dimroth-Reichardt Betaine ET-30 Dye. An Industrially Relevant Application of a Previously Published Laboratory Experiment  Mark F. Vitha
ET-30 is used to determine the percent water in an organic solvent. This experiment, combined with a case study from Procter & Gamble's workshop "Professional Analytical Chemists in Industry", teaches students about the importance of dry organic solvents, the differences in diode array and scanning UV-vis spectrophotometers, the use of a wide variety of instrumental and wet-chemical analyses in answering analytical questions, and the application of the scientific approach to the solution of industrial chemical problems.
Vitha, Mark F. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 370.
Dyes / Pigments |
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Industrial Chemistry
Sampling Technique for Organic Solids in IR Spectroscopy: Thin Solid Films as the Method of Choice in Teaching Laboratories  Patty L. Feist
Techniques for sampling solid organic compounds for FTIR spectroscopy are briefly compared and contrasted. One method, called thin solid films, stands out as the method of choice in undergraduate laboratories because they are easy and inexpensive to prepare; the spectra obtained are of good to excellent quality.
Feist, Patty L. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 351.
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Qualitative Analysis
Surface Tension Determination through Capillary Rise and Laser Diffraction Patterns  Teresita Munguia and Charles A. Smith
In this physical chemistry experiment the surface tension of several solvents is determined by measuring the height of the capillary rise in a capillary tube; the radius of the tubing is calculated through measurements taken from the diffraction pattern produced when a laser of known wavelength is passed through a short piece of the capillary tubing.
Munguia, Teresita; Smith, Charles A. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 343.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Surface Science
The Dibenzalacetone Reaction Revisited  Leslie A. Hull
Groups of students are assigned target molecules of the dibenzalketone type and are given a sample procedure for the parent dibenzalacetone reaction. They are asked to design a synthesis of their target based on the model reaction and to modify the model reaction so it will work for their synthesis. They show they have synthesized the target with 1H NMR.
Hull, Leslie A. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 226.
Microscale Lab |
Molecular Modeling |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
A Short History of the Chemical Shift  Samuel G. Levine
The term chemical shift is shown to have originated in the mistaken assumption that nuclei of a given element will all undergo resonance at the same frequency regardless of their environment.
Levine, Samuel G. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 133.
Instrumental Methods |
Magnetic Properties |
NMR Spectroscopy
Teaching 1H NMR Spectrometry Using Computer Modeling  Yoichi Habata and Sadatoshi Akabori
Use of computer modeling for teaching 1H NMR spectroscopy is described. The direction of the induced magnetic field is clarified by displaying the electrostatic potential on the molecule, when the magnetic anisotropy effect is taught.
Habata, Yoichi; Akabori, Sadatoshi. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 121.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Modeling
WebSpectra: Online NMR and IR Spectra for Students  Craig A. Merlic, Barry C. Fam, and Michael M. Miller
WebSpectra is a World Wide Web site at UCLA through which organic chemistry students have convenient access to a library of problems in NMR and IR spectroscopy, ranging in difficulty from introductory to advanced. Students are presented with high-resolution spectra of unknown compounds in addition to the molecular formula.
Merlic, Craig A.; Fam, Barry C.; Miller, Michael M. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 118.
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
The Discovery-Oriented Approach to Organic Chemistry. 5. Stereochemistry of E2 Elimination: Elimination of cis- and trans-2-Methylcyclohexyl Tosylate  Marcus E. Cabay, Brad J. Ettlie, Adam J. Tuite, Kurt A. Welday, and Ram S. Mohan
A discovery-oriented lab that illustrates the stereochemistry of the E2 elimination reaction and is a good exercise in 1H NMR spectroscopy. The added element of discovery insures that student interest and enthusiasm are retained.
Cabay, Marcus E.; Ettlie, Brad J.; Tuite, Adam J.; Welday, Kurt A.; Mohan, Ram S. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 79.
IR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Elimination Reactions |
Reactions |
Alkenes
The Discovery-Oriented Approach to Organic Chemistry. 4. Epoxidation of p-Methoxy-trans-b-methylstyrene: An Exercise in NMR and IR Spectroscopy for Sophomore Organic Laboratories  Rebecca S. Centko and Ram S. Mohan
Illustrates epoxidation of alkenes as well as the reactivity of epoxides toward acids. The experiment involves reaction of p-methoxy-trans-beta-methylstyrene (trans-anethole) with m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (MCPBA), in both the absence and presence of a buffer, followed by product identification using 1H NMR, 13C NMR, and IR spectroscopy
Centko, Rebecca S.; Mohan, Ram S. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 77.
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Epoxides |
Alkenes
Organic-Solvent-Free Phase-Transfer Oxidation of Alcohols Using Hydrogen Peroxide  Martin Hulce and David W. Marks
Six representative alcohols are oxidized to the corresponding aldehyde or ketone, integrating the various techniques of extraction, drying, filtration, column chromatography, gas chromatography, NMR and IR spectroscopy, and reaction kinetics.
Hulce, Martin; Marks, David W. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 66.
Catalysis |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Reactions |
Kinetics |
Chromatography |
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Alcohols |
Phenols
Hybridization and Structural Properties
(re
J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 888-890)  Victor M. S. Gil
Clarifying cause-effect relationships between orbital hybridization and structural properties.
Gil, Victor M. S. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 31.
MO Theory |
Instrumental Methods |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Hybridization and Structural Properties
(re
J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 888-890)  Victor M. S. Gil
Clarifying cause-effect relationships between orbital hybridization and structural properties.
Gil, Victor M. S. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 31.
MO Theory |
Instrumental Methods |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Infrared Spectroscopy in the General Chemistry Lab  Margaret A. Hill
Three laboratory exercises in which students learn to interpret infrared spectra for simple structural identification. A polymer identification lab uses familiar household polymer samples and teaches students how to use infrared spectral data to determine what bond types are present in the polymers. In a second lab, students learn to prepare potassium bromide pellets of fluorene derivatives and identify them by their functional group differences. The final exercise combines IR with several other lab techniques to identify an organic acid from a field of fourteen possibilities.
Hill, Margaret A. J. Chem. Educ. 2001, 78, 26.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
A Phthalocyanine Synthesis Group Project for General Chemistry  Darren K. MacFarland, Christopher M. Hardin, and Michael J. Lowe
A group experiment synthesizing phthalocyanine dyes in one step from commercially available starting materials is described. The importance of a metal template is explored. The experiment is suitable for a second-semester general chemistry course.
MacFarland, Darren K.; Hardin, Christopher M.; Lowe, Michael J. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1484.
Aromatic Compounds |
Synthesis |
Organometallics |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds
Visible Aromatic Electronic Effects Using a Series of Substituted Copper Phthalocyanines  Darren K. MacFarland, Solomon Lieb, and Jessica Oswald
Phthalocyanines provide an opportunity to directly observe electronic effects in an aromatic system through color changes that are dependent on the nature of peripheral substituents. Simple, reliable syntheses of electron-poor and electron-rich phthalocyanines are reported, along with corresponding UV-visible spectra.
MacFarland, Darren K.; Lieb, Solomon; Oswald, Jessica. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1482.
Aromatic Compounds |
Synthesis |
Organometallics |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds
A Microscale Oxidation Puzzle  Michael W. Pelter, Rebecca M. Macudzinski, and Mary Ellen Passarelli
We have adapted oxidation of an alcohol with sodium hypochlorite solution to a "puzzle" approach by using a diol as the substrate for oxidation. The diols under investigation have both a primary and a secondary hydroxyl group. The assignment is to perform the reaction and determine the structure of the product through interpretation of the IR spectrum.
Pelter, Michael W.; Macudzinski, Rebecca M.; Passarelli, Mary Ellen. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1481.
IR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
Alcohols |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Bond Strength in Transition Metals  David Tudela
Discussion of periodic trends for bond strength in transition metals.
Tudela, David. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1410.
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Periodicity / Periodic Table |
Quantitative Analysis |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Transition Elements |
Metals |
Metallic Bonding
Epoxy Polymerization  Fred Schubert and Tom LoBuglio
Identifying the gel point of a polymer using a multimeter.
Schubert, Fred; LoBuglio, Tom. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1409.
Kinetics |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy
Displacement of the Benzene Solvent Molecule from Cr(CO)5(benzene) by Piperidine: A Laser Flash Photolysis Experiment  Ashfaq A. Bengali and Samantha B. Charlton
This laboratory experiment utilizes a nitrogen laser to investigate the chemistry of the Cr(CO)5(benzene) complex on the microsecond time scale. The unique capabilities of a laser and the chemistry made possible by its use is demonstrated.
Bengali, Ashfaq A.; Charlton, Samantha B. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1348.
Kinetics |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Organometallics |
Photochemistry |
Aromatic Compounds |
Reactions
Time-Dependent Changes in a Shampoo Bubble  Arun Chattopadhyay
This article demonstrates the fascinating phenomenon of time evolution of a shampoo bubble. The changes in thickness of the bubble films with time are followed by UV-vis spectroscopy. The change in chemical composition as a bubble film evolves is monitored by FTIR spectroscopy.
Chattopadhyay, Arun. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1339.
Learning Theories |
Micelles |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy of Calcium in Foodstuffs in Non-Science-Major Courses  Keith S. Kostecka
Non-science-major students are introduced to the concept of ppm, prepare AAS standard solutions, digest foodstuffs in nitric acid, conduct AAS analysis for Ca, determine mass percentage of calcium in the sample, and check calcium levels in various food items on the Internet with a critical eye.
Kostecka, Keith S. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1321.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Nonmajor Courses |
Quantitative Analysis |
Food Science
Implementation of Traditional and Real-World Cooperative Learning Techniques in Quantitative Analysis Including Near Infrared Spectroscopy for Analysis of Live Fish  Tracy P. Houghton and John H. Kalivas
A one-semester sophomore course at Idaho State University is divided into two parts: students individually perform traditional unknown analyses, and as groups, they study an aquatic ecosystem simulated by a trout aquarium. Ecosystem analyses include the important chemical components of the nitrogen cycle, dissolved oxygen, and alkalinity.
Houghton, Tracy P.; Kalivas, John H. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1314.
Undergraduate Research |
Quantitative Analysis |
Applications of Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Introducing the Uncertainty Principle Using Diffraction of Light Waves  Pedro L. Muiño
A thought experiment, in which a light beam is sent through slits of different sizes thereby producing a diffraction pattern, is used to illustrate the uncertainty principle. This experiment introduces the idea that one can know the value of a physical observable with as high a precision as necessary, but the act of measuring this observable has an effect on how much we can know about another observable.
Muiño, Pedro L. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 1025.
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Quantum Chemistry
Photochemistry of Chloropicrin. A Physical Chemistry Project  E. A. Wade, T. P. Clemes, and K. A. Singmaster
In this experiment, students will use FTIR spectroscopy to monitor the kinetics of the photolysis of chloropicrin by an Hg arc lamp, both with and without oxygen. They will then be able to determine the mechanism of the photolytic reaction.
Wade, Elisabeth A.; Clemes, T. P.; Singmaster, Karen A. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 898.
Atmospheric Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Kinetics |
Photochemistry |
Mechanisms of Reactions
Elucidation of Molecular Structure Using NMR Long-Range Coupling: Determination of the Single Isomer Formed in a Regiospecific Reaction  Samuel Delagrange and Françoise Nepveu
The experiment presented in this article introduces students to the main concepts of two essential NMR techniques for investigating molecular structure. Heteronuclear multiple bond connectivity (HMBC) and proton-coupled 13C NMR are used to determine which isomer, from a possible two, is formed by a regiospecific reaction. The demonstration, based on long-range coupling between quaternary carbons and protons on neighboring carbons, is presented step by step.
Delagrange, Samuel; Nepveu, Françoise. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 895.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Carboxylic Acids |
Reactions |
Diastereomers
The Discovery Approach to NMR: Development of Chemical-Shift Additivity Tables and Application to Product Identification  Eric Bosch
A discovery-based approach to the preparation and application of chemical-shift additivity tables is presented to give students insight into the development of NMR spectral prediction software.
Bosch, Eric. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 890.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Simple and Inexpensive Classroom Demonstrations of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance and Magnetic Resonance Imaging  Joel A. Olson, Karen J. Nordell, Marla A. Chesnik, Clark R. Landis, and Arthur B. Ellis, M. S. Rzchowski, S. Michael Condren, and George C. Lisensky
Several demonstrations of resonance phenomena associated with nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) are described. Complete instructions for the construction of the demonstrations, which can be used on an overhead projector, are included.
Olson, Joel A.; Nordell, Karen J.; Chesnik, Marla A.; Rzchowski, M. S.; Condren, S. Michael; Landis, Clark R.; Lisensky, George C.; Ellis, Arthur B. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 882.
Instrumental Methods |
Magnetic Properties |
NMR Spectroscopy
150 and More Basic NMR Experiments: A Practical Course, 2nd Edition (by S. Braun, H.-O. Kalinowski, and S. Berger)  reviewed by Nancy Mills
Encyclopedia of the techniques a modern NMR spectroscopist might need.
Mills, Nancy. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 831.
NMR Spectroscopy
Application of the Correlation Method to Vibrational Spectra of C60 and Other Fullerenes: Predicting the Number of IR- and Raman-Active Bands  Kazuo Nakamoto and Michael A. McKinney
The C60 molecule (Buckyball/soccer ball) exhibits only 4 IR and 10 Raman bands although it possesses 174 (3 x 60 - 6) normal vibrations. This striking reduction in the number of observed bands is evidently due to the molecule's extremely high symmetry (Ih point group).
Nakamoto, Kazuo; McKinney, Michael A. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 775.
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Group Theory / Symmetry |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Molecular Modeling
The Heck Reaction: A Microscale Synthesis Using a Palladium Catalyst  William B. Martin and Laura J. Kateley
The microscale synthesis described uses a reaction between a bromoiodobenzene and acrylic acid to produce a bromocinnamic acid. Structure verification for the product uses IR and 1H NMR spectroscopy.
Martin, William B.; Kateley, Laura J. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 757.
Catalysis |
Microscale Lab |
Synthesis |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds |
Mechanisms of Reactions
Studying Thermally Induced Chemical and Physical Transformations in Common Synthetic Polymers: A Laboratory Project  Steven C. Hodgson, John D. Orbell, Stephen W. Bigger, and John Scheirs
A simple project is described for introducing students to some experimental procedures commonly used to measure the effects of thermal treatment on synthetic polymers. The thermally induced changes that occur in the commodity polymers low-density polyethylene (LDPE), poly(ethylene terephthalate) (PET), and poly(vinyl chloride) (PVC) are examined as a function of the time of thermal treatment in an air-circulating oven.
Hodgson, Steven C.; Orbell, John D.; Bigger, Stephen W.; Scheirs, John. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 745.
IR Spectroscopy |
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Thermal Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Educational Applications of Infrared and Raman Spectroscopy: A Comparison of Experiment and Theory  Brian L. McClain, Sara M. Clark, Ryan L. Gabriel, and Dor Ben-Amotz
This study compares experimental infrared (IR) and Raman spectra of selected molecules to calculated spectra using semiempirical and ab initio methods. These illustrate the complimentary nature of IR and Raman spectroscopies as well as the limitation and successes of computational methods in predicting molecular vibrational frequencies and intensities.
McClain, Brian L.; Clark, Sara M.; Gabriel, Ryan L.; Ben-Amotz, Dor. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 654.
Computational Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Quantum Chemistry |
Raman Spectroscopy
Reaction of Dibenzoylethylene with Hydriodic Acid  Fred H. Greenberg
Dibenzoylethylene is treated with hydriodic acid in acetone at room temperature to obtain dibenzoylethane rather than the expected dibenzoyliodoethane. Students identify the product by the use of NMR and IR spectra and are given a nonpictorial representation of a mechanism and asked to supply the structures of the relevant intermediates.
Greenberg, Fred H. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 505.
Microscale Lab |
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Reactive Intermediates
Molecular Modeling to Predict Regioselectivity of Hydration Reactions  Kate J. Graham, Kathleen Skoglund, Chris P. Schaller, William P. Muldoon, and John B. Klassen
Students oxidize several isomeric alkenes using acid-catalyzed hydration, oxymercuration/demercuration, and hydroboration to compare the regioselectivity of the different techniques. The product mixtures are subsequently analyzed by GC and IR. To explain the results fully, students use the Spartan 5.0 molecular modeling package to predict the regioselectivity of these hydration reactions.
Graham, Kate J.; Skoglund, Kathleen; Schaller, Chris P.; Muldoon, William P.; Klassen, John B. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 396.
Computational Chemistry |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Reactive Intermediates |
IR Spectroscopy |
Gas Chromatography |
Molecular Recognition |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Molecular Modeling
An Inexpensive Convenient Press for KBr and CsI Pellets in Infrared Studies  Chris Kalberg and Paul J. Ogren
Directions are provided for the fabrication of an inexpensive IR salt pellet press that may be used easily and quickly by beginning chemistry students.
Kalberg, Chris; Ogren, Paul J. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 391.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Multicomponent Reactions: A Convenient Undergraduate Organic Chemistry Experiment  Ricardo Bossio, Stefano Marcaccini, Carlos F. Marcos, and Roberto Pepino
Two experiments for the synthesis of a -lactam and a succinimide, based on a 4-component Ugi condensation. The experimental procedures for both syntheses are identical except for the choice of the starting amine, whose electron richness is controlled by the presence or absence of an electron-withdrawing group.
Bossio, Ricardo; Marcaccini, Stefano; Marcos, Carlos F.; Pepino, Roberto. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 382.
Synthesis |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Thermal Denaturation of Proteins Studied by UV Spectroscopy  Natasa Poklar and Gorazd Vesnaver
UV spectroscopy has been widely used for monitoring the unfolding of proteins. During temperature-induced denaturation the protein absorbance changes with temperature until the process of unfolding is completed. A determination of DH(Td) and DS(Td) for a-chymotrypsinogen A at pH 3.0 is demonstrated.
Poklar, Natasa; Vesnaver, Gorazd. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 380.
Biophysical Chemistry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Undergraduate Research |
Proteins / Peptides |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Isolating trans-Anethole from Anise Seeds and Elucidating Its Structure: A Project Utilizing One- and Two-Dimensional NMR Spectrometry  Joseph W. LeFevre
This three-week project involves isolating and purifying a natural product and determining its structure. trans-Anethole is isolated from anise seeds by steam distillation and liquid-liquid extraction. The crude product is analyzed by thin-layer chromatography and purified by flash chromatography.
LeFevre, Joseph W. . J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 361.
Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Natural Products |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Separation Science |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Catalytic Asymmetric Epoxidation Using a Fructose-Derived Catalyst  Andy Burke, Patrick Dillon, Kyle Martin, and T. W. Hanks
Modern epoxidation methods are able to create two adjacent stereocenters with very high enantioselectivity. Opening of the epoxides with nucleophiles permits rapid entry into complex organic systems, making this powerful synthetic methodology one of the fundamental reactions in organic synthesis.
Burke, Andy; Dillon, Patrick; Martin, Kyle; Hanks, Timothy W. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 271.
Catalysis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Enantiomers
The Development of Innovative Laboratory Experiments with UV-Visible Spectrophotometer   Peter Abeta Iyere
A brief description of the instrument acquired with National Science Foundation funds (Cary 300 BIO UV-Vis Spectrophotometer, model EL98013047 equipped with diffuse reflectance and temperature control accessories) precedes highlights of some of the experiments being developed at Tennessee State University.
Iyere, Peter Abeta. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 153.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Understanding NMR Multiplet Structure with WinDNMR  N. Bampos and A. Vidal-Ferran
Employing interactive, user-friendly software packages (such as WinDNMR) on a conventional personal computer to investigate the effect of changing the constituent coupling constants on the appearance of a multiplet. As an example, a multiplet representing a proton coupled to three neighboring environments (four-spin system) is treated in detail.
Bampos, N.; Vidal-Ferran, A. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 130.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Student-Determined Values for the Calculation of Chemical Shifts of Methylene Protons in Different Chemical Environments  Gary W. Breton
A laboratory experiment in which students themselves determine values for the calculation of chemical shifts of methylene protons in a variety of chemical environments. Although these values come from single determinations of representative compounds from several different classes, the alpha-parameter values obtained are in close agreement with literature data.
Breton, Gary W. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 81.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
NMR Spectroscopy
The Discovery-Oriented Approach to Organic Chemistry. 3. Rearrangement of cis- and trans-Stilbene Oxides with Boron Trifluoride Etherate. An Exercise in 1H NMR Spectroscopy for Sophomore Organic Laboratories  Erik A. Sgariglia, Regina Schopp, Kostas Gavardinas, and Ram S. Mohan
A discovery-oriented laboratory experiment that involves the rearrangement of both cis- and trans-stilbene oxides with boron trifluoride etherate.
Sgariglia, Erik A.; Schopp, Regina; Gavardinas, Kostas; Mohan, Ram S. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 79.
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Constitutional Isomers
Keep Going with Cyclooctatetraene!  Addison Ault
This paper shows how some simple properties of cyclooctatetraene can indicate important ideas about the structure of cyclooctatetraene.
Ault, Addison. J. Chem. Educ. 2000, 77, 55.
Aromatic Compounds |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Molecular Properties / Structure
The Hofmann Rearrangement Using Household Bleach: Synthesis of 3-Nitroaniline  Keith A. Monk and Ram S. Mohan
A simple experiment that involves the Hofmann rearrangement of 3-nitrobenzamide to give 3-nitroaniline using household bleach. The synthesis of 3-nitrobenzamide by nitration of benzamide and the subsequent Hofmann rearrangement can be carried out in two-and-a-half hours, making this a new and simple two-step reaction sequence for the organic laboratory.
Monk, Keith A.; Mohan, Ram S. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1717.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Identifying Softwoods and Hardwoods by Infrared Spectroscopy  Brady Barker and Noel L. Owen
Infrared spectra of 45 softwoods and hardwoods have been recorded. The wavenumber values of the carbonyl stretching vibration and one of the ring-breathing modes of lignin are used to distinguish softwoods from hardwoods. The differences between the absorption bands for the softwoods and hardwoods in each instance are shown to be statistically significant.
Barker, Brady; Owen, Noel L. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1706.
Carbohydrates |
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Plant Chemistry |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Greenhouse Warming Potentials from the Infrared Spectroscopy of Atmospheric Gases  Matthew J. Elrod
A model is described that allows a straightforward, spreadsheet-based determination of greenhouse warming potentials from the infrared spectra of atmospheric gases. On the basis of the numerical results of the model, students are able to investigate the molecular properties that are characteristic of greenhouse gases and thus are able to understand the rationale behind the recent agreement by the world's industrialized nations to reduce certain greenhouse gas emissions.
Elrod, Matthew J. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1702.
Atmospheric Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy
Removal of Heavy Metals from Water: An Environmentally Significant Atomic Absorption Spectrometry Experiment  Brian P. Buffin
In the first portion of the laboratory project, students perform treatment studies on simulated wastewater samples that contain heavy metal contaminants common to the effluent of the metal finishing industry. In the second portion of the experiment, AAS is used to determine metal concentrations in treated and untreated water samples, thus enabling the students to determine the effectiveness of the treatment process.
Buffin, Brian P. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1678.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Metals |
Toxicology
Incorporation of FT-NMR throughout the Chemistry Curriculum  D. Scott Davis and Dale E. Moore
Through funding from the former Instrumentation and Laboratory Improvement (ILI) program of the National Science Foundation, Mercer University has purchased a 300 MHz Nuclear Magnetic Resonance spectrometer. The redesign of a standard undergraduate chemistry curriculum to an inquiry-based curriculum with NMR as a central learning theme is described.
Davis, D. Scott; Moore, Dale E. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1617.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Fourier Transform Techniques
The Preparation of a UV-Light-Absorbing Polymer: A Project-Oriented Laboratory Experiment for the Introductory Organic Chemistry Curriculum  Thomas Poon, Jean P. McIntyre, Andrea Dorigo, Drew J. Davis, Matthew A. Davis, Crystal F. Eller, Leah R. Eller, Heather K. Izumi, Kenya M. Jones, Kurt H. Kelley, William Massello, Megan L. Melamed, Cynthia M. Norris, Jeffrey A. Oelrich, Thomas A. Pluim, Sarah E. Poplawski, Jason M. St. Clair, Matthew P. Stokes, Wells C. Wheeler, and Erin E. Wilkes
A laboratory experiment is described that combines organic synthesis, spectroscopy, and polymer chemistry and is suitable for the sophomore organic chemistry curriculum. In this three-week sequence, students synthesize and characterize the UV-absorber 2-(2',4'-dimethylbenzoyl)benzoic acid and incorporate it into films of polymethylmethacrylate.
Poon, Thomas; McIntyre, Jean P.; Dorigo, Andrea; Davis, Drew J.; Davis, Matthew A.; Eller, Crystal F.; Eller, Leah R.; Izumi, Heather K.; Jones, Kenya M.; Kelley, Kurt H.; Massello, William; Melamed, Megan L.; Norris, Cynthia M.; Oelrich, Jeffrey A.; Pluim, Thomas A.; Poplawski, Sarah E.; St. Clair, Jason M.; Stokes, Matthew P.; Wheeler, Wells C.; Wilkes, Erin E. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1523.
Synthesis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Free Radicals
Analysis of Soft Drinks Using Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy: A Mentorship  Arkim Wilson, Craig Myers, George Crull, Michael Curtis, and Pamela Pasciak Patterson
This mentorship was designed to expose a student to the laboratory routine for a chemist at Bristol Myers Squibb Company (BMS). The student visited BMS, collaborated with BMS scientists, and actually completed a project on site. He was asked to determine the identity of an unknown sample of soft drink retrieved from a fictitious crime scene using NMR spectroscopy.
Wilson, Arkim; Myers, Craig; Crull, George; Curtis, Michael; Pasciak, Pamela M. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1414.
Instrumental Methods |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science |
Student / Career Counseling
Organic Chemistry Course Development in a Forensic Science Program: Use of FT-NMR  Ronald Callahan, Lawrence Kobilinsky, and Robert Rothchild
The acquisition of a modern, multinuclear, medium-field (7 tesla) FT-NMR, with partial support from NSF-ILI, has made possible the introduction of a major special project for second-semester organic chemistry laboratory, within a forensic science program.
Callahan, Ronald; Kobilinsky, Lawrence; Rothchild, Robert. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1332.
Forensic Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Microscale Lab |
Molecular Modeling |
Stereochemistry
Gradualism: A Method for Primary Instruction on Spectroscopic Analysis in Introductory Organic Chemistry  Christopher W. Alexander, Gary L. Asleson, Charles F. Beam, Marion T. Doig, Frederick J. Heldrich*, and Shannon Studer-Martinez
The pedagogical style of gradualism is described for the instruction of spectroscopic analysis in the introductory organic chemistry laboratory. Gradualism is defined as a series of steps or lessons that build one upon the other until the student is able to solve complex problems.
Alexander, Christopher W.; Asleson, Gary L.; Beam, Charles F.; Doig, Marion T.; Heldrich, Frederick J.; Studer-Martinez, Shannon. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1297.
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Learning Theories
Spectroscopic Instruction in Introductory Organic Chemistry: Results of a National Survey  Christopher W. Alexander, Gary L. Asleson, Marion T. Doig, and Frederick J. Heldrich*
The survey results indicated that the spectroscopic techniques of IR, MS, proton NMR, and carbon NMR are core techniques in most courses. A considerable amount of the instruction in spectroscopy is occurring in both the laboratory and the lecture portions of the course.
Alexander, Christopher W.; Asleson, Gary L.; Doig, Marion T.; Heldrich, Frederick J. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1294.
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Spectrophotometric Determination of Thiocyanate in Human Saliva  Markku Lahti*, Juhani Vilpo, and Jari Hovinen
Here is described how qualitative and quantitative analysis of human saliva thiocyanate ion can be performed as a part of the laboratory exercise for the determination of chemical equilibrium between Fe+3 and SCN- ions.
Lahti, Markku; Vilpo, Juhani; Hovinen, Jari. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1281.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Undergraduate Research |
Medicinal Chemistry |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Determination of Anionic Surfactants Using Atomic Absorption Spectrometry and Anodic Stripping Voltammetry  Richard John and Daniel Lord
An experiment has been developed that demonstrates the indirect analysis of anionic surfactants by techniques normally associated with metal ion determination; that is, atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS) and anodic stripping voltammetry (ASV).
John, Richard; Lord, Daniel. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1256.
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Surface Science
The Discovery-Oriented Approach to Organic Chemistry 2. Selectivity in Alcohol Oxidation: An Exercise in 1H NMR Spectroscopy for Sophomore Organic Laboratories  Steven R. Shadwick and Ram S. Mohan
A simple oxidation experiment that presents the student with a puzzle and is a good exercise in 1H NMR spectroscopy. The experiment, which illustrates the important concept of selectivity in organic synthesis, involves selective oxidation of a mixture of 1-heptanol and 2-heptanol using commercial swimming pool chlorine.
Shadwick, Steven R.; Mohan, Ram S. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 1121.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Alcohols |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Synthesis
A Spectrophotometric Method for Quantitative Determination of Bromine Using Tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine  Joan Han, Troy Story, and Grace Han
A simple spectrophotometric method for quantitative determination of bromine is described.
Han, Joan; Story, Troy; Han, Grace. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 976.
Quantitative Analysis |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Stoichiometry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Optimizing Signal-to-Noise Ratio in Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometry Using Sequential Simplex Optimization  Richard J. Stolzberg
Students adjust the level of four variables to maximize the signal-to-noise ratio (S/N) in the flame atomic absorption determination of calcium. They observe that three of the four variables, flame observation height, burner horizontal position, and fuel-to-air ratio, affect S/N. The fourth variable, volume of water in a graduated cylinder, has no effect on S/N.
Stolzberg, Richard J. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 834.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
A Simple and Convenient Method for Generation and NMR Observation of Stable Carbanions  Hamid S. Kasmai
A simple and convenient method for the generation and NMR study of stable carbanions is described. The data and sample spectra illustrate that reliable and good quality NMR spectra of stable carbanions may be obtained. The experiments described provide a good opportunity for students to apply the basic principles of 1H and 13C NMR spectrometry and the interesting topic of the exchange phenomenon in NMR.
Kasmai, Hamid S. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 830.
Acids / Bases |
Reactive Intermediates |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds
The Genius of Slater's Rules  James L. Reed
With only a few modifications a procedure has been developed that yields the one-electron energies for atoms and ions with a level of detail very well suited for instruction in the structure and properties of atoms. It provides for the computation of very reasonable values for such properties as ionization energies, electron affinities, promotion energies, electronic transitions, and even XPS and ESCA spectra.
Reed, James L. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 802.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Quantum Chemistry |
Theoretical Chemistry |
Spectroscopy
Synthesis of a 7-Oxanorbornene Monomer: A Two-Step Sequence Preparation for the Organic Laboratory  Marcia B. France, Lisa T. Alty, and T. Markley Earl
The Diels-Alder reaction and solvolysis of an anhydride accompanied by Fischer esterification. Both of these steps produce crystals in a dramatic manner that catches the students' attention. This sequence can stand on its own as part of an organic laboratory, or the product can be utilized as a monomer for ring-opening metathesis polymerization (ROMP) studies.
France, Marcia B.; Alty, Lisa T.; Earl, T. Markley. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 659.
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy
Employing NMR Spectroscopy To Evaluate Transmission of Electronic Effects in 4-Substituted Chalcones  Nanette Wachter-Jurcsak and Hossein Zamani
Described is an organic synthesis experiment that demonstrates the electronic transmission by substituents. The effect of substitution at the para-position of the styryl ring of 1,3-diphenyl-2-propenones (chalcones) by typical electron-donating or -accepting groups can be observed by proton and carbon-13 NMR spectroscopy.
Wachter-Jurcsak, Nanette; Zamani, Hossein. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 653.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Kinetics of Papain: An Introductory Biochemistry Laboratory Experiment  Kathleen Cornely, Eric Crespo, Michael Earley, Rachel Kloter, Aime Levesque, and Mary Pickering
In this experiment, we investigate the kinetics of the thiol protease papain. A specific substrate, Na-benzoyl-arginine-p-nitroanilide (BAPNA), is used, which takes advantage of the fact that papain interacts with a phenylalanine residue two amino acids away from the peptide bond cleaved. Upon hydrolysis by papain, a bright yellow product is released, p-nitroaniline. This allows the reaction to be monitored spectrophotometrically by measuring the rate of formation of the p-nitroaniline product as a function of the increase in absorbance of the solution at the lmax of p-nitroaniline (400 nm) over time at various substrate concentrations. These data are used to plot a Lineweaver-Burk plot from which the vmax and KM are obtained.
Cornely, Kathleen; Crespo, Eric; Earley, Michael; Kloter, Rachel; Levesque, Aime; Pickering, Mary. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 644.
Enzymes |
Kinetics |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
The Discovery-Oriented Approach to Organic Chemistry. 1. Nitration of Unknown Organic Compounds. An Exercise in 1H NMR and 13C NMR Spectrosopy for Sophomore Organic Laboratories  Sonia R. McElveen, Kostas Gavardinas, Jean A. Stamberger, and Ram S. Mohan
Two simple nitration experiments that present the student with a puzzle and are a good exercise in 1H NMR and 13C NMR spectroscopy. The experiment involves nitration of unknown organic compounds and product analysis by 1H NMR and 13C NMR spectroscopy, which enables the student to determine the identity of the unknown.
McElveen, Sonia R.; Gavardinas, Kostas; Stamberger, Jean A.; Mohan, Ram S. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 535.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Reactions
A Safe Simple Halogenation Experiment  Hilton M. Weiss and Lara Ganz
This experiment is designed to be a safe and experimentally simple procedure appropriate to the early weeks of a course when halogenation is the only reaction which has been discussed in the lecture. It can also provide some early experience with simple interpretation of NMR spectra.
Weiss, Hilton M.; Ganz, Lara. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 534.
Synthesis |
Free Radicals |
Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy
A Complete Introduction to Modern NMR Spectroscopy (by Rodger S. Macomber)  Raymond L. Ward
Text for a beginning student or research person starting or thinking about using NMR as a method to obtain structural information about organic molecules.
Ward, Raymond L. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 473.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Variable Path-Length Cells for Discovery-Based Investigation of the Beer-Lambert Law  Sarah A. Stewart and André J. Sommer*
An economical approach to the variation of path length for visible absorption measurements is demonstrated. The method is particularly useful for discovery-based learning of the Beer-Lambert law.
Stewart, Sarah A.; Sommer, André J. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 399.
Instrumental Methods |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A Simplified Method for Finding the pKa of an Acid-Base Indicator by Spectrophotometry  George S. Patterson
Experiments on determining the pKa of an acid-base indicator by visible spectroscopy are often found in analytical and physical chemistry lab texts. The procedure described here is a modification suitable for general chemistry lab students.
Patterson, George S. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 395.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Undergraduate Lectures on Infrared Spectroscopy in the Solid State  E. A. Secco
This experimental exercise exposes students to the reduction in symmetry for a polyatomic species such as NO3- or SO42- in a crystalline lattice. The experiment illustrates how splitting of degenerate modes occurs and how infrared inactive modes become active.
Secco, E. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 373.
IR Spectroscopy |
Solid State Chemistry |
Crystals / Crystallography |
Solids
Near Infrared (NIR) Spectroscopy in the Undergraduate Chemistry Curriculum  M. Cecilia Yappert
The power of NIR spectroscopy is best and most often realized in the study of compounds containing O-H, N-H and C-H bonds. For example, the content of protein, moisture, carbohydrates, and lipids in complex samples can be determined with the use of NIR spectroscopy, without the need for time-consuming extraction steps.
Yappert, M. Cecilia. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 315.
IR Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Microscale Synthesis and 1H NMR Analysis of Tetraphenylporphyrins  RaeAnne E. Falvo, Larry M. Mink, and Diane F. Marsh
The synthesis of tetraphenylporphyrin, H2[TPP], and para-substituted tetraphenylporphyrins, H2[(p-X)4TPP], where X = CN, CH3, and OCH3, is easily accomplished using microscale glassware. The compounds are synthesized from inexpensive starting reagents.
Falvo, RaeAnne E.; Mink, Larry M.; Marsh, Diane F. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 237.
Instrumental Methods |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Applications of Atomic Spectrometry to Regulatory Compliance Monitoring, 2nd Edition (by Stephen W. Jenniss, Sidney A. Katz, and Richard W. Lynch)  Doreen Mehs
Describes analytical atomic spectrometry methods including the theory behind the method, the design of the instruments used, calibration methods, sample collection and preservation, sample preparation, quality control and assurance, and an extensive collection of official methods drawn from several regulatory agencies.
Mehs, Doreen. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 170.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Calibration
Spectroscopy of Simple Molecules  C. Baer and K. Cornely
A spectroscopy experiment in which students utilize IR and NMR spectroscopy to identify the structures of three unknowns from a list of 15 carefully chosen simple organic molecules. In taking IR and NMR spectra, students learn to use state-of-the-art instrumentation that is used by practicing chemists.
Baer, Carl; Cornely, Kathleen. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 89.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Laser-Induced Fluorescence of Lightsticks  Carl Salter, Kevin Range, and Gail Salter
Used mini lightsticks will fluoresce when inserted in a UV laser beam, making it easy to demonstrate that light of the same color is produced in both fluorescence and chemiluminescence.
Salter, Carl; Range, Kevin; Salter, Gail. J. Chem. Educ. 1999, 76, 84.
Photochemistry |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
Conformation Interchange in Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy  Keith C. Brown, Randy L. Tyson, and John A. Weil
Intramolecular dynamics are readily discernible by use of nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometry. A relatively simple laboratory tutorial experiment demonstrating such motion, an internal interchange of conformations, in a readily available nitroaromatic hydrazine (2,2-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazine in liquid solution) is presented and discussed.
Brown, Keith C.; Tyson, Randy L.; Weil, John A. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1632.
Magnetic Properties |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Aromatic Compounds
Reduction of 2,6-Dimethylcyclohexanone with Sodium Borohydride Revisited: A Correction on the Structural Assignments of the Products, and the Discovery of a Solvent Effect  Bruce A. Hathaway
Changing the solvent from methanol to ethanol produced a different ratio of cis-cis to trans-trans than was reported in the original work. Therefore, a short series of solvents was investigated to determine if there was a solvent effect. The results indicate that as the size and bulk of the solvent increase, the proportion of the trans alcohol product increases.
Hathaway, Bruce A. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1623.
Stereochemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Alcohols
Chromatography, Absorption, and Fluorescence: A New Instrumental Analysis Experiment on the Measurement of Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Cigarette Smoke  Lisa M. Wingen, Jason C. Low, and Barbara J. Finlayson-Pitts
An experiment suitable for an undergraduate junior/senior-level instrumental analysis laboratory which illustrates the principles of high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and its application to the identification and measurement of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAH) in tobacco smoke.
Wingen, Lisa M.; Low, Jason C.; Finlayson-Pitts, Barbara J. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1599.
Instrumental Methods |
Chromatography |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds
Synthesis and Separation of a Diastereomeric Sulfonium Ion by Capillary Zone Electrophoresis  Francisco A. Valenzuela, Thomas K. Green, and Darwin B. Dahl
An undergraduate laboratory exercise utilizing capillary zone electrophoresis in the analysis of the student-synthesized sulfonium ion sec-butylmethyl-p-tolylsulfonium tetrafluoroborate is presented. The sulfonium ion contains two stereogenic centers and thereby yields four optical isomers.
Valenzuela, Francisco A.; Green, Thomas K.; Dahl, Darwin B. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1590.
Electrophoresis |
Stereochemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Diastereomers |
Separation Science |
Synthesis
Beer's Law: The Real Hazards (the author replies)  Muyskens, Mark
In considering deviations from Beer's Law, one should consider both stray light effects and chemical effects.
Muyskens, Mark J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1514.
Spectroscopy |
Lasers |
Instrumental Methods
Beer's Law: The Real Hazards  Logan, S.R.
In considering deviations from Beer's Law, stray light effects should not be ignored.
Logan, S.R. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1514.
Spectroscopy |
Lasers |
Instrumental Methods
Letters  
In considering deviations from Beer's Law, stray light effects should not be ignored.
J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1514.
Spectroscopy |
Lasers |
Instrumental Methods
Organic Reactions Involving Bromine: Puzzles for the Organic Laboratory  Sarita I. McGowens and Ernest F. Silversmith
Five puzzles for the organic chemistry laboratory are described. All involve bromine, which is generated in a safe, convenient way that makes it possible to control the amount of bromine precisely. Three of the puzzles involve orientation in electrophilic aromatic substitution, one is a determination of the stereochemistry of addition to alkenes, and the other one looks at the possibility of dehydrohalogenation following addition.
McGowens, Sarita I.; Silversmith, Ernest F. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1293.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Stereochemistry |
Mechanisms of Reactions
A 19F NMR Study of Enzyme Activity  Keith E. Peterman, Kevin Lentz, and Jeffery Duncan
This basic enzyme activity laboratory experiment demonstrates how 19F NMR can be used in biochemical studies and presents the advantages of 19F NMR over 1H NMR for studies of this nature. This is a viable laboratory experiment for junior/senior-level courses in instrumental analytical chemistry, biochemistry, molecular biology, or spectroscopy.
Peterman, Keith E.; Lentz, Kevin; Duncan, Jeffery. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1283.
Instrumental Methods |
Enzymes |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Using Excel Solver: An Addendum to the HCl Infrared Spectrum Experiment  Mark Iannone
Solver, a flexible and convenient add-in provided with Excel, is useful for fitting of a nonlinear model to experimental data. Solver is introduced to physical chemistry students in the context of the analysis of the fundamental band of the infrared spectrum of gaseous HCl. All peak positions in the P and R branches are used to find least-squares values for the pure vibrational transition, the rotational constants in v = 0 and v = 1 states, and the centrifugal distortion constant.
Iannone, Mark. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1188.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Using Microwave Sample Decomposition in Undergraduate Analytical Chemistry   R. Griff Freeman and David L. McCurdy
This paper reports the progress made in introducing microwave sample decomposition into several quantitative analysis experiments at Truman State University. Two experiments being performed in our current laboratory rotation include closed vessel microwave decomposition applied to the classical gravimetric determination of nickel and the determination of sodium in snack foods by flame atomic emission spectrometry.
Freeman, R. Griff; McCurdy, David. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1033.
Atomic Spectroscopy
Infrared Spectroscopy Determination of Lead Binding to Ethylenediaminotetraacetic Acid  Alanah Fitch and Simona Dragan
In an attempt to improve a thematic lab sequence based on lead analysis of community derived samples, we have considered infrared spectroscopy as a method of determining the lead bound to ethylenediaminotetraacetic acid (EDTA).
Fitch, Alanah; Dragan, Simona. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1018.
IR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis |
Coordination Compounds
Fourier Transform Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Experiment for Undergraduate and Graduate Students  Matthew A. Doscotch, John F. Evans, and Eric J. Munson
We have designed a FT-NMR spectrometer composed of self-contained components (i.e. mixers, switches, amplifiers) that has been successfully incorporated into laboratory experiments for both undergraduate and graduate students. The undergraduate instrumental analysis experiment allows students to examine the spectrometer on a component by component basis.
Doscotch, Matthew A.; Evans, John F.; Munson, Eric J. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1008.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
A Strategy for Incorporating 13C NMR into the Organic Chemistry Lecture and Laboratory Courses  Perry C. Reeves and Chris P. Chaney
The use of spectroscopy in establishing the structures of molecules is an important component of the first course in Organic Chemistry. However, the point in the course at which these techniques are best introduced remains uncertain. We suggest that carbon nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy should be introduced at an early stage of the lecture course, specifically while studying the alkanes, and used extensively for structure determination throughout the course.
Reeves, Perry C.; Chaney, Chris P. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 1006.
Instrumental Methods |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Spectrophotometry (by Barbara Sawrey and Gabriele Wienhausen)  reviewed by David Pringle
Spectrophotometry is an interactive CD-ROM which introduces the basics of UV-visible spectrophotometry with some mention of infrared and other forms of spectrophotometry. The CD is divided into six sections: Introduction, Background, A Detailed Look, The Spectrophotometer, Practice, and Quantitative Spectrophotometry.
Pringle, David. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 978.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Synthesis and Structure-Property Relationships in (h6-Arene)Cr(CO)3 Chemistry: From Guided Experiments to Discovery Research  Allen D. Hunter, Larry J. Bianconi, Steven J. DiMuzio, and Dianne L. Braho
Since instructors can have each student prepare a different complex, they are ideal targets for student directed "discovery research" lab projects. Teams of students can compare how their syntheses and the physical, spectroscopic, and electrochemical properties of their products vary as a function of the arenes' structures.
Hunter, Allen D.; Bianconi, Larry J.; DiMuzio, Steven J.; Braho, Dianne L. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 891.
Microscale Lab |
Organometallics |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Electrochemistry |
Synthesis |
Coordination Compounds
Bilinear Regression Analysis as a Means To Reduce Matrix Effects in Simultaneous Spectrophotometric Determination of Cr(III) and Co(II): AQuantitative Analysis Laboratory Experiment  Siddharth Pandey, Mary E. R. McHale, Karen S. Coym, and William E. Acree Jr.
Unlike several published laboratory experiments, in our method standard solutions contain both ions. Numerical values of the four molar absorptivities are calculated from a least squares of analysis of the Beer-Lambert law expression for two light-absorbing species. From an educational standpoint, our modification gives students greater exposure to standard curve-fitting techniques and provides a convenient means to introduce computer programming and/or spreadsheet computations into the laboratory portion of the course.
Pandey, Siddharth; McHale, Mary E. R.; Coym, Karen S.; Acree, William E., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 878.
Quantitative Analysis |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Solutions / Solvents
A Standardized Approach to Collecting and Calculating Noise Amplitude Spectra  Norman N. Sesi, Mathew W. Borer, Timothy K. Starn, and Gary M. Hieftje
A standardized approach to acquire, calculate, and display noise spectra is proposed. The method is based on normalizing the noise amplitude spectrum to the average dc level of the input signal. This normalization procedure should allow noise spectra, obtained in different laboratories or from different sources, to be compared both quantitatively and qualitatively.
Sesi, Norman N.; Borer, Mathew W.; Starn, Timothy K.; Hieftje, Gary M. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 788.
Quantitative Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
Working with Enzymes - Where Is Lactose Digested? An Enzyme Assay for Nutritional Biochemistry Laboratories  Sandi R. Pope, Tonya D. Tolleson, R. Jill Williams, Russell D. Underhill, and S. Todd Deal
An enzyme assay utilizing lactase enzyme from crushed LactAid tablets and a 5% lactose solution ("synthetic milk"). In the experiment, the students assay the activity of the enzyme on the "synthetic milk" at pHs of approximately 1, 6, and 8 with the stated goal of determining where lactose functions in the digestive tract. The activity of the lactase may be followed chromatographically or spectrophotometrically.
Pope, Sandi R.; Tolleson, Tonya D.; Williams, R. Jill; Underhill, Russell D.; Deal, S. Todd. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 761.
Enzymes |
Carbohydrates |
Catalysis |
Chromatography |
Spectroscopy |
Nutrition
Saving Your Students' Skin. Undergraduate Experiments that Probe UV Protection by Sunscreens and Sunglasses  James R. Abney and Bethe A. Scalettar
This article describes absorption spectroscopy experiments that illustrate the mechanism of action of sunscreens and sunglasses and that highlight the differences between different products. The experiments are well suited to incorporation into an undergraduate science laboratory and will expose students to absorption phenomena in a familiar context with substantial environmental and medical relevance.
Abney, James R.; Scalettar, Bethe A. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 757.
Photochemistry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Atmospheric Chemistry |
Applications of Chemistry |
Spectroscopy
Demonstrating Electron Transfer and Nanotechnology: A Natural Dye-Sensitized Nanocrystalline Energy Converter  Greg P. Smestad and Michael Gratzel
A unique solar cell fabrication procedure has been developed using natural anthocyanin dyes extracted from berries. It can be reproduced with a minimum amount of resources in order to provide an interdisciplinary approach for lower-division undergraduate students learning the basic principles of biological extraction, physical chemistry, and spectroscopy as well as environmental science and electron transfer.
Smestad, Greg P.; Grtzel, Michael. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 752.
Photochemistry |
Plant Chemistry |
Electrochemistry |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Dyes / Pigments |
Nanotechnology |
Separation Science |
Spectroscopy
NMR Spectroscopy: Processing Strategies (by Peter Bigler)   Nancy S. Mills
Part of a four-volume series planned to deal with all aspects of a standard NMR experiment, this text, and the accompanying exercises based on data contained on a CD-ROM, goes a long way to fill in the gaps and clarify misunderstandings about NMR processing.
Mills, Nancy S. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 696.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Spectra Interpretation of Organic Compounds (by Erno Pretsch and Jean Thomas Clerc)  Phyllis A. Leber
An interactive spectroscopy course via the iterative solution of 15 spectral problems. An ancillary CD-ROM containing the SpecTeach version of the SpecTool software is provided with the text.
Leber, Phyllis A. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 695.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
A Low-Cost Auto-Stop Hydraulic Press for Making KBr Disc  Ping-Kay Hon
A hydraulic press fitted with an adjustable torque wrench, together with a stand made of iron bars will form an auto-stop hydraulic press for making KBr disc in IR studies. Total material cost is about $100.
Hon, Ping-Kay. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 629.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
Analysis of Soft Drinks: UV Spectrophotometry, Liquid Chromatography, and Capillary Electrophoresis  Valerie L. McDevitt, Alejandra Rodriguez, and Kathryn R. Williams
Instrumental analysis students analyze commercial soft drinks in three successive laboratory experiments. UV multicomponent analysis is used to determine caffeine and benzoic acid in Mello Yellow; caffeine, benzoic acid and aspartame are determined in a variety of soft drinks by reversed-phase liquid chromatography; and the same samples are analyzed by capillary electrophoresis.
McDevitt, Valerie L.; Rodriguez, Alejandra; Williams, Kathryn R. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 625.
Instrumental Methods |
Chromatography |
Consumer Chemistry |
Electrophoresis |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Incorporating Organic Name Reactions and Minimizing Qualitative Analysis in an Unknown Identification Experiment  Claire Castro and William Karney
The authors have developed a new type of unknown identification experiment for the introductory organic chemistry laboratory. The unknown sample the student is provided with is the product of an organic name reaction. The student is only informed of the starting material and conditions used in the compound's synthesis, and must then: (1) deduce the compound's structure, (2) determine the name reaction and corresponding mechanism that yields the compound, and (3) present his/her results to the class.
Claire Castro and William Karney. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 472.
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Nomenclature / Units / Symbols |
Reactions |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Determining the Authenticity of Gemstones Using Raman Spectroscopy  Aaron Aponick, Emedio Marchozzi, Cynthia R. Johnston, and Carl T. Wigal
This paper reports the development of an experiment using Raman spectroscopy which determines the authenticity of both diamonds and pearls. The resulting spectra provide an introduction to vibrational spectroscopy and can be used in a variety of laboratory courses ranging from introductory chemistry to instrumental analysis.
Aaron Aponick, Emedio Marchozzi, Cynthia R. Johnston, and Carl T. Wigal. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 465.
Instrumental Methods |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy
Kinetics-Based Indirect Spectrophotometric Method for Simultaneous Determination of MnO4- and Cr2O72-: A Modern Instrumental Analysis Laboratory Experiment  Siddharth Pandey, Mary E. R. McHale, Ann-Sofi M. Horton, Sandra A. Padilla, Ashantè L. Trufant, Noé U. De La Sancha, Ernesto Vela, and William E. Acree, Jr.
An indirect kinetics-based spectrophotometric method is developed for the simultaneous quantitative determination of permanganate and dichromate ion concentrations in an unknown. The method is based upon differences in reaction times between pyrogallol red and the two analytes.
Siddharth Pandey, Mary E. R. McHale, Ann-Sofi M. Horton, Sandra A. Padilla, Ashantè L. Trufant, Noé U. De La Sancha, Ernesto Vela, and William E. Acree, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 450.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
Grignard Synthesis of Various Tertiary Alcohols  T. Stephen Everett
A general Grignard procedure is presented for the synthesis of aliphatic, tertiary alcohols containing six to nine carbons. Without revealing the specific starting materials, students are challenged to identify their unknown products from physical (boiling points, refractive indices) and spectral (infrared O-H, C-H and fingerprint regions) data.
Everett, T. Stephen. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 86.
IR Spectroscopy |
Alcohols |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Synthesis
Photodimerization of Anthracene  Gary W. Breton and Xoua Vang
The laboratory experiment of the photodimerization of anthracene is given.
Breton, Gary W.; Vang, Xoua. J. Chem. Educ. 1998, 75, 81.
Photochemistry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds |
Synthesis
Educational NMR Software  Peter Lundberg
A description of a compilation of computer programs (EduNMRSoft) suitable for teaching NMR at an introductory to advanced level is presented. Each program is categorized and described by function, hardware requirements, availability, author, and references in the list.
Lundberg, Peter. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1489.
Instrumental Methods |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Investigation of Atropisomerism in ortho-Substituted Tetraphenylporphyrins: An Experimental Module Involving Synthesis, Chromatography, and NMR Spectroscopy  Ruth Freitag Beeston, Shannon E. Stitzel , and Mitchell A. Rhea
It is shown that as the number of cofacial methyl neighbors for a particular methyl group decreases, the chemical shift of the methyl protons increases. This experiment leads to a greater understanding of chromatography and NMR spectroscopy in addition to introducing students to porphyrin synthesis and the concepts of atropisomerism and statistical distributions.
Beeston, Ruth Freitag; Stitzel, Shannon E.; Rhea, Mitchell A. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1468.
Instrumental Methods |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Stereochemistry
The Diels-Alder Reaction of 2,4-Hexadien-1-ol with Maleic Anhydride: A Novel Preparation for the Undergraduate Organic Chemistry Laboratory Course  Keith F. McDaniel and R. Matthew Weekly
The reaction of 2,4-hexadien-1-ol with maleic anhydride provides an excellent exercise for undergraduate laboratory courses. In addition to the expected Diels-Alder reaction, which takes place readily in refluxing toluene, subsequent intramolecular cleavage of the resulting bicyclic anhydride by the pendant hydroxy group generates a lactone. Thus, two important organic reactions can be carried out in a single laboratory session.
McDaniel, Keith F.; Weekley, R. Matthew. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1465.
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Alcohols
Acetone and Ethyl Acetate in Commercial Nail Polish Removers: A Quantitative NMR Experiment Using an Internal Standard  David W. Clarke
The qualitative and quantitative analysis of commercial nail polish removers is performed on a 60 MHz NMR spectrometer. After taking NMR spectra of the polish removers, students can make peak assignments for the known components of acetone and ethyl acetate. Using these spectra, students are also able to identify the unknown alcohol present in the remover as ethanol.
Clarke, David W. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1464.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aldehydes / Ketones
Simple Preparation of Palladium(II) Complexes and Determination of Their Structures by Infrared Spectrosopy  José María Casas and Antonio Martín
The complex [PdCl2(bopy-N,O)] (1) is prepared by addition of the 2-benzoylpyridine, NC5H4 - CO - C6H5 (bopy) ligand to a refluxing suspension of PdCl2 (1:1 molar ratio). The bopy ligand is coordinated in a chelate fashion, but the Pd - O=C bond is weak and easily displaced by ligands resulting complexes cis-[PdCl2(bopy-N)(L)] (L = bopy (2), PPh3 (3)) or [NMe4][PdCl3(bopy-N)].
Casas, Jose Maria; Martin, Antonio. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1327.
Coordination Compounds |
Group Theory / Symmetry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Regioselective Hydrochlorination: An Experiment for the Undergraduate Laboratory  Philip Boudjouk, Beon-Kyu Kim, and Byung-Hee Han
A simple and convenient procedure for the addition of hydrogen chloride to a variety of olefins is described. Conventional glassware is used and product isolation is straightforward using distillation techniques.
Boudjouk, Philip; Kim, Beon-Kyu; Han, Byung-Hee. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1223.
Learning Theories |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Electrophilic Substitution
Analysis of the Essential Nutrient Strontium in Marine Aquariums by Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy: An Undergraduate Analytical Chemistry Laboratory Exercise  Laurent D. Gilles de Pelichy, Carl Adam, and Eugene T. Smith
Sea water contains numerous components which prevent the direct quantitative determination of strontium. Students learn first hand about the role of interferences in analytical measurements, and about the method of standard addition which is used to minimize these effects.
Gilles de Pelichy, Laruent D.; Adam, Carl; Smith, Eugene T. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1192.
Metals |
Quantitative Analysis |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy
The Remarkable Resilience of Beer's Law  Mark A. Muyskens and Eric T. Sevy
Described is a case where Beer's law holds to a remarkable degree. Linear absorbance over three orders of magnitude is shown for both pyrazine and 2-methylpyrazine absorption of 266-nm laser light in a 3-m gas cell. This case provides a counter-example for a discussion of deviations from Beer's law.
Muyskens, Mark A.; Sevy, Eric T. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1138.
Instrumental Methods |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy |
Photochemistry |
Quantitative Analysis
Simultaneous Determination of Aspirin, Salicylamide, and Caffeine in Pain Relievers by Target Factor Analysis  Huggins Z. Msimanga, Melissa J. Charles, and Nea W. Martin
A factor analysis-based experiment for the undergraduate instrumental analysis labs is reported. Target factor analysis (TFA) is investigated as an option to the use of high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) in the analysis of a pain reliever sample containing aspirin, caffeine, and salicylamide.
Msimanga, Huggins Z.; Charles, Melissa J.; Martin, Nea W. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1114.
Separation Science |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
HPLC |
Medicinal Chemistry
IR Spectroscopy  William C. Hoyt and Jonathan Mitschele
Using a NaCl plate for IR spectroscopy.
Hoyt, William C. and Mitschele, Jonathan. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 1024.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
An Inexpensive Demountalbe IR Cell Fitted with Glass Windows  Keiichi Ohno, Hiroatsu Matsuura, Haruhiko Tanaka
An inexpensive demountable IR cell fitted with glass windows is proposed for studying hydrogen bonding in solutions.
Ohno, Keiichi; Matsuura, Hiroatsu; Tanaka, Haruhiko. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 961.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Solutions / Solvents |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Hydrogen Bonding
Determination of DeltaH for Reactions of the Born-Haber Cycle  Richard S. Treptow
Review of the many experimental methods used to determine ?H for the various steps of the cycle for the formation of sodium chloride. Two topics given special attention are the choice of standard state of the electron and the importance of distinguishing lattice enthalpy from lattice energy.
Treptow, Richard S. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 919.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Spectroscopy |
Thermodynamics
Modern Instrumental Analysis Laboratory Experiment: Quantitative Determination of Cr (III) and Co (II) Using a Spectroscopic H-Point Standard Addition Method  Siddarth Pandey, Joyce R. Powell, Mary E. R. McHale, William E. Acree, Jr.
Advantages associated with the HPSAM include elimination of sample matrix effects, reduction of both constant and systematic errors, and a decrease in the number of absorbance measurements that must be made. The method is applicable to determine an analyte concentration in the presence of an interfering impurity. if the identity of the impurity is known, its concentration can also be determined.
Pandey, Siddarth ; Powell, Joyce R. ; McHale, Mary E. R. ; Acree, Jr., William E. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 848.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Synthesis of Tetrahydro-2-(2-propynyloxy)-2H-pyran: Illustrating Markownikov Addition, Protecting Groups, and Advance 1H-NMR Phenomena  Ronald G. Brisbois, William G. Batterman, and Scott R. Kragerud
Synthesis of the target compound illustrates Markownikov Addition and formation of a THP-ether protecting group, produces an acetal functional group, and models a recently developed resin used in combinatorial chemistry. Purification of the target compound via flash column chromatography exposes students to a central technique of modern synthetic methodology.
Brisbois, Ronald G. ; Batterman, William G. ; Kragerud, Scott R. . J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 834.
Catalysis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
Combinatorial Chemistry
Demonstration of Characteristics of Basic Components of a Spectrophotometer  Juwadee Shiowatana
Introductory experiments were designed to demonstrate the characteristics of basic components of a spectrophotometer using an IL AA/AE spectrophotometer. Emissive properties of various types of radiation source; resolving power of wavelength selectors and response of photodetectors were investigated through simple experiments.
Shiowatana, Juwadee. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 730.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
News from On-Line  Carolyn Sweeney Judd
Helpful chemistry WWW sites.
Judd, Carolyn Sweeney. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 620.
IR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry
The Synthesis, Characterization, and Lewis Acidity of SnI2 and SnI4  Richard W. Schaeffer, Benny Chan, Michael Molinaro, Susan Morissey, Claude H. Yoder, Carolyn S. Yoder, and Stephanie Shenk
In this project the student has the opportunity to learn about: a) the direct synthesis of compounds from the elements, b) stoichiometry and limiting reagent, c) isolation by recrystallization, d) use of inert atmosphere, e) identification by melting point, gravimetric analysis, powder x-ray diffraction, and NMR spectroscopy, and f) at least one method for determination of relative Lewis acidity.
Schaeffer, Richard W. ; Chan, Benny ; Molinaro, Michael; Morissey, Susan ; Yoder, Claude H.; Yoder, Carolyn S.; Shenk, Stephanie. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 575.
Acids / Bases |
Synthesis |
Stoichiometry |
Lewis Acids / Bases |
NMR Spectroscopy
Microburger Biochemistry: Extraction and Spectral Characterization of Myoglyobin from Hamburger  Sheri A. Bylkas and Laura A. Andersson
The protocol combines protein extraction, oxidation and reduction, and simple spectroscopic analysis, as well as gel filtration chromatography and generation/analysis of spectral scans. Mammalian myoglobin (Mb) is easily extracted from steak, to illustrate and address why fresh meat is red and aged meat is brown; the protein has unique spectral properties that are diagnostic for characterization of sample identity.
Bylkas, Sheri A.; Andersson, Laura A. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 426.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Proteins / Peptides |
Oxidation / Reduction |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Chromatography
Identification of Primary, Secondary, and Tertiary Alcohols: An Experiment in Spectrophotometry, Organic Chemistry, and Analytical Chemistry  I. A. Leenson
A simple method is presented that enables students to distinguish in a few minutes between primary, secondary and tertiary alkyl alcohols. This method is based on peculiarities of absorption spectra in the near-UV region of alkyl nitrites, the products of alcohol nitrosation.
Leenson, I. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 424.
Alcohols |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
CO2 Absorption of IR Radiated by the Earth  Chad A. Meserole, Francis M. Mulcahy, John Lutz, Hashim A. Yousif
A quantitative experiment which illustrates the absorption by carbon dioxide of infrared light radiated from the earth is described. The experiment should be useful for quantitatively describing the "greenhouse effect".
Meserole, Chad A.; Mulcahy, Francis M.; Lutz, John; Yousif, Hashim A. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 316.
IR Spectroscopy
An Investigation into the Absorption of Infrared Light by Small Molecules: A General Chemistry Experiment  William B. Heuer and Edward Koubek
An introductory, two-part classroom/laboratory activity demonstrating the mechanism of absorption of infrared light by small molecules is described. A model for molecular vibration is introduced during pre-lab discussion, and a mechanism by which such vibrations may be excited by infrared radiation light is postulated.
Heuer, William B.; Koubek, Edward. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 313.
IR Spectroscopy
Using Lasers to Demonstrate Refraction, Diffraction, and Dispersion  Elvin Hughes, Jr. and L. H. Holmes, Jr.
Using a red and green laser the phenomenon of refraction and diffraction can be demonstrated relatively easily in the classroom. Also the difference in dispersion with a prism (normal dispersion) and dispersion with a grating (which follows the Bragg equation) can be shown.
Hughes, Elvin, Jr.; Holmes, L. H. Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 298.
Lasers |
Spectroscopy
An Experiment to Demonstrate Magnetic Nonequivalence in Proton NMR  Christopher J. Welch
The bicyclic compound, 3a,6a-diethoxycarbonyl-2,5-dimethyl-1,4-dioxo-octahydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrrole, prepared by a literature procedure is used to demonstrate magnetic nonequivalence for methylene protons in the proton NMR experiment.
Welch, Christopher J. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 247.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Aldehydes / Ketones
Screening and Sequential Experimentation: Simulations and Flame Atomic Absorption Spectrometry Experiments  Richard J. Stolzberg
Students are introduced to screening and sequential experimentation using simulations and experimentation. The work begins with spreadsheet simulations and practice with the experimental design software. Students learn how to use the graphical output, normal quantile plots, to recognize the specific factors that affect the result of an experiment. In the laboratory, students make a preliminary investigation of the effect of six variables (flame observation height, flame stoichiometry, acetic acid, lamp current, wavelength, and slit width) on the atomic absorption signal for silver.
Stolzberg, Richard. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 216.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
An Analogy To Assist Understanding of Splitting Patterns in NMR Spectra  Dianne A. Thoben and Thomas H. Lowry
An analogy to the "point of view shot" as used in the movies is used to help students understand and interpret splitting patterns in proton NMR spectra.
Thoben, Dianne A.; Lowry, Thomas H. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 68.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
A Unifying Approach to Absorption Spectroscopy at the Undergraduate Level  Roger S. Macomber
This article suggests that when introducing the topics associated with absorption spectroscopy, the students can greatly benefit from a preliminary discussion of the principle of frequency matching. Virtually all types of absorption spectroscopy share a simple but critical requirement: the frequency of absorbed radiation must exactly match the frequency of some inherent or induced periodic motion of the particles. If the particles are not engaged in such motion, there can be no absorption.
Macomber, Roger S. J. Chem. Educ. 1997, 74, 65.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Following Microscale Organic Reactions Using FT-IR  Ems-Wilson, Janice
The progress of two microscale reactions, the reduction of cyclohexanone with sodium borohydride and the photochemical formation of benzopinacol, was monitored, qualitatively, using FT-IR.
Ems-Wilson, Janice J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, A171.
Microscale Lab |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Photochemistry |
Oxidation / Reduction |
IR Spectroscopy
Following Microscale Organic Reactions Using FT-IR  Janice Ems-Wilson
This article describes an experiment that encourages discussion of carbohydrate chemistry in terms of reaction mechanisms, conformational analysis, and spectroscopy. The specific experiment involves the preparation of the bis(acetonide) of D-(+)-mannose.
Ems-Wilson, Janice. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, A170.
Microscale Lab |
Carbohydrates |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Conformational Analysis |
Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Alcohols
The Purification of Horse Heart Cytochrome c by Ion Exchange Chromatography  Patricia Ann Mabrouk
This paper describes a highly successful experiential learning laboratory experiment for use in undergraduate Quantitative Analysis which capitalizes on current student interest in biotechnology.
Patricia Ann Mabrouk. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, A149.
Biotechnology |
Quantitative Analysis |
Chromatography |
Proteins / Peptides |
Ion Exchange |
Spectroscopy
Preparation and Properties of a Stable Organic Cation: A Microscale Experiment for Organic Chemistry  K. P. Manfredi and L. A. McGrew
This article describes the microscale synthesis and characterization of the flavylium cation. It is a suitable experiment for students in the second semester of organic chemistry laboratory.
Manfredi, K. P.; McGrew, L. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, A124.
Synthesis |
Microscale Lab |
NMR Spectroscopy
Over 100 Years of Research on Cyclopentadienylironcarbonyl Chemistry: Microscale-Integrated Organometallic Experiments  E. Mocellin, M. Ravera, R. A. Russell, and T. Hynson
This unified microscale laboratory program is intended to build independence, confidence and even adventurousness both in synthesis and instrumental analysis, and to apply these results in a meaningful situation by demanding of the students: interpretation of results, evaluation of data and conclusion reached, reference to the original literature, and suggestion of further experimentation.
Mocellin, E.; Ravera, M.; Russell, R. A.; Hynson, T. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, A99.
Organometallics |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
Instrumental Methods |
Electrochemistry
An Introductory Dye Laser Experiment  Sally R. Hair
Students measure the visible absorption spectrum, the fluorescence spectrum, and the dye laser emission curve of one or more laser dyes.
Hair, Sally R. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, A7.
Dyes / Pigments |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy
Grignard Reaction of an Epoxide: A Mechanistic Study  James A. Ciaccio, Sabrina Volpi, Ransford Clarke
Unlike most undergraduate Grignard experiments which are performed merely for the sake of illustrating a textbook reaction, this Grignard synthesis is performed to probe the reactivity of styrene oxide. Students are required to analyze their products by TLC and NMR spectroscopy (instead of just submitting them for a grade) in order to obtain the data necessary for making mechanistic conclusions.
Ciaccio, James A.; Volpi, Sabrina; Clarke, Ransford. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 1196.
Grignard Reagents |
Epoxides |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
Data Acquisition in the Chemistry Laboratory Using LabVIEW Software  Mark A. Muyskens, Samuel V. Glass, Thomas W. Wietsma, Terry M. Gray
Our application of LabVIEW software for computer data-acquisition using several techniques used across our curriculum is described. The techniques are gas chromatography, calorimetry, titrations and other volume-dependent techniques, spectrometry for kinetics using a Spectronic 20(R), and emission spectroscopy.
Muyskens, Mark A.; Glass, Samuel V.; Wietsma, Thomas W.; Gray, Terry M. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 1112.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Gas Chromatography |
Calorimetry / Thermochemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Spectroscopy |
Kinetics
Four Programs for Windows: Abstract of Volume 4D, Number 2: SPECPNMR: A Proton NMR Slide Show  Adrian J. Blackman
SPECPNMR is one of a set of programs developed as an aid for teaching introductory spectroscopy to organic chemistry students. It includes a brief introduction to nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy followed by a detailed look at proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy. The program generates electronic slides for display in a lecture theatre on a large screen using a video projector or LCD panel and overhead projector. The slides are designed to help a lecturer teach spectroscopy.
Blackman, Adrian J. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 1078.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Four Programs for Windows: Abstract of Volume 4D, Number 2: HIPPO-CNMRS: Highly Improved Prediction Program of Carbon Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Shifts  Helmut Honig
HIPPO-CNMRS is a "highly improved" version of a 13C-NMR program previously available from the author. It can predict the 13C NMR spectrum for most substituted alicyclic saturated and aromatic ring systems (cyclopropane to cyclooctane; benzene, naphthalene, anthracene; cis- and trans-decaline; some heterocyclic systems like furan, tetrahydofuran, pyridine, piperidine and quinoline; most substituted acyclic compounds with up to six carbons in the parent structure; and simple olefins and alkynes.
Honig, Helmut. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 1078.
NMR Spectroscopy
Development of a Low-Cost Four-Color LED Photometer  Jay R. Hamilton, Jeffrey S. White, Mary B. Nakhleh
This photometer resembles a Spectronic 20 in that it detects absorbance at selected wavelengths of visible light. However, the photometer retains the advantages of a dual-beam system. The cost is reduced by the elimination of all optical components, which are often the most expensive portion of spectrophotometers.
Hamilton, Jay R.; White, Jeffrey S.; Nakhleh, Mary B. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 1052.
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy
The Quantitative Analysis of an Analgesic Tablet: An NMR Experiment for the Instrumental Analysis Course   Thomas A. Schmedake, Lawrence E. Welch
Initial work utilizes a known compound (acenapthene) to assess the type of NMR experiment necessary to achieve a proportional response from all of the carbons in the compound. Once the experiments with the known compound have illuminated the merits of the differing strategies for obtaining a proportional carbon response, a quantitative assessment of an unknown analgesic tablet is undertaken. The amounts of the two major components of the tablet, acetaminophen and aspirin, are determined following addition of an internal standard to the mixture.
Schmedake, Thomas A.; Welch, Lawrence E. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 1045.
Quantitative Analysis |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
A Demonstration of Crystal-Field Effects in Octahedral Complexes  Edward Koubek and Mark Elert
The simple demonstration described here can perhaps enhance the presentation of crystal field splitting and magnetic properties in octahedral complexes.
Koubek, Edward; Elert, Mark. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 947.
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory |
Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Magnetic Properties |
Coordination Compounds
A New Photochemistry Experiment, A Simple 2+2 Photocycloaddition that Poses an Interesting NMR Problem   John T. Magner, Matthias Selke, Arlene A. Russell, Orville L. Chapman
The cycloaddition of -nitrostyrene to 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene provides an extremely clean example of 2 + 2 cycloaddition. This laboratory exercise combines theory, technique, spectroscopy, and data interpretation.
J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 854.
Photochemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Instrumental Methods |
Addition Reactions |
Mechanisms of Reactions
Labeling Histidines in Cytochrome c: An Integrated Laboratory Project  Amy M. Bonser and Owen A. Moe
This four-week laboratory project uses an inorganic protein labeling reagent, chloro(2,2':6,2''-terpyridine)-platinum(II)chloride dihydrate ([Pt(trpy)Cl]Cl(2H2O), to label histidine residues of the protein, cytochrome c. The goal of the experiment is to determine the stoichiometry of labeling.
Bonser, Amy M.; Moe, Owen A. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 794.
Instrumental Methods |
Stoichiometry |
Proteins / Peptides |
Gas Chromatography |
HPLC |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Simple NMR Imaging  Per-Ola Quist
Recently we modernized an NMR course for undergraduate chemists. The aim of the new course is to introduce them to the most common applications of NMR.
Quist, Per-Ola. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 751.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Chemical Kinetics in Real Time: Using the Differential Rate Law and Discovering the Reaction Orders  B. R. Ramachandran and Arthur M. Halpern
In this paper we describe the kinetic analysis, in real time, of the spectrometrically-acquired rate data based on the differential rate law, where no assumptions in initial reactant concentrations are necessary, except for their values.
B. R. Ramachandran and Arthur M. Halpern. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 686.
Kinetics |
Rate Law |
Spectroscopy
IR Spectroscopy Using Disposable Polyethylene Cards: A Replacement for KBr Pellets and Mulls  Larry S. Wigman, Elizabeth E. Hart, and Constance Gombatz
Disposable IR cards are a simple alternative to KBr pellets and mineral oil mulls for the analysis of soluble compounds. These cards are commercially available from 3M. The film thickness is reproducible enough to allow for compensation in dual beam instruments or spectral subtraction in single beam instruments.
Larry S. Wigman, Elizabeth E. Hart, and Constance Gombatz. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 677.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
An Easily Demonstrated Zero-Order Reaction in Solution  Kathryn Hindmarsh and Donald A. House
Here we describe a reaction exhibiting all the characteristics of a typical zero-order reaction.
Hindmarsh, Kathryn; House, Donald A. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 585.
Kinetics |
Spectroscopy |
Rate Law
The Helium-Neon Laser-Induced Fluorescence Spectrum of Molecular Iodine: An Undergraduate Laboratory Experiment  John S. Muenter
The wavelength analyzed fluorescence spectrum provides accurate values of spectroscopic properties for the ground state electronic configuration of I2. From these spectroscopic properties students calculate the bond length, harmonic oscillator force constant, and a Birge-Sponer estimate of the bond dissociation energy.
Muenter, John S. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 576.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Lasers
GC-MS and GC-FTIR Characterization of Products: From Classical Freshman and Sophomore Syntheses  D. S. Amenta, T. C. Devore, T. N. Gallaher, C. M. Zook, and J. A. Mosbo
The GC separation of ferrocene, acetylferrocene, and diacetylferrocene is accomplished in less than ten minutes. In addition to the operation of the instrument, the students are introduced to the interpretation of mass spectra and library aided spectral identification.
D. S. Amenta, T. C. Devore, T. N. Gallaher, C. M. Zook, and J. A. Mosbo. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 572.
Instrumental Methods |
Gas Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
1H NMR Analysis of R/S Ibuprofen by the Formation of Diasteriomeric Pairs: Microscale Stereochemistry Experiment for the Undergraduate Organic Laboratory  Stephanie E. Sen and Keith S. Anliker
A multicomponent experiment is described which elucidates the chirality of the commercially available analgesic, ibuprofen.
Stephanie E. Sen and Keith S. Anliker. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 569.
Stereochemistry |
Enantiomers |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Diastereomers |
Gas Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy
The Analysis of Riboflavin in Urine Using Fluorescence  Julie A. Henderleiter and Richard M. Hyslop
This laboratory experiment, designed for undergraduate biochemistry students, requires each student to determine the amount of riboflavin excreted by his/her body following oral administration of riboflavin contained in a multi-vitamin tablet.
Henderleiter, Julie A.; Hyslop, Richard M. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 563.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Vitamins |
Quantitative Analysis
Epoxidation of Alpha-Methylstyrene and its Lewis Acid Rearrangement to 2-Phenylpropanal  David L. Garin, Melissa Gamber, and Bradley J. Rowe
This undergraduate organic lab experiment includes procedures for the peracid epoxidation of an olefin and the Lewis acid rearrangement of an epoxide to a carbonyl compound.
Garin, David L.; Gamber, Melissa; Rowe, Bradley J. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 555.
Lewis Acids / Bases |
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Gas Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Aldehydes / Ketones
The Synthesis and Reactions of Nickel(III) Stabilized by a Nitrogen-Donor Macrocycle  David E. Berry, Suzanne Girard, and Alexander McAuley
The paramagnetic effects in solution and solid state are described for the nickel(III) dihalo derivatives along with a spectrophotometric study.
Berry, David E.; Girard, Suzanne; McAuley, Alexander. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 551.
Magnetic Properties |
Solutions / Solvents |
Solid State Chemistry |
Synthesis |
Spectroscopy |
EPR / ESR Spectroscopy |
Crystals / Crystallography
Raman Spectroscopic Determination of Heats of Vaporization of Pure Liquids  Roosevelt Shaw and Mohammad Hokmabadi
This article describes an experiment which offers a Raman method whereby Raman intensity measurements obtained from the vapor over pure water to yield the heat of vaporization of water.
Shaw, Roosevelt; Hokmabadi, Mohammad. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 474.
Raman Spectroscopy |
Physical Properties |
Gases |
Water / Water Chemistry
NMR Determination of Internal Rotation Rates and Rotational Energy Barriers: A Physical Chemistry Lab Project  Kevin F. Morris and Luther E. Erickson
This experiment will expose students to a variety of NMR techniques, such as saturation transfer, inversion-recovery, and line shape analysis. It will also demonstrate that NMR is an extremely useful tool to chemists, with very relevant applications in physical chemistry.
Morris, Kevin F.; Erickson, Luther E. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 471.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Chemometrics
Chemoenzymatic Synthesis of an Enantiomerically Pure Lactone: A Three-Step Synthesis for Undergraduate Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Cynthia K. McClure and H. Keith Chenault
A three-step laboratory sequence for the undergraduate organic laboratory is described. This series of experiments requires a student to use the product from one reaction as the starting material for a subsequent reaction, and thus the affords the student a "real world" experience of multistep synthesis.
McClure, Cynthia K.; Chenault, H. Keith. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 467.
Synthesis |
Catalysis |
Enzymes |
IR Spectroscopy
The Esterification of Trifluoroacetic Acid: A Variable Temperature NMR Kinetics Study  Thomas N. Gallaher, David A. Gaul, and Serge Schreiner
This paper describes an addition to a previously published experiment in which NMR is used to follow the kinetics of the reaction of trifluoroacetic acid with alcohols. A variable temperature accessory is used to determine the energy of activation and reaction order with respect to the alcohol concentration.
Gallaher, Thomas N.; Gaul, David A.; Schreiner, Serge. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 465.
Kinetics |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Alcohols |
Esters
A Pedagogical Approach to Qualitative Organic Analysis: Simulating the Integration of Wet Tests, Spectroscopy, and Common Sense  Adrian J. Blackman
185. Students, by using a computer simulation, are able to discover and rehearse the strategy of identifying an organic unknown in a situation free from the additional uncertainties of performing unfamiliar laboratory work and then relying on the results.
Blackman, Adrian J. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 434.
Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
Use of the Disposable IR Card in the Organic Chemistry Laboratory  Harriet P. Moeur and Robert P. Pinnell
Infrared spectra of solid and high-boiling liquid compounds can now be observed using Disposable IR Cards. This article reports on their use in the Organic Chemistry classroom.
Moeur, Harriet P.; Pinnell, Robert P. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 371.
IR Spectroscopy |
Solids
Synthesis and Kinetics of Hydrolysis of 3,5-Dimethyl-N-acetyl-p-benzoquinone Imine: An Undergraduate Laboratory  Jeanne M. Buccigross, Christa Metz, Lori Elliot, Pamela Becker, Angela S. Earley, Jerry W. Hayes, Michael Novak, and Gayl A. Underwood
The synthesis of the title compound by a three-step procedure is described. The hydrolysis kinetics, which involve two consecutive psuedo-first-order processes, are also described.
Buccigross, Jeanne M.; Metz, Christa; Elliot, Lori; Becker, Pamela; Earley, Angela S.; Hayes, Jerry W.; Novak, Michael; Underwood, Gayl A. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 364.
Synthesis |
Kinetics |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
On the Way of Introducing Some Basic NMR Aspects: From the Classical and Naive Quantum Models to the Density-Operator Approach  Juan Carlos Paniagua and Albert Moyano
Three levels of theory for explaining the basic pulsed-NMR process are discussed, which use, respectively, classical dynamics, quantum mechanics at the undergraduate chemistry level, and quantum mechanics including the density-operator formalism.
Paniagua, Juan Carlos; Moyano, Albert. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 310.
Quantum Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Mechanics / Dynamics
Fluorescent Measurement of TNS Binding to Calmodulin: A Biochemistry Laboratory Experiment  Jeanne M. Buccigross, Cynthia M. Bedell, and Heather L. Suding-Moster
This article describes a method for the determination of the sites of binding of a fluorescent probe to a protein. The protein examined is Calmodulin.
Buccigross, Jeanne M.; Bedell, Cynthia M.; Suding-Moster, Heather L. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 275.
Proteins / Peptides |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
A Mixed Aldol Condensation-Michael Addition Experiment  Thomas P. Clausen, Beverly Johnson, and Jim Wood
This article describes the analysis of the recrystallized products of a mixed aldol condensation between symmetrical ketones and aromatic aldehydes.
Clausen, Thomas P.; Johnson, Beverly; Wood, Jim. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 266.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions
Convergent Synthesis of Betaine-30, a Solvatochromic Dye: An Advanced Undergraduate Project and Demonstration  Bruce R. Osterby and Ronald D. McKelvey
Solvatochromism is used to describe a pronounced change in the position of a UV-Vis absorption band with a change in solvent polarity.
Osterby, Bruce R.; McKelvey, Ronald D. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 260.
Dyes / Pigments |
Synthesis |
Solutions / Solvents |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
PVC Photometer: Computer-Assisted Spectroscopy Experiments  Christine M. Pharr, Barry J. Maimberg, John D. Jegla, and Steven D. Gammon
183. To circumvent the limitations of spectrometers such as cost, learning the component parts or understanding the fundamental operation of the spectrometer in introductory spectrometry for students and learning institutions, a computer-assisted visible photometer known as the PVC Photometer was designed.
Pharr, Christine M.; Maimberg, Barry J.; Jegla, John D.; Gammon, Steven D. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 238.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
A Solenoid-Operated Gas or Liquid Saver  Michael N. Quigley
A previous note in this Journal described the installation of a water reservoir that greatly facilitates the unattended operation of atomic absorption, emission, and plasma spectrophotometers. A further refinement is detailed here, that relates to the closure of gas valves supplying plasma spectrophotometers in particular, although chromatographs can be similarly modified.
Quigley, Michael N. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 194.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
An Inexpensive Detector for Absorbance Measurements in Flow-Injection Analysis  Peter C. Hauser and Norman E. Cates
A photometric transducer for peak detection in flow-injection analysis is described. It relies on a light-emitting diode as the light source and a photodiode as the detector.
Hauser, Peter C.; Cates, Norman E. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 191.
Electrolytic / Galvanic Cells / Potentials |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy
Determination of the Solution Conformation of 3'-Azido-3'-deoxythymidine-5'-monophosphate (AZTMP): An Advanced Chemistry and Biochemistry Project Using NMR and Molecular-Modeling Studies  Moses Lee
The conformation of 3'-Azido-3'-deoxythymidine-5'-monophosphate (AZTMP) in an aqueous solution buffered at pH 7.2 was determined using a combination of NMR (1H and 31P) and molecular modeling techniques. Under the conditions studied, AZTMP was found to adopt a C1'-exo, primarily beta(t) and gamma(+) conformation with torsional angle -139.9 degrees.
Lee, Moses. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 184.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Modeling
Determining the Lead Content of Paint Chips: An Introduction to AAS  Peter G. Markow
This article describes a two-week experiment for introductory chemistry students, where they analyze the lead content of paint chip samples using atomic absorption spectrophotometry (AAS).
Markow, Peter G. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 178.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Applications of Chemistry
Gas-Phase NMR Study of the DCl-HBr Isotope Exchange Reaction  Joseph W. Nibler, Philip Minarik, William Fitts, and Rodger Kohnert
A physical chemistry laboratory experiment is described in which proton and deuteron FT-NMR spectra are used to determine the equilibrium constant for the isotope exchange reaction (DCl + HBr <==> DBr + HCl).
Nibler, Joseph W.; Minarik, Philip; Fitts, William; Kohnert, Rodger. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 99.
Thermodynamics |
Isotopes |
NMR Spectroscopy
Enzymatic Resolution of (+/-)-Menthol Using Transesterification with Methyl (2R)-(+)-2-Chloropropanoate: A Biocatalyzed Reaction Studied by NMR Spectroscopy and Polarimetry for an Advanced Undergraduate Project in Modern Organic Chemistry  C. Poiré, C. Rabiller, C. Chon, and P. Hudhomme
Lipase from Candida rugosa is used as an efficient biocatalyst for the kinetic resolution of (+/-)-Menthol. Methyl (2R)-(+)-2-chloropropanoate is chosen as an acyl donor for the transesterification reaction of menthol.
Poiré, C.; Rabiller, C.; Chon, C.; Hudhomme, P. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 93.
Bioorganic Chemistry |
Alcohols |
Catalysis |
Enzymes |
NMR Spectroscopy
Binding-Energy Curve for Iodine Using Laser Spectroscopy   L. C. O'Brien and R. L. Kubicek
The laser induced fluorescence spectrum of iodine is recorded using the 514.5 nm line of an Ar+ laser to excite the molecule. The molecular constants obtained by the analysis are used as input to an RKR program, which calculates the classical turning points for the binding-energy curve for iodine.
O'Brien, L. C.; Kubicek, R. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 86.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Lasers |
Spectroscopy
From the Lecture Hall to the Laboratory: The Pinacol Rearrangement: Fostering Problem Solving Abilities and Critical Thinking Skills of the Organic Chemistry Student  Brenda J. Wojciechowski and Todd S. Deal
This article describes an interesting experiment for elementary organic laboratories. While the reaction (the Pinacol Rearrangement) described is an old one, its application as a puzzle is a new one.
Wojciechowsi, Brenda J.; Deal, S. Todd. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 85.
Separation Science |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
IR Vibration-Rotation Spectra of the Ammonia Molecule  Carl W. David
The IR spectrum of the ammonia inversion vibration-rotation normal mode is obtained using Fourier Transform IR Spectroscopy and analyzed using Maple, to easily obtain the relation between the N-H bond length and the H-N-H bond angle.
David, Carl W. J. Chem. Educ. 1996, 73, 46.
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Mathematics / Symbolic Mathematics
The Sharp Electronic Organizer--A Warning  Thomas A. Eaton
Tutorial that prepares students to obtain and study crystallographic and NMR models of proteins, nucleic acids, and other biomolecules; includes web-address to obtain copies of the program.
Eaton, Thomas A. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A178.
NMR Spectroscopy |
X-ray Crystallography
Monitoring Oxidation of Bromocresol Green with a Diode Laser: A General Chemistry IBM Personal Science Laboratory (PSL) Experiment  Zimmer, John; Reeves, James; Jones, Rebecca; Cizerle, Kirk; Ward, Dick
Procedure for monitoring the oxidation of bromocresol green using a diode laser and a radiometric probe; includes data and analysis.
Zimmer, John; Reeves, James; Jones, Rebecca; Cizerle, Kirk; Ward, Dick J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A118.
Oxidation / Reduction |
Spectroscopy |
Kinetics |
Lasers
Organic Qualitative Analysis at the Microscale Level  Craig, Rhoda E. R.; Kaufman, Kurt K.
Project requiring students to identify pure unknowns and the components of mixtures using a variety of chromatography and spectrometry techniques.
Craig, Rhoda E. R.; Kaufman, Kurt K. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A102.
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis |
Acids / Bases
Infrared Characteristic Group Frequencies: Tables and Charts, Second Edition (Socrates, George)  
Monograph.
J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A93.
IR Spectroscopy
A Guide to the Complete Interpretation of Infrared Spectra of Organic Structures (Roeges, Noel P. G.)  
Monograph.
J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A93.
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Interfacing an Old UV-VIS Spectrophotometer to a PC Computer  Guinon, J. L.; Garcia-Jareno, J.; Garcia-Anton, J.; Perez-Herranz, V.
Instructions for interfacing an old UV-VIS spectrophotometer to a PC computer.
Guinon, J. L.; Garcia-Jareno, J.; Garcia-Anton, J.; Perez-Herranz, V. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A81.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Modern Laboratory Experiment for Instrumental Analysis: Analytical Method for Simultaneous Determination of Chloride and Bromide Ions Based Upon Fluorescence-Quenching Methods  Tucker, Sheryl A.; Acree, William E., Jr.
Experimental procedure for determining chloride and bromide anion concentrations using fluorescence-quenching.
Tucker, Sheryl A.; Acree, William E., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A31.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
The Baylis-Hillman Reaction: Synthesizing a Compound and Explaining Its Formation  Crouch, R. David; Nelson, Todd D.
Experimental procedure for the synthesis of an unpredictable and unknown mechanism to be identified and described by students through analytical techniques (spectroscopy).
Crouch, R. David; Nelson, Todd D. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, A6.
Synthesis |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab
Baeyer-Villiger Oxidation of Indane-1-ones: Monitoring of the Reaction by VPC and IR Spectroscopy  Elie Stephan
Procedure for the Baeyer-Villiger oxidation of indane-1-ones.
Stephan, Elie. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 1142.
IR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Aldehydes / Ketones
WinDNMR: Dynamic NMR Spectra for Windows  Hans J. Reich
Program to demonstrate important concepts in NMR spectroscopy.
Reich, H. J. . J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 1086.
NMR Spectroscopy
Environmental Laboratory Exercise: Analysis of Hydrogen Peroxide by Fluorescence Spectroscopy  Judith Weinstein--Lloyd and Jai H. Lee
Procedure in which students analyze precipitation samples for trace concentrations of hydrogen peroxide (a deleterious air pollutant) using fluorescence spectroscopy.
Weinstein-Lloyd, Judith; Lee, Jai H. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 1053.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Free Radicals |
Photochemistry |
Acids / Bases |
Atmospheric Chemistry
A Simple, Discovery-Based Laboratory Exercise: The Molecular Mass Determination of Polystyrene  Greg A. Slough
Identification of an unknown polymer using silica gel TLC sheets and IR spectroscopy.
Slough, Greg A. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 1031.
Stoichiometry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Microwave Spectroscopy Tutor  McNaught, Ian J.; Moore, Rory
Software designed to illustrate aspects of the microwave spectroscopy of linear molecules.
McNaught, Ian J.; Moore, Rory J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 993.
Spectroscopy
Infrared Spectroscopy: A Versatile Tool in Practical Chemistry Courses   Volker Wiskam, Wolfgang Fichtner, Volker Kramb, Alexander Nintschew, and Jens Stefan Schneider
Procedure for preparing samples of basic inorganic compounds and analyzing them through IR spectroscopy in freshman chemistry.
Wiscamp, Volker; Fichtner, Wolfgang; Kramb, Volker; Nintschew, Alexander; Schneider, Jens Stefan. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 952.
IR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Coordination Compounds
Synthesis and Characterization of Potassium Tris(oxalato)ferrate(III) Trihydrate: A Spectrophotometric Method of Iron Analysis  Richard F. Dallinger
A general chemistry experiment that combines titrimetric, gravimetric, and spectrophotometric analysis in two, three-hour lab periods.
Dallinger, Richard F. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 936.
Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Gravimetric Analysis
The Use of Erythrosin B in Undergraduate Spectrophotometry Experiments   L. James Stock III
Substitution of a nontoxic food color for an originally used toxic chromium(VI) salt in a general chemistry, spectrophotometry experiment.
Stock, L. James, III. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 926.
Toxicology |
Solutions / Solvents |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
Environmental Chemistry as Focus in the Undergraduate Curriculum  D. M. Chittenden, M. E. Draganjac, and W. V. Wyatt
Thermogravimetric analysis in undergraduate research.
Chittenden, D. M.; Draganjac, M. E.; Wyatt, W. V. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 908.
Thermal Analysis |
Gravimetric Analysis |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Teflon Tape as a Sample Support for IR Spectroscopy  Keith A. Oberg and Daniel R. Palleros
Replacing IR spectra windows with Teflon tape; includes sample spectra run with NaCl plates and Teflon tape.
Oberg, Keith A.; Palleros, Daniel R. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 857.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
1H NMR, 13C NMR, and Mass Spectrometry of 1-Phenyl-1,2-Dihaloethanes  Joseph R. Gandler, Kevin W. Kittredge, and Oliver L. Saunders
Procedure to introduce organic chemistry students to spectroscopic methods for characterizing structure and calculating 13C NMR chemical shifts.
Gandler, Joseph R.; Kittredge, Kevin W.; Saunders, Oliver L. . J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 855.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry
A Low-Cost Matrix Isolation Experiment: For the Undergraduate Laboratory   Mark Flair and T. Rick Fletcher
Method for generating and observing the reaction intermediate formed by photolysis of Cr(CO)6 in a low temperature solid matrix illustrating some of the principles of photochemistry and the relationship of spectroscopy to molecular structure.
Flair, Mark; Fletcher, T. Rick. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 753.
Photochemistry |
Organometallics |
Reactive Intermediates |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Proton NMR Basics  Carolyn S. Judd, Joel D. Morrisett, Mohan V. Chari, and Jeffrey L. Browning
Multimedia tutorial to introduce and develop understanding of NMR spectroscopy concepts and techniques.
Judd, C. Sweeney; Morrisett, J. D.; Chari, M. V. ; Browning, J. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 706.
NMR Spectroscopy
"Double Unknown " Microscale Preparation and COSY Analysis of an Unknown Ester:
An Introductory 2D-NMR Experiment
  Stephen E. Branz, Robert G. Miele, Roy K. Okuda, and Daniel A. Straus
Proton NMR activity designed to highlight the power of the technique to analyze structures and not merely confirm the identity of known substances.
Branz, Stephen E.; Miele, Robert G.; Okuda, Roy K.; Straus, Daniel A. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 659.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Alcohols |
Carboxylic Acids |
Esters
Why Do Spectral Lines Have a Linewidth?  Volker B. E. Thomsen
Explanation of why spectral lines have a linewidth.
Thomsen, Volker B. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 616.
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
The Analysis of First-Order Coupling Patterns in NMR Spectra   Brian E. Mann
Instructions and simple rules for analyzing first-order coupling patterns in NMR spectra.
Mann, Brian E. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 614.
NMR Spectroscopy
Rapid IR Sampling Methods for the Organic Chemistry Laboratory Using a Diffuse Reflectance Accessory  Scamehorn, Richard
Obtaining IR data for small solid samples using a diffuse reflectance accessory.
Scamehorn, Richard J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 566.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Charge Distribution in 1,1-Dicyano-2-Arylethenes: An Undergraduate Organic Experiment Utilizing the Knoevenagel Condensation and NMR Spectroscopy  Rowland, Alex T.
Organic synthesis illustrating the effect of ring substituents on an aromatic ring.
Rowland, Alex T. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 548.
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds
Diode-Array Spectroscopy for Educational Applications  Schafer, Wieland; Klunker, Jurgen
Details of diode-array spectroscopy; includes assembly and use information.
Schafer, Wieland; Klunker, Jurgen J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 537.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A Simple Infrared Cell for Gases  Mabbott, Gary A.
Design of a simple infrared cell for gases (specifically nitrogen oxides).
Mabbott, Gary A. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 471.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy |
Gases |
Atmospheric Chemistry
Continuous Liquid-Sample Introduction for Bunsen Burner Atomic Emission Spectrometry  Smith, Gregory D.; Sanford, Caryn L.; Jones, Bradley T.
Description of a laboratory-constructed atomic emission spectrometer with modular instrumentation components and a simple Bunsen burner atomizer with continuous sample introduction for lab work or demonstrations; includes sample data.
Smith, Gregory D.; Sanford, Caryn L.; Jones, Bradley T. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 438.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
3,9-Diaryl-2,4,8,10-Tetraoxaspiro[5.5]Undecanes by Rapid Microscale Preparation: Products with Instructive NMR Spectra  Clark, Thomas J.
Organic synthesis designed to produce product with an interesting structure to illustrate the effects of conformation and symmetry on NMR spectra; includes sample data and analysis.
Clark, Thomas J. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 375.
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Synthesis |
Microscale Lab
Hammett Correlations of Amide Proton Chemical Shifts: An Organic or Spectroscopy Experiment  Setliff, F. L.; Soman, N. G.; Toland, A. D.
Experiment designed to illustrate the quantitative relationship between an easily measurable property (amide proton NMR chemical shift) and the electronic effect of several different substituents on substituted benzanilides; includes sample data and analysis.
Setliff, F. L.; Soman, N. G.; Toland, A. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 362.
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Amides
Characterization of Low-Valent Nickel Complexes Stabilized by Bis(diphenylphosphino)methane Using Multinuclear NMR and IR Spectroscopy.  Trumpy, Valory A.; Oriskovich, Tracy A.; Gallaher, Thomas N.; Schreiner, Serge
Experimental method for the synthesis of zero-valent nickel complexes containing bis(diphenylphosphino)methane and identification through NMR and IR spectroscopy; sample data and analysis included.
Trumpy, Valory A.; Oriskovich, Tracy A.; Gallaher, Thomas N.; Schreiner, Serge J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 357.
Metals |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Coordination Compounds |
Synthesis
Fourier and Hadamard: Transforms in Spectroscopy  Graff, Darla K.
Discussion of mathematical transformations, focussing on the Hadamard transform, with comparisons to Fourier transform.
Graff, Darla K. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 304.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Chemometrics |
Spectroscopy
Spectrofluorimeters as Light-Scattering Apparatus: Application to Polymers Molecular Weight Determination  Mougan, Manuel A.; Coello, Adela; Jover, Aida; Meijide, Francisco; Vazquez Tato, Jose
Procedure for determining the molecular weight of polymers using fluorescent spectroscopy; includes sample data and analysis, and listing of molecular weight determinations appearing in previous issues of JCE.
Mougan, Manuel A.; Coello, Adela; Jover, Aida; Meijide, Francisco; Vazquez Tato, Jose J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 284.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Physical Properties
Isotope Ratio, Oscillator Strength, and Band Positions from CO2 IR Spectra: A Physical Chemistry Experiment  Dierenfeldt, Karl E.
Procedure for using IR spectra of carbon dioxide gas to estimate the isotopic abundances of rarer isotopic species, and to find oscillator strengths.
Dierenfeldt, Karl E. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 281.
Isotopes |
IR Spectroscopy
Using Fourier Transforms to Understand Spectral Line Shapes  Grunwald, Ernest; Herzog, Jonathan; Steel, Colin
Using a computerized Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) algorithm to analyze the rates of physical and chemical processes through dynamic spectroscopy.
Grunwald, Ernest; Herzog, Jonathan; Steel, Colin J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 210.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Chemometrics
The Theory of Atomic Spectroscopy: jj Coupling, Intermediate Coupling, and Configuration Interaction  Haigh, C. W.
Discussion of jj coupling, intermediate coupling, and configuration interaction that avoids quantum-mechanical specifics and is appropriate for undergraduates.
Haigh, C. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 206.
Atomic Spectroscopy
A Modular Raman Spectroscopy System Using a Helium-Neon Laser That Is Also Suited for Emission Spectrophotometry Experiments  Fitzwater, David A.; Thomasson, Kathryn A.; Glinski, Robert J.
Construction and use of a laser, Raman/emission spectroscopy system.
Fitzwater, David A.; Thomasson, Kathryn A.; Glinski, Robert J. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 187.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Lasers
Hydrogen-Bonding Equilibrium in Phenol Analyzed by NMR Spectroscopy  Lessinger, Leslie
Experimental procedure for determining the equilibrium constant for the hydrogen-bonding equilibrium of phenol in carbon tetrachloride solution; data and analysis included.
Lessinger, Leslie J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 85.
Equilibrium |
Noncovalent Interactions |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Hydrogen Bonding |
Aromatic Compounds |
Alcohols
An Inorganic Spectrophotometry Experiment for General Chemistry: A Simplified Approach for Determining Ligand-to-Metal Complexation Ratio  Po, Henry N.; Huang, Kenneth S.-C.
Determining the stoichiometric ratio between ligands and metallic ions through UV spectrophotometry; includes data and analysis.
Po, Henry N.; Huang, Kenneth S.-C. J. Chem. Educ. 1995, 72, 62.
Coordination Compounds |
Metals |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Stoichiometry
Determination of Ligand- Macromolcule Binding Constants by a Competative Spectrofluorometric Technique: Caffeine Binding to Human Serum Albumin  Inestal, J. J.; Gonzalez-Velasco, F.; Ceballos, A.
Through the use of a relatively simple procedure this laboratory experiment will give the student experience in an important subject in biomedical sciences: the binding of small molecules to proteins.
Inestal, J. J.; Gonzalez-Velasco, F.; Ceballos, A. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A297.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory |
Proteins / Peptides |
Medicinal Chemistry
An Undergraduate Laboratory for the Determination of Sodium, Potassium, and Chloride: Using an Ion-Exchange Resin, Ion Chromatography, and Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry  Kieber, Robert J.; Jones, S. Bart
Procedure for the determination of sodium, potassium, and chloride in an unknown solid sample using three different analytical techniques.
Kieber, Robert J.; Jones, S. Bart J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A218.
Ion Exchange |
Chromatography |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Diffuse Reflectance Infrared Spectroscopy  Raymond, Kenneth W.; Corkill, Jeffrey A.
Diffuse reflectance offers a quick and easy-to-use alternative to the preparation of KBr pellets and Nujol mulls for the infrared spectra of solid samples; includes a comparison of spectra from both techniques.
Raymond, Kenneth W.; Corkill, Jeffrey A. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A204.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
Analysis of Ethylene-Vinyl Acetate Copolymers: A Combined TGA/FTIR Experiment  Williams, Kathryn R.
Enhancement of an earlier procedure by equipping an FTIR with an Attenuated Total Reflectance accessory and by combining the infrared results with Thermogravimetric Analysis data.
Williams, Kathryn R. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A195.
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Gravimetric Analysis |
Thermal Analysis |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A Microscale Isolation of Limonene from Orange Peels  Garner, Charles M.; Garibaldi, Chad
A rapid and reliable extractive microscale isolation of limonene.
Garner, Charles M.; Garibaldi, Chad J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A146.
Microscale Lab |
Separation Science |
Natural Products |
Gas Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Enantiomers
The Distribution of Cyclohexanone between Cyclohexane and Water  Worley, John D.
A microscale experiment that may be used to demonstrate extraction, spectrophotometric analysis, and the determination of a distribution constant.
Worley, John D. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A145.
Microscale Lab |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Separation Science |
Spectroscopy
A Microscale Purification and Qualitative Spectroscopic Examination of C60 (Buckminsterfullerene): An Experiment Suitable for Undergraduate Organic Laboratory Courses  Marecek, James F.; Kuduk, Scott D.
A simple and inexpensive purification procedure for isolating C60.
Marecek, James F.; Kuduk, Scott D. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, A141.
Microscale Lab |
Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Separation Science
Infrared Study of Tetrachlorobis(N,N-dimethylformamide)tin(IV): A Case of Cis-Trans Isomerism  Tudela, David
This experiment contains some synthetic work and exposes the advanced inorganic student to the idea of isomerism and the usefulness of IR spectroscopy as a structural tool.
Tudela, David J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 1083.
Coordination Compounds |
IR Spectroscopy |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
Hands-on Use of High-Field NMR without the NMR  Swartz, James E.; Vojta, Gail M.; Erickson, Luther E.
The authors describe how and why they provide students with free induction decay data for an unknown and the students work on the unknown on a personal computer using spectral analysis software.
Swartz, James E.; Vojta, Gail M.; Erickson, Luther E. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 1069.
NMR Spectroscopy
A Qualitative Experiment for Organic Chemistry Lab  Hermann, Christine K. F.
This experiment was introduced near the end of second semester. The students were told that the unknowns were either an alcohol, a carboxylic acid, an amine, an aldehyde, or a ketone. The identifications were based on melting points or boiling points, the IR and NMR spectra, and a set of four classification tests.
Hermann, Christine K. F. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 991.
Qualitative Analysis |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Discovering the Beer-Lambert Law  Ricci, Robert W.; Ditzler, Mauri; Nestor, Lisa P.
This article is unique in its use of a simple physical model to help students taking general chemistry gain a more meaningful picture of the process of light absorption. The approach is empirical and free of calculus.
Ricci, Robert W.; Ditzler, Mauri; Nestor, Lisa P. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 983.
Spectroscopy
The Physical Chemistry Sequence at Liberal Arts Colleges: The Lake Forest College Approach  Shields, George C.
In this paper the author describes efforts at Lake Forest College to revamp the physical chemistry course.
Shields, George C. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 951.
Quantum Chemistry |
Kinetics |
Thermodynamics |
Spectroscopy
Using Infrared Spectroscopy for the Curricular Integration of General and Organic Chemistry  Spector, Tami I.
At the University of San Francisco, the extensive and innovative use of infared spectroscopy as an integral laboratory technique in the first two years of undergraduate chemistry has been used to narrow the gap between general and organic chemistry.
Spector, Tami I. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 946.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy
Platinum(II) Chemistry Monitored by NMR Spectroscopy  Berry, David E.
Preparation and characterization of three platinum coordination compounds.
Berry, David E. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 899.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Coordination Compounds
LIMSport (VI): Optimizing Computer-Driven Photometry with the Spectronic 20 and Pipetronic I  Vitz, Ed
166. Design, construction, and laboratory application of a computer-interfaced photometer capable of absorbance measurements for three wavelength ranges.
Vitz, Ed J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 879.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Spectroscopy
Determination of Calcium in Analgesic Tablets Using Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry  Quigley, Michael N.
Procedure to determine the amount of calcium in calcium carbonate coated analgesic tablets using an atomic absorption spectrophotometer.
Quigley, Michael N. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 800.
Quantitative Analysis |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals
The Fundamental Rotational-Vibrational Band of CO and NO: Teaching the Theory of Diatomic Molecules  Schor, H. H. R.; Teixeira, E. L.
An experiment that explores the effects of angular momentum coupling on molecular spectra.
Schor, H. H. R.; Teixeira, E. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 771.
IR Spectroscopy
Enhancement of the Rotation-Vibration Bands of HCl  George, W. O.; Griffiths, I. W.; Minty, B.; Lewis, Rh.
A less well-known source of deviation from the Beer-Lambert law whereby nonabsorbing components intensify the observed spectrum of an infrared absorber.
George, W. O.; Griffiths, I. W.; Minty, B.; Lewis, Rh. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 621.
IR Spectroscopy
PCNMR4Windows  Bemis, John M.
Program designed for the routine workup of spectral data without tying up an NMR spectrometer console.
Bemis, John M. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 558.
NMR Spectroscopy
Inexpensive Instrumental Analysis: II: Introductory Spectroscopy  Ramaley, Louis; Young, Kathleen; Guy, Robert D.; Stephens, Roger
A simple atomic flame spectrometer and a solution spectrophotometer that are easily constructed yet provide accurate and reliable results.
Ramaley, Louis; Young, Kathleen; Guy, Robert D.; Stephens, Roger J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 353.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
An Experiment in trans-cis Isomerization: Synthesis and Kinetics of trans-Dichlorotetraamminecobalt(III) Chloride  Borer, Londa L.; Erdman, Howard W.
Synthesis and kinetics investigation of trans-dichlorotetraamminecobalt(III) chloride.
Borer, Londa L.; Erdman, Howard W. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 332.
Diastereomers |
Synthesis |
Kinetics |
Coordination Compounds |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Conductivity
Spectroscopy on the Overhead Projector  Solomon, Sally; Hur, Chinhyu; Lee, Alan; Smith, Kurt
Converting an overhead into a simple spectrometer and suggested applications.
Solomon, Sally; Hur, Chinhyu; Lee, Alan; Smith, Kurt J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 250.
Spectroscopy
Computer-Generated Edited DEPT NMR Spectra  Gurst, Jerome E.
159. Bits and pieces, 51. Modification to simplify an earlier approach to sophomore organic chemistry.
Gurst, Jerome E. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 234.
NMR Spectroscopy
FT NMR in the Instrumental Analysis Course: A Curriculum and a Laboratory  Fuson, Michael M.
Discussion of NMR in the context of instrumental analysis should focus on the nature of the FT NMR experiment; a procedure to support this discussion is provided.
Fuson, Michael M. J. Chem. Educ. 1994, 71, 126.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Microscale qualitative organic analysis   Goller, Edwin J.; Miller, John H.
Students gain critical thinking skills in an organic chemistry course by selecting their own chemical tests.
Goller, Edwin J.; Miller, John H. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, A159.
Qualitative Analysis |
Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Gas Chromatography |
Mass Spectrometry |
Microscale Lab
The microscale separation of lycopene and [beta]-carotene from tomato paste   Goodrich, James; Parker, Chris; Phelps, Ruff
A time effective way to isolate beta-carotene and lycopene from tomato paste on the microscale level.
Goodrich, James; Parker, Chris; Phelps, Ruff J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, A158.
Chromatography |
Bioorganic Chemistry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis |
Food Science |
Microscale Lab
Microscale yeast mediated enantiospecific reduction of vanillin, and the absolute configuration of (-)-(R)-[alpha]-deuteriovanillyl alcohol: A bioorganic chemistry experiment   Lee, Moses
An experiment is introduced to a sophomore chemistry course that demonstrates the effeciency and enantiospecificity of microbial/enzyme-mediated reactions and the use of NMR methods in determining the optical activity and absolute configuration of chiral alcohols.
Lee, Moses J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, A155.
Enantiomers |
Alcohols |
Bioorganic Chemistry |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab
Analyze and identify surface colors with a $35 surface spectroscopy interface and your personal computer   Schnable, Joseph; Cheeseman, Matthew; Metzger, Charlene; Orr, Robert
An IBM-compatible computer interface constructed to control blue, green, yellow, orange, crimson, and red LEDs that works with software to scan and analyze colors. An idea for a student activity is included in this article.
Schnable, Joseph; Cheeseman, Matthew; Metzger, Charlene; Orr, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, A126.
Spectroscopy
A kinetic study of the isomerization of eugenol: The quantitative use of NMR, GC, and HPLC in a single organic laboratory experiment that demonstrates alternative approaches to solving a problem   Peterson, Thomas H.; Bryan, James H.; Keevil, Thomas A.
Description of an experiment that allows students to be aware that there is often more than one approach to designing an experiment,and that the quality of the experimental results often depend on the proper choice of instrument(s).
Peterson, Thomas H.; Bryan, James H.; Keevil, Thomas A. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, A96.
Aromatic Compounds |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Alcohols |
Kinetics
Selectivity versus reactivity: The safe, efficient metal hydride reduction of a bifunctional organic   Smith, Katrina; Beauvais, Robert; Holman, R. W.
Microscale quantities allow students to perform otherwise dangerous observations of NaBH4 and LiAlH4 reductions.
Smith, Katrina; Beauvais, Robert; Holman, R. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, A94.
Microscale Lab |
Reactions |
IR Spectroscopy
Spectroscopic Analysis of Semiconductor Colloids: An Experiment in Materials Science for the Advanced Inorganic or Physical Chemistry Laboratory  Chandler, Robin R.; Bigham, Shelli R.; Coffer, Jeffery L.
While the study of clusters and the materials derived from them is rapidly expanding, little attention is paid to them in undergraduate chemistry. The authors describe an appropriate undergraduate activity.
Chandler, Robin R.; Bigham, Shelli R.; Coffer, Jeffery L. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, A7.
Colloids |
Semiconductors |
MO Theory |
Metalloids / Semimetals |
Solid State Chemistry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Micelles |
Metals |
Materials Science |
Metallic Bonding
Using Infrared Spectroscopy Measurements To Study Intermolecular Hydrogen Bonding: Calculating the Degree of Association, Equilibrium Constant, and Bond Energy for Hydrogen Bonding in Benzyl Alcohol and Phenol  Frohlich, H.
This paper presents simple IR spectroscopy experiments that the author has used for two years in a third-year course, which covers spectroscopy and binding.
Frohlich, H. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, A3.
Hydrogen Bonding |
IR Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds |
Equilibrium |
Covalent Bonding
Nitration of phenols: A two-phase system  Zeegers, Petrus J.
Nitration of phenols is often overlooked in undergraduate organic chemistry courses.
Zeegers, Petrus J. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 1036.
Phenols |
Aromatic Compounds |
Reactions |
Quantitative Analysis |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy
A convenient method of esterification of fatty acids: An undergraduate organic laboratory experiment  Di Raddo, Pasquale
A convenient method of esterification of fatty acids for undergraduate organic chemistry lab.
Di Raddo, Pasquale J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 1034.
Carboxylic Acids |
Esters |
Gas Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fatty Acids
Oxidation of (R)-(+)-pulegone to (R)-(+)-3-methyladipic acid  Scott, William J.; Hammond, Gerald B.; Becicka, Brian T.; Wiemer, David F.
This paper addresses the demand for microscale laboratories and minimizes waste disposal while linking students to current organic chemistry research.
Scott, William J.; Hammond, Gerald B.; Becicka, Brian T.; Wiemer, David F. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 951.
Microscale Lab |
Undergraduate Research |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Transforming traditional quantitative analysis into a course on modern analytical science   Perone, S. P.; Englert, Peter; Pesek, Joseph; Stone, Craig
A new lab format that allows time to describe case studies of real world problems further enhances students' expose to the practice of modern analytical science.
Perone, S. P.; Englert, Peter; Pesek, Joseph; Stone, Craig J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 846.
Applications of Chemistry |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Potentiometry |
Chromatography |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Hydrochlorination of 1-propynylbenzene on alumina: A demonstration of kinetic and thermodynamic control using HCl produced in situ and molecular modeling  Pienta, Norbert J.; Crawford, Scott D.; Kropp, Paul J.
A hydrochlorination experiment that provides sufficient latitude in choice of conditions.
Pienta, Norbert J.; Crawford, Scott D.; Kropp, Paul J. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 682.
Molecular Modeling |
Alkynes |
Alkenes |
Gas Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab
Preparation and characterization of deuterated crystalohydrates: An undergraduate inorganic or spectroscopic experiment  Ivanovska, Marina; Stojanoski, Kiro; Zdravkovski, Zoran
Experiments with heavy water cannot usually be performed by students because of the high cost associated. This paper proposes a simple, inexpensive procedure for deuterating crystalohydrates that can be implemented either as an inorganic or spectroscopic experiment.
Ivanovska, Marina; Stojanoski, Kiro; Zdravkovski, Zoran J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 603.
Isotopes |
Water / Water Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy
NMR spectroscopy: An introduction to the operation of modern instrumentation: Using commercial acquisition and analysis software giving students experience with a graphical workstation and notefile  Prais, Michael G.
149. To give students insight into the operation of modern instrumentation, an experiment was developed to exhibit the steps necessary to acquire, analyze, and present data from an NMR spectrometer by a personal computer.
Prais, Michael G. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 381.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
NMR Spectroscopy
Preparation of 2-aminobenzaldehyde: A fragrant component of floral odors  Foy, Brian D.; Smudde, R. Allen; Wood, William F.
This article summarizes an experimental procedure and lists spectroscopic and physical properties of the products.
Foy, Brian D.; Smudde, R. Allen; Wood, William F. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 322.
Aromatic Compounds |
Spectroscopy |
Physical Properties
Determining the critical micelle concentration of aqueous surfactant solutions: Using a novel colorimetric method  Furton, Kenneth G.; Norelus, Arold
Surfactants are versatile chemicals which, at a sufficiently high concentration, will arrange themselves into organized molecular assemblies known as micelles. This paper examines a method for determining this concentration.
Furton, Kenneth G.; Norelus, Arold J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 254.
Micelles |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Bioorganic Chemistry
Whether organic qual will wither?   Zieger, Herman E.
Author argues the important pedagogic purposes of organic qualitative analysis.
Zieger, Herman E. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 230.
Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
The Aqueous Ring-Opening Metathesis Polymerization of Furan-Maleic Anhydride Adduct: Increased Catalytic Activity Using a Recyclable Transition Metal Catalyst  Viswanathan, Tito; Jethmalani, Jagdish
ROMP offers an opportunity for an experiment that should fit well within the context of a laboratory in organic or polymer chemistry because the experimental yield can be characterized at the molecular level.
Viswanathan, Tito; Jethmalani, Jagdish J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 165.
Polymerization |
NMR Spectroscopy
Synthesis and Characterization of [Ag{CH(PPh3)C(O)CH3)}2]NO3: A Multitechnique Experiment in Organometallic Chemistry  Vicente, Jose; Chicote, Maria Teresa; Saura-Llamas, Isabel
The proposal for this technique highlights advantages such as using starting materials that are air-stable and several instrumental techniques can be employed to gain information about the products.
Vicente, Jose; Chicote, Maria Teresa; Saura-Llamas, Isabel J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 163.
Organometallics |
Spectroscopy
A Simplified Version of a Classic Proton Exchange NMR Experiment  Pagnotta, Marco; Carter, James; Armsby, Carrie
A simple upgrade of a classic alcohol exchange experiment that demonstrates changes in chemical shift, spin-spin coupling, and integration for use as an introduction to using NMR.
Pagnotta, Marco; Carter, James; Armsby, Carrie J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 162.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Quantum Chemistry
Computer-Assisted Learning: IRexpert, an Infrared Interpretation Assistant  Cabrol, D.; Rabine, J. P.; Ricard, D.; Rouillard, M.; Forrest, T. P.
146. The IRexpert is a computer program (described in this paper) that provides students with an interactive environment in which resources for learning IR (such as group-frequency charts and tables) are provided and allow the student to gain valuable interpretation and experience in a shorter amount of time.
Cabrol, D.; Rabine, J. P.; Ricard, D.; Rouillard, M.; Forrest, T. P. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 120.
IR Spectroscopy
Spectroscopy and a New Approach to the Concept of Line Intensities  Dijkhuis, Berend G.
The authors develop a method to adapt the physical consideration of radiant intesitity to a visual approach.
Dijkhuis, Berend G. J. Chem. Educ. 1993, 70, 82.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
The rotational-vibrational spectra of HCN and DCN: A physical chemistry experiment  Keedy, Curtis R.
An interesting extension or alternative to the classic study of the rotational-vibrational spectra of HCl and DCl is the HCN-DCN system.
Keedy, Curtis R. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A296.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy
Instrumental analysis courses: Part II. The choice and use of instrumentation  Jones, Bradley T.
Survey of what spechtrochemical analysis techniques are used in 95 chemistry departments.
Jones, Bradley T. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A268.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy
Quantitative analysis by FTIR: Thin films of copolymers of ethylene and vinyl acetate.  Mathias, Lon J.; Hankins, Marie G.; Bertolucci, Craig M.; Grubb, Tina L.; Muthiah, Jeno.
Quantitation of coploymers of ethylene and vinyl acetate using FTIR.
Mathias, Lon J.; Hankins, Marie G.; Bertolucci, Craig M.; Grubb, Tina L.; Muthiah, Jeno. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A217.
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Quantitative Analysis |
Alkenes |
Carboxylic Acids
The microscale synthesis and the structure determination of endo-9-methoxycarbonyl-3-oxatricyclo[4,2,1,0 4,5]-2-nonanone.  Lee, Moses.
The microscale synthesis and the structure determination of endo-9-methoxycarbonyl-3-oxatricyclo[4,2,1,0 4,5]-2-nonanone.
Lee, Moses. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A172.
Microscale Lab |
Synthesis |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Gas Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Instrumental Methods
Atmospheric smog analysis in a balloon using FTIR spectroscopy: A novel experiment for the introductory laboratory   Amey, Ralph L.
The author has developed a simple experiment that examines and identifies some of the components of Los Angeles air by FTIR spectroscopy using an inexpensive toy balloon as a sample gas cell.
Amey, Ralph L. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A148.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy |
Gases
Microscale reactions of vanillin   Fowler, Rosemary G.
In this paper five microscale experiments which allow first-year organic student sot study the properties and reactions of vanillin are presented.
Fowler, Rosemary G. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A43.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Aromatic Compounds |
Phenols |
Microscale Lab |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Primary and secondary inner filtering: Effect of K2Cr2O7 on fluorescence emission intensities of quinine sulfate  Tucker, Sheryl A.; Amszi, Vicki L.; Acree, William E., Jr.
Fluorescence spectroscopy is an extremely versatile, sensitive experimental technique used in identification and quantification of many environmentally important compounds.
Tucker, Sheryl A.; Amszi, Vicki L.; Acree, William E., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, A8.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
NMR tube cleaner  Denton, T. T.; Eisenbraun, E.
An inexpensive, rugged, and easily constructed alternative to all-glass, NMR-tube cleaners.
Denton, T. T.; Eisenbraun, E. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 1036.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
An idea to save time and money with recording IR spectrophotometers  Silverman, L. Phillip; Akee, Rhone; Fitzhugh, Anthony L.
Recommended procedure for avoiding off-scale IR traces with recording IR spectrophotometers.
Silverman, L. Phillip; Akee, Rhone; Fitzhugh, Anthony L. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 1030.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
1H NMR analysis of mixtures using internal standards: A quantitative experiment for the instrumental analysis laboratory  Peterson, Jim
Procedure to illustrate the general principles of quantitative NMR methodology.
Peterson, Jim J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 843.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis |
Instrumental Methods
Kinetic study of the reaction between ethanol and chloroacetyl chloride in chloroform: A laboratory experiment using Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy  Garcia, M. V.; Tiemblo, P.
Using Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy to study the reaction between ethanol and chloroacetyl chloride in chloroform.
Garcia, M. V.; Tiemblo, P. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 841.
Kinetics |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy |
Reactions
Structure, chirality, and FT-NMR in sophomore organic chemistry  Chapman, Orville L.; Russell, Arlene A.
An experimental approach (NMR) to teaching organic structure.
Chapman, Orville L.; Russell, Arlene A. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 779.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Stereochemistry |
Elimination Reactions
Identification of methylcyclohexanones by NMR  Gurst, Jerome E.
Distinguishing between three isomeric methylcyclohexanones using NMR.
Gurst, Jerome E. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 774.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Diastereomers
Atomic emission spectrometry with helium plasmas: An emerging approach for nonmetal determinations  Wu, Mingin; Gehlhausen, Jay M.; Carnahan, Jon W.
Capabilities of helium microwave-induced plasmas for the determination of nonmetals.
Wu, Mingin; Gehlhausen, Jay M.; Carnahan, Jon W. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 757.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Nonmetals |
Instrumental Methods |
Gas Chromatography
Separation of aspirin from acetaminophen and caffeine in an over-the-counter analgesic tablet.  Williams, John P.; West, Kevin J.; Erickson, Karen L.
An procedure that uses smaller volumes of "safer" solvents in performing the extraction and allows the use of simultaneous spectrophotometric analysis in the determination.
Williams, John P.; West, Kevin J.; Erickson, Karen L. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 669.
Separation Science |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals |
Consumer Chemistry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Keeping the "un" in unknowns in qualitative identification exercises using FTIR.  Chauvin, Judy V.; Field, Jack E.
Using hexachloro-1,3-butadiene as the diluent for FTIR unknowns.
Chauvin, Judy V.; Field, Jack E. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 661.
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Qualitative Analysis
The synthesis of E-beta-bromostyrene: An experiment illustrating the use of IR bending modes to distinguish E and Z isomers and the concept of kinetic and thermodynamic controlled reactions.  Strom, Laura A.; Anderson, James R.; Gandler, Joseph R.
An experiment illustrating the concept of thermodynamic and kinetically controlled reactions to produce E and Z isomers (respectively); the use of IR to distinguish E and Z isomers; and the different properties of E and Z isomers (only the E isomer has a pleasant odor).
Strom, Laura A.; Anderson, James R.; Gandler, Joseph R. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 588.
Synthesis |
IR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Kinetics |
Thermodynamics |
Alkenes |
Diastereomers |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Aggregation in dyes: A spectrophotometric study.  Walmsley, Frank.
Pinacyanol iodide is studied in water using visible spectroscopy to illustrate the study of self-aggregation.
Walmsley, Frank. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 583.
Dyes / Pigments |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A secure system for student use of IR solution cells.  Levine, Samuel G.
Procedure for alleviating problems with student prepared IR solution cells.
Levine, Samuel G. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 567.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy
Why equivalent bonds appear as distinct peaks in photoelectron spectra.  Simons, Jack.
If there are four equivalent bonds in CH4, why are there not four equal vibrational energies?; also considers H2O and NH3.
Simons, Jack. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 522.
Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Using spin-spin decoupling NMR for structure elucidation in the extraction of cinnamaldehyde.  Ganjian, I.; Baumgarten, R. L.; Valenzuela, R. J.
Interesting extraction in which students learn to interpret spectra and see the power of second-order spectral analysis in NMR work.
Ganjian, I.; Baumgarten, R. L.; Valenzuela, R. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 511.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Separation Science |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Improving the quality of strip chart records.  Quigley, Michael N.
Method for eliminating the underlying grid when photocopying or tracing strip-chart records.
Quigley, Michael N. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 505.
Chromatography |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
Static and dynamic fluorescence quenching experiments for the physical chemistry laboratory  Fraiji, Lee K.; Hayes, David H.; Werner, T. C.
Fluorescence spectroscopy is a technique that is ideally suited for the undergraduate laboratory curriculum.
Fraiji, Lee K.; Hayes, David H.; Werner, T. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 424.
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
An introduction to NMR titration for studying rapid reversible complexation  Macomber, Roger S.
Nuclear magnetic resonance spectrospcopy is one of the most useful techniques available to chemists for the investigation of dynamic molecular processes.
Macomber, Roger S. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 375.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Solutions / Solvents |
Qualitative Analysis
The infrared overtone intensity of a simple diatomic: Nitric oxide  Bozlee, Brian J.; Luther, Joseph H.; Buraczewski, Mark
This laboratory exercise illustrates measuring the relative intensities of spectral bands.
Bozlee, Brian J.; Luther, Joseph H.; Buraczewski, Mark J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 370.
IR Spectroscopy
Experiment in quantization: Atomic line spectra  Shields, George C.; Kash, Michael M.
This experiment offers a simple and visual method for determining the wavelength of spectral lines.
Shields, George C.; Kash, Michael M. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 329.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Quantum Chemistry |
Spectroscopy
Determination of the solubility product of copper(II) tartrate  Thomsen, Marcus W.
The spectrophotometric determination of the solubility product of cupric tartrate is an appropriate experiment for the introductory chemistry course.
Thomsen, Marcus W. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 328.
Equilibrium |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Spectroscopy
Avoiding capillary blockage of AA and AE spectrophotometers  Quigley, Michael N.
Using a piece of filter paper is a preventative measure that saves on equipment.
Quigley, Michael N. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 324.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A new twist to an old favorite: The hydrolysis of tert-butyl chloride.  Turner, J.
The author describes a common kinetics experiment in which NMR spectroscopy is used to study the reaction kinetics rather than a titration.
Turner, J. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 242.
Kinetics |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Reactions
Raman spectroscopy for the undergraduate physical and analytical laboratories  Galloway, Douglas B.; Ciolkowski, Edward L.; Dallinger, Richard F.
The goals of this paper are to describe the assembly of a simple Raman spectrometer that uses a nitrogen laser and other commonly available or easily purchasable components and to discuss the ways that this instrument can be used to enhance the educational experience in undergraduate physical and analytical chemistry laboratories.
Galloway, Douglas B.; Ciolkowski, Edward L.; Dallinger, Richard F. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 79.
Raman Spectroscopy |
Lasers |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Experimental study of monochromators in UV-vis and IR spectrophotometers  Guion, Jose L.; Garcia-Anton, J.
This is a laboratory exercise where students strip down a UV-vis spectrophotometer and an IR spectrophotometer.
Guion, Jose L.; Garcia-Anton, J. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 77.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Utilizing the Evans method with a superconducting NMR spectrometer in the undergraduate laboratory  Schubert, Ernest M.
Using the Evans method has become a standard experiment in many physical chemistry laboratory texts. However, these texts make no mention of the inherent difference between conventional and high field NMR instruments.
Schubert, Ernest M. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 62.
NMR Spectroscopy
Proton and carbon-13 NMR simulation of mixtures  Bell, Harold M.
133. Bits and pieces, 47. The program for simulation of spectra of mixtures can accommodate five components, each containing as many as six coupled nuclei.
Bell, Harold M. J. Chem. Educ. 1992, 69, 44.
NMR Spectroscopy
Construction of a low-cost solution cell for infrared analysis  Winston, Anthony
Solution techniques for IR analysis may be more practical than KBr pellets.
Winston, Anthony J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, A124.
Laboratory Management |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy
Isomerization of dimethyl maleate to dimethyl fumarate: An undergraduate experiment illustrating amine-catalyzed alkene isomerization, stereochemical principles, sublimation, and product identification by spectroscopic methods  Fryhle, Craig B.; Rybak, Carol M.; Pulley, Kenneth E.
An undergraduate experiment illustrating amine-catalyzed alkene isomerization, stereochemical principles, sublimation, and product identification by spectroscopic methods.
Fryhle, Craig B.; Rybak, Carol M.; Pulley, Kenneth E. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 1050.
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Diastereomers |
Gas Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Catalysis
NMR and the structure of D-glucose  Gurst, Jerome E.
A discussion of typical organic chemistry textbook treatment of NMR evidence of glucose structure.
Gurst, Jerome E. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 1003.
Carbohydrates |
NMR Spectroscopy
Hydroboration-oxidation of (1R)-(+)-alpha-pinene to isopinocampheol: A microscale experiment that displays regio- and stereochemistry using NMR spectroscopy and molecular mechanics calculations  Blankespoor, Ronald L.; Piers, Kenneth
The hydroboration-oxidation of alkenes is an important route to alcohols and therefore receives considerable treatment in standard organic textbooks. These authors present their findings of an example (an alkene that undergoes the hydroboration oxidation process) that displays both regiochemistry and stereochemistry.
Blankespoor, Ronald L.; Piers, Kenneth J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 693.
Alkenes |
Oxidation / Reduction |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Alcohols
Undergraduate organic and polymer lab experiments that exemplify structure determination by NMR  Viswanathan, T.; Watson, F.; Yang, D. T. C.
Where in the curriculum is the best place to teach experimental NMR methods that are so essential to chemists and chemistry? These authors are of the opinion that NMR must be given more than a cursory introduction involving a single experiment, and present a series of experiments.
Viswanathan, T.; Watson, F.; Yang, D. T. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 685.
Instrumental Methods |
NMR Spectroscopy
A laboratory study of 1,3-dipole-dipolarophile addition: An extension of the Diels Alder reaction  Gingrich, Henry L.; Pickering, Miles
Some easy organic reactions that can also be used as the basis for puzzles, or as facile heterocyclic syntheses: an area neglected in the student experiment literature.
Gingrich, Henry L.; Pickering, Miles J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 614.
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Addition Reactions |
Synthesis |
Heterocycles |
Physical Properties |
NMR Spectroscopy
Transition metal complexes with 1,4,7-trithiacyclononane: A laboratory experiment in coordination chemistry  Grant, Gregory J.; Mauldin, Penny L.; Setzer, William N.
A laboratory experiment in coordination chemistry that deals with the synthesis of four transition metal complexes containing a crown thioether ligand.
Grant, Gregory J.; Mauldin, Penny L.; Setzer, William N. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 605.
Coordination Compounds |
Metals |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy |
Magnetic Properties |
Qualitative Analysis
A problem-solving approach to teaching organic laboratory  Cooley, James H.
This paper describes the author's continuing efforts to provide greater intellectual challenge to students in the organic chemistry laboratory.
Cooley, James H. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 503.
NMR Spectroscopy
An NMR study of the stereochemistry of the fumarase-catalyzed hydration of fumaric acid  Olsen, Julie A.; Olsen, Robert J.
An NMR study of the stereochemistry of the fumarase-catalyzed hydration of fumaric acid.
Olsen, Julie A.; Olsen, Robert J. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 436.
Acids / Bases |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Enzymes |
Molecular Modeling |
Diastereomers
Experiments in synchronous fluorescence spectroscopy for the undergraduate instrumental chemistry course  Byron, Colleen M.; Werner, T. C.
These experiments can be used to compare the detection limits afforded by UV/visible absorption and fluorescence spectroscopy for a given analysis and to show that the latter method is capable of of greater selectivity.
Byron, Colleen M.; Werner, T. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 433.
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
Synthesis of a bicyclo[2.2.1]heptene Diels-Alder adduct: An organic chemistry experiment utilizing NMR spectroscopy to assign endo stereochemistry  Harrison, Ernest A., Jr.
An organic chemistry experiment utilizing NMR spectroscopy to assign endo stereochemistry via synthesis of a bicyclo[2.2.1]heptene Diels-Alder adduct.
Harrison, Ernest A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 426.
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Synthesis |
Alkenes |
Aromatic Compounds |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Preparation and characterization of two nickel(II) complexes: An inorganic chemistry experiment  Eagle, Cassandra T.; Walmsley, Frank
An inorganic chemistry experiment developed on coordination compounds that provides an opportunity to piece together several sets of data to determine significant information about the structures of compounds.
Eagle, Cassandra T.; Walmsley, Frank J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 336.
IR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Magnetic Properties |
Coordination Compounds
Proton-carbon chemical shift correlations  Macomber, Roger S.
The purpose of this paper is to examine the correlation between H-1 chemical shifts and C-13 chemical shifts in some detail.
Macomber, Roger S. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 284.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
A convenient synthesis of 3,4-pentadien-1-ol from 3-butyn-1-ol: Spectral analysis and unusual durability of the allene moiety  Price, William A.; Patten, Timothy E.
Description of a convenient synthesis of 3,4-pentadien-1-ol from 3-butyn-1-ol: Spectral analysis and unusual durability of the allene moiety.
Price, William A.; Patten, Timothy E. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 256.
Synthesis |
Alcohols |
Alkenes |
NMR Spectroscopy
The synthesis of 2'-bromostyrene  Corvari, Linda; McKee, James R.; Zanger, Murray
Organic chemistry laboratories need not be the repositories of foul smells. This synthesis produces an aroma akin to hyacinth.
Corvari, Linda; McKee, James R.; Zanger, Murray J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 161.
Synthesis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Alkenes
Fabric softeners as phase transfer catalyst in organic synthesis  Lee, Albert W. M.; Yip, W. C.
Phase transfer catalysts such as quaternary ammonium compounds are often found in commercial fabric softeners due to their antistatic properties.
Lee, Albert W. M.; Yip, W. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1991, 68, 69.
Gas Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Catalysis |
Synthesis
Introduction to Spectroscopy, IR, NMR, & CMR (Clough, Fred W.)  Byrd, James E.
Set of programs designed to help students analyze and interpret infrared, 1H-NMR and 13C-NMR spectra.
Byrd, James E. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, A194.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
The Fourier transform in chemistry--NMR: A glossary of NMR terms   King, Roy W.; Williams, Kathryn R.
This glossary is a resource for anyone new to the literature of the Fourier transform.
King, Roy W.; Williams, Kathryn R. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, A100.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy
The Fourier transform in chemistry--NMR: Part 3. Multiple-pulse experiments   Williams, Kathryn R.; King, Roy W.
This paper will provide the average chemist with an introduction to the information that can be gained from Fourier transform in chemistry.
Williams, Kathryn R.; King, Roy W. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, A93.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy
Interfacing a Spectronic 20 to a computer  Nagel, Edgar H.
If you have a spectrophotometer with a filter holder, used to eliminate the problem of grafting spectral overlap in the red region, then there is a very easy way to get a useful signal from that spectrophotometer.
Nagel, Edgar H. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, A74.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
The determination of vanillin in vanilla extract: An analytical chemistry experiment  Ainscough, Eric W.; Brodie, Andrew M.
Determination of the concentration of vanillin in vanilla extract using ultraviolet spectroscopy.
Ainscough, Eric W.; Brodie, Andrew M. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 1070.
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Separation Science
Synthesis of 5-nitrofurfural diacetate and 5-nitrofurfural semicarbazone: An undergraduate laboratory experiment  Li, Xiaorong; Liu, Qianguang; Chang, James C.
Demonstrates how to nitrate an aromatic compound having an aldehyde group that can be oxidized by nitrating agents.
Li, Xiaorong; Liu, Qianguang; Chang, James C. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 986.
Synthesis |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Esters |
Ethers |
Electrophilic Substitution |
Aromatic Compounds |
NMR Spectroscopy
Error analysis in spectrophotometric determinations and the environmental consequences of a reduction in the ozone layer  Larson, John W.
Consideration of the relative change in the amount of UV radiation that reaches the surface of the earth as a consequence of a change in the relative concentration of ozone.
Larson, John W. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 943.
Spectroscopy |
Chemometrics |
Atmospheric Chemistry
A home-built spectrofluorometer  Hadley, Fred J.; Mahloudji, Ali
Combining two Beckman DU spectrophotometers to produce a modest spectrofluorometer.
Hadley, Fred J.; Mahloudji, Ali J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 806.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
NMR analysis of product mixtures in electrophilic aromatic substitution  Clark, Mary Ann; Duns, Glenn; Golberg, Danny; Karwowska, Anna; Turgeon, Andree; Turley, Jolanda
Use of mole fraction analysis permits precise quantitative product mixture analysis, a large improvement over qualitative and semiquantitative techniques.
Clark, Mary Ann; Duns, Glenn; Golberg, Danny; Karwowska, Anna; Turgeon, Andree; Turley, Jolanda J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 802.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Electrophilic Substitution |
Aromatic Compounds |
Quantitative Analysis
Simultaneous determination of cobalt, copper, and nickel by multivariate linear regression  Dado, Greg; Rosenthal, Jeffrey
The use of multivariate linear regression in order to reduce the number of absorbance measurements and provide a means for evaluating the precision of the results of the simultaneous determination of cobalt, copper, and nickel in solution by UV-vis spectroscopy.
Dado, Greg; Rosenthal, Jeffrey J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 797.
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
A demonstration of imaging on an NMR spectrometer  Hull, L. A.
A simple demonstration illustrating a relationship between magnetic resonance imaging and NMR spectroscopy.
Hull, L. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 782.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Medicinal Chemistry
A simple second-order kinetics experiment  Weiss, Hilton M.; Touchette, Kim
The reaction studied in this experiment is the (reversible) dimerization of 2,5-dimethyl-3,4-diphenylcyclopentadienone; the monomer is colored while the dimer is not, so monitoring the reaction with a simple spectrophotometer provides the concentration of the monomer and therefore the rate of its disappearance.
Weiss, Hilton M.; Touchette, Kim J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 707.
Kinetics |
Spectroscopy |
Aromatic Compounds
Proton NMR simulator  Black, Kersey A.
Software designed to help students learn how to correlate proton NMR spectral data with molecular structure.
Black, Kersey A. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 589.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Molecular diffusion coefficients: Experimental determination and demonstration.  Fate, Gwendolyn; Lynn, David G.
This demonstration highlights the dependence of molecular transport on molar mass and temperature.
Fate, Gwendolyn; Lynn, David G. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 536.
Transport Properties |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
The use of Dristan Nasal Spray as the unknown for simultaneous spectrophotometric analysis of a mixture  Williams, Kathryn R.; Cole, Steven R.; Boyette, Stacey E; Schulman, Stephen G.
The simultaneous determination of a mixture of two chromophores is a popular experiment in the instrumental analysis laboratory.
Williams, Kathryn R.; Cole, Steven R.; Boyette, Stacey E; Schulman, Stephen G. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 535.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Quantitative Analysis |
Drugs / Pharmaceuticals
The addition of hydrogen bromide to unsymmetrical alkenes: Introductory experiments in NMR spectroscopy and mechanistic chemistry  Brown, Trevor M.; Dronsfield, Alan T.; Ellis, Robert
As an introduction to NMR the authors center their work around the addition of hydrogen bromide to unsymmetrical alkenes and use the coupling patterns in the proton NMR spectra to establish whether the addition product is consistent with the Markovnikov rule.
Brown, Trevor M.; Dronsfield, Alan T.; Ellis, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 518.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Alkenes |
Mechanisms of Reactions
A simple method for analyzing first-order kinetics  Borderie, B.; Lavabre, D.; Levy, G.; Micheau, J. C.
The authors describe a new and simple method for accurate determination of the first-order rate constant.
Borderie, B.; Lavabre, D.; Levy, G.; Micheau, J. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 459.
Kinetics |
Rate Law |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Magnetic nonequivalence in 1,2-disubstituted ethanes: An organic experiment in NMR spectroscopy  Colborn, Robert E.
The main purpose of this experiment is to help students consider the various couplings available in organic molecules and determine whether specific groups will have identical chemical shifts or not.
Colborn, Robert E. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 438.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry
Grignard reagent additions to alpha, beta-ethylenic nitriles: 1,4- vs. 1,2- additions  Kulp, Stuart S.; DiConcetto, Joseph A.
The easily synthesized alpha-phenylcinnamonitrile serves as an excellent starting material to illustrate conjugate (1,4) vs. simple (1,2) addition of various reactants.
Kulp, Stuart S.; DiConcetto, Joseph A. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 271.
Grignard Reagents |
Aromatic Compounds |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
LAOCOON PC: NMR simulation on a personal computer  Clark, Matthew; Thrasher, Joseph S.
112. Bits and pieces, 43. The authors have developed a modern version of an NMR simulation program.
Clark, Matthew; Thrasher, Joseph S. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 235.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
NMR Spectroscopy
Two easy chemical rate experiments   Garver, Emerson E.
One can use the spectrophotometer to investigate the rates of colored chemical reactions in solution.
Garver, Emerson E. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 183.
Rate Law |
Spectroscopy
Identification of polymers in university class experiments  Bowen, Humphry J. M.
With a certain amount of skill and experience, most students can learn how to identify common polymers.
Bowen, Humphry J. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1990, 67, 75.
Physical Properties |
Spectroscopy |
Chromatography
The Fourier transform in chemistry. Part 1. Nuclear magnetic resonance: Introduction  King, Roy W.; Williams, Kathryn R.
Provides a fundamental understanding and appreciation of FT-NMR.
King, Roy W.; Williams, Kathryn R. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, A213.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Coordination complexes of cobalt: Inorganic synthesis in the general chemistry laboratory  Williams, Gregory M.; Olmstead, John, III; Breksa, Andrew P., III
An experiment involving synthesis and spectral studies of a series of [Co(NH3)5L] complexes that introduces general chemistry students to inorganic synthesis and allows them to conduct a systematic study on the effect of different ligands on absorption spectra.
Williams, Gregory M.; Olmstead, John, III; Breksa, Andrew P., III J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 1043.
Coordination Compounds |
Synthesis |
Spectroscopy
Organic spectroscopy  Hiatt, Richard
Six programs that generate and display infrared, proton NMR, carbon-13 NMR, and mass spectra.
Hiatt, Richard J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 927.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry
Screw-cap test tubes as spectrometer cuvets  Lisensky, G. C.; Limon, E.
Screw-cap test tubes have several advantages with respect to normal round cuvets for use in Spec 20 or similar spectrometers.
Lisensky, G. C.; Limon, E. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 869.
Spectroscopy
Polyethylene film used as windows in infrared analysis of solid, liquid, or gaseous samples  Andrade, Wilson
Using polyethylene film as windows in the infrared analysis of solid, liquid, or gaseous samples.
Andrade, Wilson J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 865.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Microcomputer interfacing programs  Ghaffari, Shahrokh
107. Bits and pieces, 42. Three programs designed to work with spectrophotometers, a Gow-Mac gas chromatograph, and a conductivity measurement. [October and November Computer Series both inadvertently called number 107. Numbering restored by skipping 109 and calling January 1990 number 110.]
Ghaffari, Shahrokh J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 837.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Spectroscopy |
Gas Chromatography |
Conductivity
Huckel theory and photoelectron spectroscopy  von Nagy-Felsobuki, Ellak I.
HMO theory and photoelectron spectroscopy; HMO interpretation of the energetic shifts in the ultraviolet photoelectron spectroscopy of mono-substituted haloamines.
von Nagy-Felsobuki, Ellak I. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 821.
Spectroscopy |
MO Theory |
Computational Chemistry
A comparison of FT NMR and FT IR techniques  Ahn, Myong-Ku
A comparison of FT NMR and FT IR based on the examination of electromagnetic waves.
Ahn, Myong-Ku J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 802.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Synthesis and reactivity of ?5-cyclopentadienylruthenium compounds: An organometallic chemistry experiment  Ballester, L.; Gutierrez, A.; Perpinan, M. F.
Procedure permits the application of concepts regarding the reactivity of organometallic compounds and the use of IR and NMR spectral data in the characterization of the synthesized complexes.
Ballester, L.; Gutierrez, A.; Perpinan, M. F. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 777.
Organometallics |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds
Student comparisons of analytical chemical methods in undergraduate chemistry courses  Harrison, Aline M.; Peterman, Keith E.
Four experiments in which different analytical methods are used to make the same measurement for purposes of comparison.
Harrison, Aline M.; Peterman, Keith E. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 772.
Gravimetric Analysis |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Enzymes |
Quantitative Analysis
A comparison of optical detectors for the visible and ultraviolet  Grossman, William E. L.
A comparison of the operating mechanisms and characteristics of photomultiplier tubes, silicon photodiode arrays, and charge transfer devices.
Grossman, William E. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 697.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Semiconductors
Teaching magnetic resonance imaging using computer animation  Browne, David S.; Ellsworth, Presley E., IV; Hornak, Joseph P.
105. Bits and pieces, 41. A computer-based teaching package for the principles of NMR imaging written in Turbo Pascal.
Browne, David S.; Ellsworth, Presley E., IV; Hornak, Joseph P. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 647.
NMR Spectroscopy
Always run a blank  Schwartzman, George
Contamination of a sample by the plastic vial holding it.
Schwartzman, George J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 615.
IR Spectroscopy
Selective reductions in the teaching laboratory  Jones, Alan G.
Reductions of nitrophenylethanone, aminophenylethanone, and nitrophenylethanol.
Jones, Alan G. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 611.
Aromatic Compounds |
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
IR Spectroscopy
Reinecke's salt revisited: An undergraduate project involving an unknown metal complex  Searle, Graeme H.; Bull, Graham S.; House, Donald A.
With five components, Reinecke's salt allows a variety of analyses and measurements; this article describes 10 such experiments.
Searle, Graeme H.; Bull, Graham S.; House, Donald A. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 605.
Metals |
Coordination Compounds |
Synthesis |
Spectroscopy |
Ion Exchange |
Conductivity |
Magnetic Properties |
Quantitative Analysis
Low-cost, low-tech spectrophotometer flow cell apparatus  Brady, John F.
Design for a low-cost, low-tech spectrophotometer flow cell apparatus.
Brady, John F. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 604.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Modification of an ultraviolet spectrophotometric determination of the active ingredients in APC tablets  Yarnelle, Michael K.; West, Kevin J.
Ultraviolet spectrophotometric procedure used to determine the aspirin, phenacetin, and caffeine in an APC tablet.
Yarnelle, Michael K.; West, Kevin J. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 601.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Separation Science
A tandem Michael-aldol reaction sequence: An undergraduate research organic experiment  Coutlangus, Marilyin L.; Filla, Sandra A.; Rowland, Alex T.
A short reaction sequence that allows students to determine by spectroscopic methods the constitutions of and stereochemistry in the reaction products.
Coutlangus, Marilyin L.; Filla, Sandra A.; Rowland, Alex T. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 520.
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Wavelength Determinations  Deutsch, John L.
The author offers comments in regards to a previous article entitled "Atomic and Molecular Spectra Using Polaroid Films".
Deutsch, John L. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 360.
Atomic Spectroscopy
Another View of the Visible Spectrum  Hanrahan, E.S.
Chalk can be used with a Spectronic 20 to view the visible spectrum.
Hanrahan, E.S. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 359.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Safety Warning: Uncontrolled Reaction  Smith, David H.
An experimental procedure published recently led to a potentially serious accident.
Smith, David H. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 359.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Alcohols
Determination of the pK of an indicator by thermal lens spectroscopy: A laser experiment for instrumental analysis laboratory  Erskine, Steven R.; Bobbitt, Donald R.
The exercises described in this article demonstrate how the enhanced limit of detection can be use to evaluate weakly absorbing solutions not readily accessible by conventional absorbance methods.
Erskine, Steven R.; Bobbitt, Donald R. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 354.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Lasers
An experiment on sequential simplex optimization of an atomic absorption analysis procedure  Sangsila, S.; Labinaz, G.; Poland, J. S.; vanLoon, G. W.
This paper describes a hydride generation atomic absorption experiment using simplex optimization procedures.
Sangsila, S.; Labinaz, G.; Poland, J. S.; vanLoon, G. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 351.
Atomic Spectroscopy
The isolation of sesquiterpenes from Artemisia annua  Roth, Ronald J.; Acton, Nancy.
Artemisia annua is a Eurasian import in North America and has been found growing in diverse parts of the United States. Procedures have been reported for the isolation of arteannuin B and of arteannuic acid.
Roth, Ronald J.; Acton, Nancy. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 349.
Plant Chemistry |
Natural Products |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
ESR studies and HMO calculations on benzosemiquinone radical anions: A physical chemistry experiment  Beck, Rainer; Nibler, Joseph W.
For this laboratory study, several benzosemiquinone radical anions were chosen since they are long-lived and are easily made from inexpensive source materials. The effects of molecular symmetry and of different substituents attached to the aromatic ring system are also readily seen.
Beck, Rainer; Nibler, Joseph W. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 263.
Spectroscopy |
MO Theory |
Aromatic Compounds
A simple method for spectrophotometric determination of two-components with overlapped spectra  Blanco, M.; Iturriaga, H.; Maspoch, S.; Tarin, P.
In order to introduce chemistry students to multicomponent analysis, the authors have developed a graphical/numerical method for quantitative analysis of mixtures of two components with overlapped spectra.
Blanco, M.; Iturriaga, H.; Maspoch, S.; Tarin, P. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 178.
Quantitative Analysis |
Spectroscopy |
Chemometrics
Antioxidants in plastic: An instrumental analysis project  Chan, Wing Hong; Lam, King Sum; Yu, Wai Keung
The authors have devised the following project in their instrumental analysis laboratory to investigate the antioxidant content in polypropylene products.
Chan, Wing Hong; Lam, King Sum; Yu, Wai Keung J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 172.
Phenols |
Instrumental Methods |
Gas Chromatography |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Zero-cost polystyrene film for IR spectroscopy  Fain, D.
The transparency section of many envelopes used for correspondence consists of a polystyrene film suitable for IR spectroscopy.
Fain, D. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 171.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Fourier analysis and structure determination. Part I. Fourier transforms  Chesick, John P.
In this part, Part I, the authors provide a brief introduction to Fourier analysis and some definitions and properties of Fourier transforms that are needed in Parts II and III for the discussions of NMR imaging and X-ray crystal structure analysis.
Chesick, John P. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 128.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
NMR Spectroscopy
Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy in biochemistry   Cheatham, Steve
This review will discuss the nature of the NMR experiment, the techniques used, the types of structural and dynamic information one obtains, and how one can view and refine structures using computer graphics techniques in combination with NMR data.
Cheatham, Steve J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 111.
NMR Spectroscopy
Trifluoroacetylation of unknown alcohols: An integrated microscale organic experiment using spectroscopic methods  Piers, Kenneth; Hsung, Richard
The authors have found that trifluoroacetylation of unknown alcohols is a fast, clean, easily performed microscale experiment that integrates a number of aspects of laboratory work, viz. synthesis, isolation, characterization, spectroscopic measurement, and interpretation, and unknown identification.
Piers, Kenneth; Hsung, Richard J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 90.
Alcohols |
Microscale Lab |
Qualitative Analysis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Constants of 1:1 complexes from NMR or spectrophotometric measurements  Nurchi, Valeria; Crisponi, Guido
99. Bits and pieces, 39. The authors have written a BASIC program for obtaining reliable estimates of K and spectral parameters for the 1:1 complex formation.
Nurchi, Valeria; Crisponi, Guido J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 54.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
A simple computer program for the calculation of 13C-NMR chemical shifts  Olivieri, Alejandro C.; Kaufman, Teodoro S.
99. Bits and pieces, 39. The authors have written a computer program in which the characteristics of any given carbon atom are introduced as a succession of letter and numbers in a predetermined order.
Olivieri, Alejandro C.; Kaufman, Teodoro S. J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 53.
NMR Spectroscopy
NMR simulation and interactive drill/interpretation  Badger, Robert; Lesniak, Joseph; Rutta, Stephen
99. Bits and pieces, 39. The purpose of this project was to develop an interactive computer program that would provide many examples and help students develop a systematic approach to master these skills.
Badger, Robert; Lesniak, Joseph; Rutta, Stephen J. Chem. Educ. 1989, 66, 52.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Enrichment / Review Materials
NMR simulator (Schatz, Paul)  Newland, Robert J.; Ticknor, Donna L.
Two reviews of a software program that is an impressive NMR simulator.
Newland, Robert J.; Ticknor, Donna L. J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, A296.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Analysis of kinetic data with a spreadsheet program  Henderson, John
An article about spreadsheet templates that accept concentration versus time data for several runs of an experiment, determination of least-squares lines through data points for each run, and will allow the user to exclude points from the least-squares calculation.
Henderson, John J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, A150.
Chemometrics |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Rate Law |
Kinetics |
Enzymes
The preparation of 4-hydroxy-2,3,4,5-tetraphenyl-2-cyclopenten-1-one and its base catalyzed conversion into 2,3,4,5-tetraphenycyclopentadienone: An organic laboratory experiment   Harrison, Ernest A., Jr.
An organic laboratory experiment that permits direct observation of a pedagogically interesting transformation.
Harrison, Ernest A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 828.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Phenols |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
IR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
A step-by-step picture of pulsed (time domain) NMR  Schwartz, Leslie J.
The goal of this paper is to describe a pulsed NMR experiment that is as simple and pictorial as possible, but that stops short of dangerous generalizations and oversimplifications that can lead to contradictions.
Schwartz, Leslie J. J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 752.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Magnetic Properties |
Instrumental Methods
The correlation of multinuclear spectral data for selectively fluorinated organic compounds  Everett, T. Stephen
This article presents a general discussion of fluorine-19 NMR spectroscopy, spectral data for two series of selectively fluorinated compounds, and the detailed correlation of multinuclear data for one specific compound.
Everett, T. Stephen J. Chem. Educ. 1988, 65, 422.
Aromatic Compounds |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Isotopes
Fourier transforms for chemists. Part 3. Fourier transforms in data treatment  Glasser, L.
Mathematical properties and manipulations of Fourier transforms.
Glasser, L. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A306.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. Part III. Applications  Perkins, W. D.
Applications of FT-IR spectroscopy to aqueous solutions, circular internal reflection, samples with low transmission, diffuse reflectance, photoacoustic spectroscopy, infrared emission, and the infrared microscope.
Perkins, W. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A296.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy. Part II. Advantages of FT-IR  Perkins, W. D.
Considers energy and other advantages of FT-IR.
Perkins, W. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A269.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
Fourier transforms for chemists. Part 2. Fourier transforms in chemistry and spectroscopy  Glasser, L.
Considers the number of data channels in a spectrometer, the dispersive element as a delay device, the Fourier transform technique and its advantages, the fast Fourier transform technique and its advantages, and applications of these techniques to chemistry.
Glasser, L. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A260.
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
X-ray fluorescence spectrometric analysis of geologic materials Part 2. Applications  Anzelmo, John A.; Lindsay, James R.
Interferences due to matrix effects; analysis of geologic materials; sample preparation; trace element analysis; and optimizing geologic sample analysis.
Anzelmo, John A.; Lindsay, James R. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A200.
Spectroscopy |
Geochemistry |
Instrumental Methods
X-ray fluorescence spectrometric analysis of geologic materials Part 1. Principles and instrumentation  Anzelmo, John A.; Lindsay, James R.
Complete summary of XRF spectroscopy as applied to the chemical analysis of geologic specimens, including principles, production of X-rays, interaction with matter, detectors, and analysis of data.
Anzelmo, John A.; Lindsay, James R. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, A181.
Spectroscopy |
Geochemistry
Determination of iron in a bar of soap  Grompone, M. A.
Determining the iron(III) content of bar soap through colorimetry.
Grompone, M. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 1057.
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Radiationless relaxation and red wine  Burrows, Hugh D.; Cardoso, A. Correia
Demonstrating radiationless decay by comparing red and white wine.
Burrows, Hugh D.; Cardoso, A. Correia J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 995.
Photochemistry |
Spectroscopy
Infrared analysis using tissue paper  Owen, Noel L.; Wood, Steven G.
A quick, easy, inexpensive yet effective method of obtaining the infrared spectra of solids and liquids using FTIR spectroscopy.
Owen, Noel L.; Wood, Steven G. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 976.
IR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
An application of the NMR method for determination of magnetic moments to study anomalous paramagnetism in some iron(III) chelates  Hughes, Jeffrey G.; Lawson, Peter J.
An application of the NMR method for determination of magnetic moments to study anomalous paramagnetism in iron(III) N,N-dialkyldithiocarbamates.
Hughes, Jeffrey G.; Lawson, Peter J. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 973.
Magnetic Properties |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
A numerical algorithm technique for deriving Russell-Saunders (R-S) terms  Kiremire, E. M. R.
Another simple, versatile, and systematic numerical method of deriving the R-S terms as part of the interpretation of atomic and electronic spectra.
Kiremire, E. M. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 951.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
A very brief, rapid, simple, and unified method for estimating carbon-13 NMR chemical shifts: The BS method  Shoulders, Hen; Welch, Steven C.
The "BS" method is so brief and simple that students can memorize and use it to interpret 13C NMR spectra with ease.
Shoulders, Hen; Welch, Steven C. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 915.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Alkenes |
Alkynes |
Instrumental Methods
Introduction to the interpretation of electron spin resonance spectra of organic radicals  Bunce, Nigel J.
Principles and applications of electron spin resonance; this article is addressed directly to undergraduates rather than their instructors.
Bunce, Nigel J. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 907.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Plasticizers in PVC: A combined IR and GC approach  Chan, W. H.
IR spectroscopy is used to screen plastic samples for phthalate plasticized PVC products, whereas gas chromatography is used to identify the isolated phthalates.
Chan, W. H. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 897.
IR Spectroscopy |
Gas Chromatography
A new microcell technique for NMR analysis  Yu, Sophia J.
Eliminating expensive microcells and replacing them with disposable units.
Yu, Sophia J. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 812.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
A straightforward way to determine relative intensities of spin-spin splitting lines of equivalent nuclei in NMR spectra  Orcutt, Ronald H.
Because of the increasingly widespread availability of FT-NMR spectrometers with multinuclear capability, it is desirable to have a simple rule for predicting relative intensities to be expected in spin systems other than {-1/2, +1/2}.
Orcutt, Ronald H. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 763.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
Characterizing a tetrahedral intermediate in an acyl transfer reaction: An undergraduate 1H NMR demonstration  Rzepa, Henry S.; Lobo, Ana M.; Marques, M. Matilde; Prabhakar, Sundaresan
A simple experiment involving the detection by 1H NMR spectroscopy of a stable intermediate formed by nucleophilic attack and its characterization as a chiral species.
Rzepa, Henry S.; Lobo, Ana M.; Marques, M. Matilde; Prabhakar, Sundaresan J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 725.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Nucleophilic Substitution |
Chirality / Optical Activity
"Solvent" effects in 1H NMR spectroscopy: A simple undergraduate experiment  Cavaleiro, Jose A. S.
A series of simple NMR experiments to familiarize students with "solvent effects" on 1H NMR chemical shifts.
Cavaleiro, Jose A. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 549.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Solutions / Solvents
Spectroscopic analysis using the near-infrared region of the electromagnetic spectrum  Crandall, Elbert W.
Review of the use of near-IR to study simple compounds (amines, hydroxyl, and carbonyl compounds) and polymers.
Crandall, Elbert W. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 466.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Amines / Ammonium Compounds |
Alcohols |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Electron spectroscopic methods in teaching  Allan, Michael
Presents several spectra in a format suitable for teaching applications with the intention of promoting the use of electron energy-loss spectroscopy in teaching the electronic structure of atoms and molecules at an elementary level.
Allan, Michael J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 418.
Spectroscopy |
Quantum Chemistry |
Photochemistry |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
MO Theory
Interpretation of electronic spectra of oxovanadium(IV), VO2+ complexes  Wasson, John R.
A more appropriate approach to the interpretation of the electronic spectra of VO2+ complexes should be presented to students.
Wasson, John R. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 288.
Spectroscopy |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
A simple extraction procedure for the determination of lead in gasoline by atomic absorption spectrometry  Bye, Ragnar
Substituting nitric acid for the more hazardous iodine monochloride in the atomic absorption spectrometry of lead in gasoline.
Bye, Ragnar J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 188.
Quantitative Analysis |
Atomic Spectroscopy
The structure of bis(trimethylsilyl) amides: A multinuclear NMR project  Samples, Majorie S.; Yoder, Claude H.; Schaeffor, Charles D., Jr.
A project designed to illustrate the great value of observing nuclei other than 1H and 13C (29Si, 14N, 17O).
Samples, Majorie S.; Yoder, Claude H.; Schaeffor, Charles D., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 177.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Amides |
NMR Spectroscopy
Attenuation of gamma rays in binary compounds: A versatile illustration of Beer's law  Kleppinger, E. W.; Yates, S. W.
An experiment, based on depth-gauging principles, that uses gamma radiation to illustrate Beer's law.
Kleppinger, E. W.; Yates, S. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1987, 64, 172.
Spectroscopy |
Solutions / Solvents |
Nuclear / Radiochemistry
The use of copper(II) tetrasulfonated phthalocyanine to introduce spectrophotometry and Beer's law  Joesten, Melvin D.; Higgins, Melinda M.
The present paper describes the use of the copper (II) derivative, Na4[Cu(TSPC)] in an experiment designed to introduce students to the use of the spectrophotometer and Beers law.
Joesten, Melvin D.; Higgins, Melinda M. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 1097.
Coordination Compounds |
Spectroscopy
The application of simultaneous electrochemical and spectral data in analyzing complex oscillating reactions  Geckle, David S.; Salmon, James F.
A coupling of the bromide ion and the redox state of cerium ion provides an interesting opportunity to apply simultaneous electrochemical and spectral analysis.
Geckle, David S.; Salmon, James F. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 908.
Electrochemistry |
Reactions |
Spectroscopy
Introducing plastic in the laboratory: Synthesis of a plasticizer, dioctylphthalate and evaluation of its effects on the physical properties of polystyrenes  Caspar, A.; Gillois, J.; Guillerm, G.; Savignac, M.; Vo-Quang, L.
These authors are proposing a two-stage experimental approach that combines preparative organic chemistry and polymer characterization.
Caspar, A.; Gillois, J.; Guillerm, G.; Savignac, M.; Vo-Quang, L. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 811.
Esters |
Reactions |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Spectrophotometric titration of a mixture of calcium and magnesium  Fulton, Robert; Ross, Michael; Schroeder, Karl
Because the conditions chosen for the titration are not well suited to visual endpoints, students become aware of the unique advantage of spectrophotometric titrations.
Fulton, Robert; Ross, Michael; Schroeder, Karl J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 721.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis
Synthesis and proton NMR spectrum of p-xylylenebis(2-(2-ethyl-1,3-propanediol))  Lisensky, George C.; Friedman, Robert M.
An experiment that is suitable for a second semester organic class where both the isolation of the product and the NMR spectral interpretation are straightforward.
Lisensky, George C.; Friedman, Robert M. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 644.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
NMR simulation program for the ZX81 computer  Starkey, Ronald
73. Bits and pieces, 29. A report of an NMR simulation program the author created.
Starkey, Ronald J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 625.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
Illustration of plane-polarized light  Elakovich, Stella D.
A simple illustration of the effect of polarizing lenses.
Elakovich, Stella D. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 268.
Stereochemistry |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Empirical NMR chemical shift correlation's for methine protons  Friedrich, Edwin C.; Runkle, Katherine Gates
Empirical NMR chemical shift correlation's for methine protons.
Friedrich, Edwin C.; Runkle, Katherine Gates J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 127.
NMR Spectroscopy
The Nebraska instrument sharing consortium  Smith, David H.
A small group of colleges have banded together to solve one of the pressing problems in chemical education today- how to provide modern instrumentation to students at an affordable price.
Smith, David H. J. Chem. Educ. 1986, 63, 68.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
NMR Chemistry: An Introduction to the Fourier Transform-Multinuclear Era (Akitt, J. W.)  Acrivos, Juana V.
A thorough review of the theory of spin-spin coupling necessary to interpret 1H and 13C NMR spectra.
Acrivos, Juana V. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, A134.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
The esterification of trifluoroacetic acid: An NMR kinetics experiment  Minter, David E.; Villarreal, Mark C.
Procedure to determine pseudo-first-order rate constants for the esterification of trifluoroacetic acid.
Minter, David E.; Villarreal, Mark C. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 911.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Kinetics |
Instrumental Methods
An aldol condensation-photochemical bromination sequence with emphasis on spectroscopic interpretations: An undergraduate organic experiment  Rowland, Alex T.; Brechbiel, Martin W.; Gerelus, Anne Sykes
The focus in these procedures is to extend students' abilities in the interpretation of spectral data in order to reach sound conclusions regarding the constitution and stereochemistry of reaction products.
Rowland, Alex T.; Brechbiel, Martin W.; Gerelus, Anne Sykes J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 908.
Photochemistry |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry
Computer-assisted quantitative infrared conformational analysis of alpha, beta-unsaturated ketones  Tisnes, P.; Perry, M.
Investigates the s-cis <> s-trans conformational equilibrium of alpha, beta-unsaturated ketones.
Tisnes, P.; Perry, M. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 903.
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Conformational Analysis |
IR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Quantitative Analysis
Acetylation of an unknown alcohol: An introductory 1H-NMR experiment  Branz, Stephen E.
Students use NMR analysis to identify the acetylation product of an unknown alcohol.
Branz, Stephen E. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 899.
Alcohols |
NMR Spectroscopy
Identification of the stable conformer of cyclohexane by vibrational spectroscopy  Garcia, M. V.; Redondo, M. I.
A laboratory experiment that uses group theory to help interpret infrared and Raman spectra of cyclohexane.
Garcia, M. V.; Redondo, M. I. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 887.
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Conformational Analysis |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Group Theory / Symmetry
A quantitative infrared spectroscopy experiment  Krahling, Mark D.; Eliason, Robert
Determining the amount of methanol in 2,2,2-trifluoroethanol (TFE).
Krahling, Mark D.; Eliason, Robert J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 886.
IR Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis |
Solutions / Solvents
Proton NMR spectra: Deceptively simple and deceptively complex examples  Gurst, J. E.; Dellinger, C. M.; Jacobus, John
NMR experiments that result in deceptively simple and deceptively complex spectra.
Gurst, J. E.; Dellinger, C. M.; Jacobus, John J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 871.
NMR Spectroscopy
Experiments in software data handling  Thompson, Robert Q.
64. An instrumental analysis experiment that facilitates the study of data-handling software and its methods, including sampling, boxcar averaging, smoothing, ensemble averaging, and digital filtering.
Thompson, Robert Q. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 866.
Chemometrics |
Instrumental Methods |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Spectroscopy
Van der Waals compression of hydrogen atoms by geminal alkyl groups  Qureshi, Mohammad Ismail
The intramolecular van der Waals compression has a wider role in determining the chemical shifts of protons than hitherto believed.
Qureshi, Mohammad Ismail J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 861.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Separation of lithium from magnesium sodium, and potassium  Werner, Wolfgang
Method for separating and detecting lithium, magnesium, sodium, and potassium
Werner, Wolfgang J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 808.
Separation Science |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry
Hexaammine complexes of Cr(III) and Co(III): A spectra study  Brown, D. R.; Pavlis, R. R.
Synthesis and characterization of hexaaminecobalt(III) chloride and hexaaminechromium(III) nitrate.
Brown, D. R.; Pavlis, R. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 807.
Synthesis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
Windowsill kinetics: A spectrophotometric study of the photochromism of mercury dithizonate  Petersen, Richard L.; Harris, Gaylon L.
Mercury dithizonate undergoes a color change from orange to an intense royal blue upon irradiation with visible light.
Petersen, Richard L.; Harris, Gaylon L. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 802.
Photochemistry |
Spectroscopy |
Kinetics |
Coordination Compounds |
Raman Spectroscopy
mer- and fac-[Co(NH3)3(NO2)3] Do they exist? A laboratory project with poster session  Laing, Michael
Students attempt the preparation of [Co(NH3)3(NO2)3] by three published methods, two for the mer and one for the fac isomers and find that none of the published recipes gives either pure compounds or reproducible results.
Laing, Michael J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 707.
Coordination Compounds |
Stereochemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Separation Science
Infrared spectroscopy of deuterated compounds: An undergraduate experiment  MacCarthy, Patrick
KBr pressed-pellet method for preparing compounds deuterated at active hydrogen sites.
MacCarthy, Patrick J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 633.
IR Spectroscopy |
Nuclear / Radiochemistry |
Isotopes
Selection of wavelengths for optimum precision in simultaneous spectrophotometric determinations  DiTusa, Michael R.; Schilt, Alfred A.
A general method for the selection of wavelengths for optimum precision in simultaneous determinations employing absorption spectrophotometry.
DiTusa, Michael R.; Schilt, Alfred A. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 541.
Spectroscopy
An easy DCl(g) prep for the HCl(g)-DCl(g) IR experiment  Buettner, Garry R.
Preparing a gaseous IR cell that contains HCl and DCl in less than 10 minutes.
Buettner, Garry R. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 524.
Isotopes |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
Using a computer database - An "experiment" for the organic and forensic laboratories  Umland, Jean B.
From the infrared spectrum of an unknown compound, students use an Infrared Search System to get a list of possible compounds.
Umland, Jean B. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 500.
Forensic Chemistry |
IR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
Tris(oxalato) teaching aids  Young, Charles G.
Preparation and characterization of potassium tris(oxalato)ferrate(III).
Young, Charles G. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 445.
Synthesis |
IR Spectroscopy |
X-ray Crystallography |
Magnetic Properties
Magnetic and spectral properties of an airstable d1 titanium complex  Pickering, Miles
Synthesis and analysis of a Ti(III)-urea complex.
Pickering, Miles J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 442.
Magnetic Properties |
Transition Elements |
Metals |
Synthesis |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory |
IR Spectroscopy
Analytical chemistry program set  Hardy, James K.
60. Bits and pieces, 23. A series of programs for use in the analytical laboratory.
Hardy, James K. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 411.
Gas Chromatography |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
The flame spectrometric determination of calcium in fruit juice by standard addition  Strohl, Arthur N.
Students measure the calcium concentration in fruit juice by atomic absorption.
Strohl, Arthur N. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 343.
Quantitative Analysis |
Atomic Spectroscopy
An analogy of the NMR effect  Lee, Albert W. M.
Analogy using the difference between standing upright and on one's head in the earth's gravitational field.
Lee, Albert W. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 319.
NMR Spectroscopy
"Delta plots"A new way to visualize electronic excitation  Morrison, Harry; Jorgensen, William L.; Bigot, Bernard; Severance, Daniel; Munoz-Sola, Yldefonso; Strommen, Randy; Pandey, Bipin
Generating electron density surfaces to illustrate electronic transitions in organic molecules (with examples and applications from photochemistry and mass spectrometry).
Morrison, Harry; Jorgensen, William L.; Bigot, Bernard; Severance, Daniel; Munoz-Sola, Yldefonso; Strommen, Randy; Pandey, Bipin J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 298.
Mass Spectrometry |
Spectroscopy
The determination of lead in gasoline by atomic absorption spectrometry  Coleman, M. F. M.
Involves the extraction of lead into an aqueous rather than a more hazardous organic solvent.
Coleman, M. F. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 261.
Quantitative Analysis |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Separation Science
Structural isomer identification via NMR: A nuclear magnetic resonance experiment for organic, analytical, or physical chemistry  Szafran, Zvi
This experiment examines the ability of NMR to distinguish between structural isomers via resonance multiplicities and chemical shifts.
Szafran, Zvi J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 260.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Diastereomers
A primer on Fourier transform NMR  Macomber, Roger S.
Written to give the beginning student some insight about how data are collected in the time domain, as well as how these data are transformed into the frequency domain.
Macomber, Roger S. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 213.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
A short set of 13C-NMR correlation tables  Brown, D. W.
The object of these tables is to enable a student to calculate rapidly approximate d values for 13C nuclei in as wide a variety of compounds as possible.
Brown, D. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 209.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Alkenes |
Alkynes |
Aromatic Compounds |
Amides |
Carboxylic Acids |
Esters
Low-cost elimination of plasma lines in Raman spectra  Behlow, Herbert W., Jr.; Petersen, John D.
A device that eliminates plasma lines from Raman spectra by filtering the laser beam before it impinges upon the sample
Behlow, Herbert W., Jr.; Petersen, John D. J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 163.
Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Lasers |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
A simple device for obtaining visible spectra  Dmmgen, Ulrich; Keune, Herbert
Converting a standard slide projector into an effective spectroscope.
Dmmgen, Ulrich; Keune, Herbert J. Chem. Educ. 1985, 62, 155.
Spectroscopy
Chain Structure and Conformation of Macromolecules (Bovey, Frank A.; Jelinski, Lynn W.)  Carraher, Charles E., Jr.
The first seven chapters are based on lectures delivered in 1981 at MIT.
Carraher, Charles E., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, A209.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Stereochemistry |
Conformational Analysis |
NMR Spectroscopy
Quantitative analysis of a mixture by NMR spectroscopy  Wallace, Tim
Adding a measured quantity of an inert, easily removed reference compound with a simple NMR signal that does not overlap with the mixture's signal can provide the basis for an instructive experiment.
Wallace, Tim J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 1074.
Qualitative Analysis |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Using the QCPE holdings in chemical education: Molecular models in the organic chemistry laboratory  Lipkowitz, Kenny
A laboratory experiment that compares the strengths and weaknesses of mechanical and computer models.
Lipkowitz, Kenny J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 1051.
Molecular Modeling |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Conformational Analysis |
NMR Spectroscopy
Qualitative identification of potassium ions using didymium glasses  Wood, William F.
Students using the didymium glasses of glass blowers have no trouble determining the presence or absence of potassium in flame tests when their unknown contains sodium.
Wood, William F. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 1024.
Qualitative Analysis |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Nuclear magnetic resonance interpretation with graphics  Draper, R. D.; Penfold, B. R.
54. Bits and pieces, 21. A suite of programs to help students interpret NMR spectra.
Draper, R. D.; Penfold, B. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 789.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Enrichment / Review Materials
A practical experiment for determining a pervasive, persistent pollutant  Anderson, C. P.; Saner, W. A.
Spectral identification by means of infrareds spectroscopy of the PCBs recovered from a TLC plate is enhanced due to the concentrating effect of a commercial sample-recovery system.
Anderson, C. P.; Saner, W. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 738.
IR Spectroscopy |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Qualitative Analysis
Analysis of functional groups by solubility and infrared analysis  Turek, William N.
An experiment that introduces students to infrared spectroscopy while familiarizing them with the solubility behavior of various organic compounds.
Turek, William N. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 709.
Precipitation / Solubility |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Introductory use of infrared spectra: A formalized approach  McMinn, Dennis
A strategy for introducing the interpretation of IR spectra by looking for the presence (or absence) of peaks in six key regions
McMinn, Dennis J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 708.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Interpreting infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of simple organic compounds for the beginner  Ingham, A. M.; Henson, R. C.
Flowcharts to help the beginner become proficient in interpreting infrared and nuclear magnetic resonance spectra of simple organic compounds.
Ingham, A. M.; Henson, R. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 704.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
An alternative method of learning characteristic spectroscopic signals  Butler, J. Keith
Producing a colored chart correlating functional groups with shifts of frequency.
Butler, J. Keith J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 703.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Identification of copper(II) complexes in aqueous solution by electron spin resonance: An undergraduate coordination chemistry experiment  Micera, G.; Deiana, S.; Erre, L.; Piu, P.; Panzanelli, A.
Experiment for studying complex species formed by Cu2+ and 2,6-dihydroxybenzoate ions in aqueous solution through ESR spectroscopy.
Micera, G.; Deiana, S.; Erre, L.; Piu, P.; Panzanelli, A. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 646.
Coordination Compounds |
Qualitative Analysis |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
EPR / ESR Spectroscopy
Analytical chemistry of surfaces. Part III. Ion spectroscopy  Hercules, David M.; Hercules, Shirley H.
Analysis of surfaces through secondary-ion mass spectrometry and ion-scattering spectroscopy.
Hercules, David M.; Hercules, Shirley H. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 592.
Surface Science |
Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry
An inexpensive, easily constructed cryostat for variable-temperature spectrophotometry  Burgstahler, Albert W.; McBain, Douglas S.
Easily made cryostat for use in standard UV-visible spectrophotometers that allows for adding reagents or withdrawing aliquots during operation.
Burgstahler, Albert W.; McBain, Douglas S. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 469.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Chlorophyll separation and spectral identification  Diehl-Jones, Susan M.
Extracting chlorophyl a and b from spinach and separating them using thin-layer and column chromatography.
Diehl-Jones, Susan M. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 454.
Separation Science |
Spectroscopy |
Plant Chemistry |
Photosynthesis |
Dyes / Pigments |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Chromatography
Spectrophotometry: Mechanics and measurement  Diehl-Jones, Susan M.
Experiment designed to be an introduction to spectrophotometry and to general spectral analysis techniques.
Diehl-Jones, Susan M. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 255.
Spectroscopy |
Solutions / Solvents
Performance characterization of an instrument  Salin, Eric D.
Experiment that introduces students to detection limits, signal-to-noise ratio, dynamic range, and linear dynamic range using flame atomic emission.
Salin, Eric D. J. Chem. Educ. 1984, 61, 70.
Instrumental Methods |
Calibration |
Atomic Spectroscopy
The determination of the stereochemistry of erythro-1,2-diphenyl-1,2-ethanediol: an undergraduate organic experiment  Rowland, Alex T.
The author describes a successful experiment that has been conducted by first-year organic chemistry students which illustrates the power of H NMR spectroscopy in a configuration determination.
Rowland, Alex T. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 1084.
Phenols |
Alcohols |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Stereochemistry |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
Enantiomers
An analysis of a commercial furniture refinisher: a comprehensive introductory NMR experiment  Markow, Peter G.; Cramer, John A.
The author presents a laboratory experiment which introduces undergraduate students to the techniques of NMR through the analysis of a commercial furniture refinisher.
Markow, Peter G.; Cramer, John A. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 1078.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Consumer Chemistry
IR spectrum of a fictitious hydride   Moeller, Michael B.
42. Bits and pieces, 15. This exercise provides an excellent introduction to spectroscopy and the ability to determine molecular parameters from spectral data.
Moeller, Michael B. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 569.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Molecular Properties / Structure
NMR spectra of cobaloximes: unexpected nonequivalence of methyl groups  Clifford, Ben; Cullen, William R.
Students are often puzzled by the doublet for the four ligand methyl groups. This author helps explain this phenomenon.
Clifford, Ben; Cullen, William R. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 554.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds
Prediction of the appearance of non-first-order proton NMR spectra   Macomber, Roger S.
Undergraduates generally become equipped only to handle only first-order coupling patterns. This means that they have a hard time understanding a real spectra. By scaffolding students through the synthesis level of Bloom's taxonomy, students can work toward a more expert level of understanding.
Macomber, Roger S. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 525.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Learning Theories
Computer simulation of NMR spectra   Ellison, A.
40. A new PASCAL program has been written to provide for the interactive analysis and display of the high resolution NMR spectra.
Ellison, A. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 425.
NMR Spectroscopy
Strontium and zinc content in bones as an indication of diet: an undergraduate project in quantitative analysis with interdisciplinary interest  Rheingold, Arnold L.; Hues, Steven; Cohen, Mark N.
The author describes a laboratory activity that addresses controversies about early human diet.
Rheingold, Arnold L.; Hues, Steven; Cohen, Mark N. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 233.
Quantitative Analysis |
Food Science |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy
A convenient lecture demonstration of fluorescence   Burrows, Hugh D.
In introducing fluorescence in courses in photochemistry, spectroscopy, or analytical chemistry it is valuable to have a demonstration showing clearly its characteristics, particularly that the emitted light is as longer wavelengths than the absorbed light and that the fluorescence decays very rapidly when the source of excitation is removed.
Burrows, Hugh D. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 228.
Spectroscopy |
Photochemistry |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
Solvent increment not solvent correction: a suggested modification in the procedure of calculating wavelength of maximum ultraviolet absorption of alpha, beta-unsaturated aldehydes and ketones  Qureshi, Mohammad Ismail
This article describes a procedure for calculating the ? solvent max that removes an unnecessary, but typical source of confusion.
Qureshi, Mohammad Ismail J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 149.
Spectroscopy |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Principles of Fourier-transform nuclear magnetic resonance   Blunt, J. W.
37. Bits and pieces, 14. Microcomputer-generated animated graphics can aid in the teaching of Fourier-transform NMR theory and practice.
Blunt, J. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 97.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
Structure elucidation of a natural product  Letcher, Roy M.
This experiment is an attempt to simulate a real-life structure elucidation problem through the isolation, characterization, and chemical transformation of an unknown naturally occurring monoterpene, with extensive use being made of spectroscopy and aided by biogenetic considerations.
Letcher, Roy M. J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 79.
Natural Products |
Separation Science |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Reactions
A reinvestigation of the synthesis of 4-methyl-3-heptanol  Hoffman, Robert V.; Alexander, M. D.; Buntain, Gregory; Hardenstein, Richard; Mattox, Cynthia; McLaughlin, Susan; McMinn, Denise; Spray, Scott; White, Steven
A previously reported laboratory may have reported gas chromatographic separation of the 4-methyl-3-heptanol diastereomiers in error. The side reactions in the Grignard reaction account for the observed results.
Hoffman, Robert V.; Alexander, M. D.; Buntain, Gregory; Hardenstein, Richard; Mattox, Cynthia; McLaughlin, Susan; McMinn, Denise; Spray, Scott; White, Steven J. Chem. Educ. 1983, 60, 78.
Hormones |
Alcohols |
Grignard Reagents |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aldehydes / Ketones |
Gas Chromatography |
Synthesis |
Natural Products
Carbon-13, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy, 2nd Edition (Levy, George C.; Lichter, Robert L.; Nelson, Gordon L.)  Gust, Devens
Theory and application of carbon-13 NMR.
Gust, Devens J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, A29.
Isotopes |
NMR Spectroscopy
An experiment on isomerism in metal-amino acid complexes: Preparation and characterization of cobalt(III) complexes containing N-bonded monodentate, O-bonded monodentate and N,O-chelated glycine ligands  Harrison, R. Graeme; Nolan, Kevin B.
Synthesis of three cobalt(III) complexes that illustrate three possible modes of bonding of glycine to a metal ion, as well as methods for distinguishing among the products.
Harrison, R. Graeme; Nolan, Kevin B. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 1054.
Stereochemistry |
Amino Acids |
Coordination Compounds |
Synthesis |
Diastereomers |
IR Spectroscopy |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
The preparation and characterization of the geometric isomers of a coordination complex: cis- and trans-bis-glycinato copper(II) monohydrates  O'Brien, Paul
The preparation of the cis and trans isomers of the kinetically labile bis glycinato copper(II) has a number of advantages including its facility, economy, ready theoretical interpretation, and biological relevance.
O'Brien, Paul J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 1052.
Synthesis |
Stereochemistry |
Diastereomers |
IR Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
Structural parameters of methyl iodide by infrared spectroscopy  McNaught, Ian J.
A study of the rotation-vibration spectrum of methyl chloride permits calculation of band origins of the fundamentals, Coriolis coupling constants of the degenerate modes, rotation constants, and bond lengths and force constants.
McNaught, Ian J. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 879.
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Covalent Bonding
Determination of sodium in salt substitute by flame emission spectroscopy  Goodney, David E.
Using this procedure a student should be able to report the ppm Na in a salt substitute with an error of a few percent.
Goodney, David E. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 875.
Food Science |
Consumer Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
Undergraduate infrared spectroscopy experiments  MacCarthy, Patrick; Bowman, Susan J.
A set of experiments that provide experience in deuteration and derivatization procedures as applied to infrared spectroscopy.
MacCarthy, Patrick; Bowman, Susan J. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 799.
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Isotopes
A microcomputer-based data acquisition system for use in undergraduate laboratories  Johnson, Ray L.
Describes a laboratory computer system based on the Commodore PET 2001 and its application to the analytical chemistry loaboratory.
Johnson, Ray L. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 784.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Isobutylene revisited: An experiment introducing both qualitative and quantitative application of NMR spectroscopy  Tremelling, Michael J.; Hammond, Christina N.
The product distribution is a contradiction to the general rule that the more highly substituted alkene is more stable.
Tremelling, Michael J.; Hammond, Christina N. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 697.
Alkenes |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Addition Reactions |
Molecular Properties / Structure
An analytical chemistry experiment in simultaneous spectrophotometric determination of Fe(III) and Cu(II) with hexacyanoruthenate(II) reagent  Mehra, M. C.; Rioux, J.
This method is based on selective interaction of the complex formed between Fe(III) and Cu(II) and potassium hexacyanoruthenate(II) in acid solution; this technique can easily be extended toward the analysis of these species in environmental samples.
Mehra, M. C.; Rioux, J. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 688.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Coordination Compounds
Simulation of chemical instrumentation. I: Computer-graphics emulation of chemical instrumentation: Absorption spectrophotometers  Gilbert, D. D.; Mounts, T. T., II; Frost, A. A.
31.
Gilbert, D. D.; Mounts, T. T., II; Frost, A. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 661.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Separation and determination of hydroxyacetophenones: An experiment in preparative TLC and UV spectroscopy  Bick, I. R. C.; Blackman, A. J.; Browne, E. J.
A mixture of o-, m-, and p-hydroxyacetophenones is separated through thin-layer chromatography, and the constituents are identified by UV spectroscopy.
Bick, I. R. C.; Blackman, A. J.; Browne, E. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 618.
Separation Science |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Separation and IR analysis of a mixture of organic compounds  Thompson, Evan M.; Almy, John
Introduces students to fractional distillation and analysis of each fraction by gas-liquid chromatography.
Thompson, Evan M.; Almy, John J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 617.
Separation Science |
IR Spectroscopy |
Chromatography |
Gases |
Liquids
Introduction to infrared spectroscopy: A simple undergraduate experiment  Reeder, Deborah M.; Sridharan, Srinivasa
The objective is to obtain two IR spectra, one on an aliphatic compound and the other on an aromatic compound in a first-semester organic laboratory.
Reeder, Deborah M.; Sridharan, Srinivasa J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 503.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Alkanes / Cycloalkanes |
Aromatic Compounds |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Demonstrating color-wavelength relations  Paselk, Richard A.
Demonstrating the correspondence of color and wavelength using a Spectronic 20.
Paselk, Richard A. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 383.
Spectroscopy
Hydrogen bonding and proton transfer  Joesten, Melvin D.
A review of the types of hydrogen bonds and discussion of the application of spectroscopic and diffraction methods to studies of moderate and strong hydrogen bonds.
Joesten, Melvin D. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 362.
Hydrogen Bonding |
Acids / Bases |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
The recording of spectra on sheet film  Briggs, A. G.; Simmons, R. E.
Adapting the photographic plate holder of a spectrograph to enable sheet film to be used instead of glass plates.
Briggs, A. G.; Simmons, R. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 343.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
Pascal type triangles for nuclei with I > 1/2  Koster, David F.; Jones, William
Relating the number and relative intensity of the lines in an NMR or EPR spectrum to Pascal's triangle.
Koster, David F.; Jones, William J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 289.
Spectroscopy |
EPR / ESR Spectroscopy
Sulcatol: Synthesis of an aggregation pheromone  Black, Shirley-Ann; Slessor, Keith N.
Synthesis of the aggregation pheromone of the ambrosia beetle, an insect pest of harvested timber in the Pacific North Coast.
Black, Shirley-Ann; Slessor, Keith N. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 255.
Synthesis |
Natural Products |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Chirality / Optical Activity |
NMR Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Applications of Chemistry
A simple, effective introduction to the Beer-Lambert relationships  Bowman, Leo H.
Demonstrates the realities of light absorbing phenomenon.
Bowman, Leo H. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 155.
Spectroscopy |
Solutions / Solvents
A demonstration of the basic principle of NMR  Meloan, Clifton, E.
Uses a toy gyroscope, wire, and two waste baskets.
Meloan, Clifton, E. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 154.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Magnetic Properties
Nuclear magnetic resonance coupling constants and electronic structure in molecules  Venanzi, Thomas J.
Describes the theory of NMR spin-spin coupling constants, the nature of the three types of coupling mechanisms contributing to the overall spin-spin coupling constant, and the results for two different types of coupling constants in molecules (carbon-carbon and carbon-nitrogen coupling).
Venanzi, Thomas J. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 144.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Isolation, separation and identification of synthetic food colors  Dixon, E. A.; Renyk, G.
A simple, inexpensive experiment for the extraction of synthetic dyes permitted in foodstuffs, and their separation and identification using thin-layer chromatography and ultraviolet/visible spectroscopy.
Dixon, E. A.; Renyk, G. J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 67.
Separation Science |
Food Science |
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Consumer Chemistry |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
Spectroscopy illustrated - A lecture experiment  Boschmann, Erwin
Uses DMSO to illustrate factors that influence the frequency of absorption in infrared spectroscopy.
Boschmann, Erwin J. Chem. Educ. 1982, 59, 57.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds
High resolution NMR theory and chemical applications, 2nd edition (Becker, Edwin D.)  Hayes, Robert G.

Hayes, Robert G. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, A226.
NMR Spectroscopy
An undergraduate laboratory program project involving photocyclizations in independent syntheses of novel chrysenes and phenanthrenes  Letcher, R. M.
This experiment attempts to fulfill such objectives as providing meaningful and viable preparative reactions, providing an opportunity for independent laboratory work within a project framework and under conditions of nearly equal opportunity and experience.
Letcher, R. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 1020.
Undergraduate Research |
Synthesis |
Aromatic Compounds |
Photochemistry |
Diastereomers |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Alcohols |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Analysis of analgesic mixtures: An organic chemistry experiment  Martin, Ned H.
The lab described here allows for students to work out experimental conditions themselves and introduces semi-micro techniques.
Martin, Ned H. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 818.
Microscale Lab |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Spectroscopy in organic chemistry at the introductory level  Gurst, Jerome E.
This author has found that the use of a limited series of compounds allow students to focus attention on the spectra rather than the structural formulas of many compounds. This allows students to grasp the significance of the spectral measurements in a minimal time period.
Gurst, Jerome E. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 511.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Determination of iron by atomic absorption in vitamin-mineral tablets  Pinnell, Robert P.; Zanella, Andrew W.
A description for a laboratory for use in quantitative analysis in which iron in multivitamin tables is determined by atomic absorption.
Pinnell, Robert P.; Zanella, Andrew W. J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 444.
Consumer Chemistry |
Quantitative Analysis |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Vitamins
Identification of organic colorants in art objects by solution spectrophotometry: Pigments  Billmeyer, Fred W., Jr.; Kumar, Romesh; Saltzman, Max
The objective of the research described in this paper has been to develop a simple, rapid identification technique for organic pigments, capable of being utilized on a micro scale.
Billmeyer, Fred W., Jr.; Kumar, Romesh; Saltzman, Max J. Chem. Educ. 1981, 58, 307.
Dyes / Pigments |
Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab
Project Select (the author replies)  Settle, Frank A., Jr.
Addresses concerns regarding bias toward comparison of instrument specifications.
Settle, Frank A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, A171.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Project Select  Aquilina, Ellen P.; Malone, James P.
Concerns regarding bias toward comparison of instrument specifications.
Aquilina, Ellen P.; Malone, James P. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, A171.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
A versatile chemical system for instruction in ESR spectroscopy  Darcy, Raphael
A radical precursor is sued to generate a number of interconvertible, long-lived free radicals whose spectra are observed at room temperature and show variations in detail that illustrate spectroscopic principles.
Darcy, Raphael J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 907.
Spectroscopy |
EPR / ESR Spectroscopy |
Reactive Intermediates |
Magnetic Properties |
Free Radicals
An inorganic laboratory experiment involving photochemistry, liquid chromatography, and infrared spectroscopy  Post, Elroy W.
An experiment involving photochemical ligand displacement on a metal carbonyl, separation of the product by mixture by chromatography, and identification of the components using IR spectroscopy and group theory.
Post, Elroy W. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 819.
Photochemistry |
Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Group Theory / Symmetry |
Separation Science
The chemistry of seashells  Kinard, W. Frank
Infrared studies, magnesium analysis, and the shell chemistry of some common marine organisms.
Kinard, W. Frank J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 783.
Natural Products |
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
How much inorganic spectroscopy and photochemistry?  Gray, Harry B.
Three levels of courses are required to treat adequately the ground state of electronic structures, the spectroscopy and photochemistry of inorganic molecules.
Gray, Harry B. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 764.
Spectroscopy |
Photochemistry
Alteration of curve shape on circular recorders  Atkinson, George F.
Equivalent Gaussian curves presented on linear and circular charts.
Atkinson, George F. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 755.
Spectroscopy
A systematic approach to standard addition methods in instrumental analysis  Bader, Morris
Nine cases of standard addition methods in instrumental analysis, including linear instruments, a non-linear response, the electrochemical Nernst equation, and radiochemical techniques.
Bader, Morris J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 703.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Electrochemistry |
Nuclear / Radiochemistry
A simple demonstration of conformational equilibrium  Partridge, D. A.
The infrared spectra of solutions of pinacol in tetrachloromethane with different molarities are compared to identify the presence of intermolecular hydrogen-bonding.
Partridge, D. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 508.
Equilibrium |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Conformational Analysis |
Hydrogen Bonding |
IR Spectroscopy
A variable reference beam attenuator for infrared spectrophotometers  Garin, David L.; Windsor, Ted
An iris diaphragm used to adjust the reference beam in an IR spectrophotometer.
Garin, David L.; Windsor, Ted J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 463.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy
On the variation of infrared absorption spectra with gas pressure and cell length  Goldman, A.; Blatherwick, R. D.
Shows how the "strong line" and "weak line" approximations to the Lambert-Beer law can be used to explain a seemingly contradictory comparison between two spectra of the same molecule.
Goldman, A.; Blatherwick, R. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 392.
IR Spectroscopy
Allyl alcohol plant stream analysis: Relating industrial chemistry to the undergraduate laboratory  Bard, James R.; Sandoval, Antonio A.
Exercise that seeks to familiarize students with an industrial chemical process using a reaction not normally found in undergraduate textbooks and to broaden appreciation of NMR spectroscopy to include its analytical capabilities and limitations by showing how NMR could be used for analysis of a typical plant stream.
Bard, James R.; Sandoval, Antonio A. J. Chem. Educ. 1980, 57, 218.
Alcohols |
Industrial Chemistry |
Applications of Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy
Cleaning NMR Tubes  Luberoff, B. J.
Uses a vacuum chamber.
Luberoff, B. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 768.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
Potassium bromide disc infrared spectroscopy: A useful technique for liquid samples  Andersen, Jan R.
Use of the KBr-disc method need not be restricted to solids alone.
Andersen, Jan R. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 761.
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Management
The second year course in inorganic chemistry at the free university of Amsterdam  Bolster, M. W. G.
Includes an outline of the experiments used in the course.
Bolster, M. W. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 734.
Coordination Compounds |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory |
IR Spectroscopy |
Magnetic Properties |
Kinetics |
Oxidation / Reduction |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Catalysis
How the Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer works  Strong, Frederick C., III
Explains how the Fourier transform infrared spectrophotometer works.
Strong, Frederick C., III J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 681.
Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
IR Spectroscopy |
Lasers
Ultraviolet spectrophotometric determination of caffeine in cola drinks: An organic analytical experiment  Van Atta, Robert E.
Procedure may also be applied to No-Doz tablets and tea.
Van Atta, Robert E. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 666.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Separation Science |
Quantitative Analysis
Fluorescence determination of aspirin in APC tablets  Fiigen, R. A.; Plude, J. L.; Seitz, W. R.
Modification of an earlier procedure to hydrolyze the aspirin to salicylate that is then determined through spectrophotometry.
Fiigen, R. A.; Plude, J. L.; Seitz, W. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 658.
Spectroscopy
Use of general purpose microcomputers to synthesize hypothetical spectra for the nmr recorder  Wright, John R.; Robinson, Jack L.

Wright, John R.; Robinson, Jack L. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 643.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Purification of chloroform for NMR spectroscopy  Burfield, David R.
Chloroform can be readily purified by simply standing the solvent over activated molecular sieves.
Burfield, David R. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 486.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management |
Separation Science
Friedel-Crafts acylation: An experiment incorporating spectroscopic structure determination  Schatz, Paul F.
Students use IR and NMR methods to determine the product of an aromatic substitution.
Schatz, Paul F. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 480.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Aromatic Compounds
Triboluminescence spectroscopy of common candies  Zink, Jeffrey I.; Angelos, Rebecca; Hardy, Gordon E.
Experimental methods of measuring spectra and the origins of triboluminescence; includes spectra data for spearmint, peppermint, and wintergreen Lifesavers.
Zink, Jeffrey I.; Angelos, Rebecca; Hardy, Gordon E. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 413.
Photochemistry |
Spectroscopy
A simple technique for the preparation of solutions for qualitative infrared spectroscopy  Southwick, Everett W.; Kidd, Douglas H.
A simple technique for the preparation of solutions for qualitative infrared spectroscopy involves drawing the sample into a capillary tube through capillary action.
Southwick, Everett W.; Kidd, Douglas H. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 394.
Solutions / Solvents |
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
A student synthesis of the housefly sex attractant  Cormier, Russell A.; Duc Phan, M.; Graddis, Thomas; Singer, Richard
This multi-step synthetic sequence illustrates several important laboratory techniques, including ir and nmr spectroscopy, thin-layer and column chromatography, rotary evaporation, recrystallization, and vacuum distillation.
Cormier, Russell A.; Duc Phan, M.; Graddis, Thomas; Singer, Richard J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 345.
Synthesis |
Natural Products |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Chromatography |
Thin Layer Chromatography
Infrared spectra simulation  Breneman, G. L.
A Basic program that simulates the ir spectra of 35 organic compounds.
Breneman, G. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 340.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
A simple and inexpensive modification for coaxial nmr cells  Nelson, Harold C.
Employing sections of various gauge, Teflon tubing that encircle the reference tube.
Nelson, Harold C. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 306.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Electrons, bonding, orbitals, and light: A unified approach to the teaching of structure and bonding in organic chemistry courses  Lenox, Ronald S.
A suggested list of topics and methods for teaching introductory organic students bonding concepts.
Lenox, Ronald S. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 298.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Lewis Structures |
Spectroscopy |
Covalent Bonding
Collecting and manipulating digital data in an experiment on electronic spectroscopy  Burkhart, R. D.; Howells, P. N.
The transmission spectra of cyanine dyes are recorded on a Beckman DB spectrophotometer and converted to absorbances by a computer program.
Burkhart, R. D.; Howells, P. N. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 249.
Chemometrics |
Spectroscopy
Identification of geometrical isomers of the cobalt(III)-iminodiacetate system: An inorganic experiment  Lawrance, Geoffrey A.; Rix, Colin J.
Procedure for the preparation and isolation of two differently colored geometric isomers of Co(IDA)2- and their characterization using pmr and visible spectroscopy.
Lawrance, Geoffrey A.; Rix, Colin J. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 211.
Stereochemistry |
Diastereomers |
Coordination Compounds |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A simple device for washing nmr tubes  De Lucchi, Ottorino; Miozzo, Gian Franco
A device that can be constructed by a skilled glassblower.
De Lucchi, Ottorino; Miozzo, Gian Franco J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 124.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management |
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Phosphorus coupling in 13C and 1H NMR  Krudy, George A.; Macomber, Roger S.
Provides a variety of spectra of organophosphorus compounds that exhibit informative 1H and 13C spectra.
Krudy, George A.; Macomber, Roger S. J. Chem. Educ. 1979, 56, 109.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Group electronegativity by NMR  Greever, Joe C.
The purpose of this experiment is to allow the student to observe the correlation between chemical shift and electronegativity.
Greever, Joe C. J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 538.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Periodicity / Periodic Table
Magnetic and spectral behavior of Co(py)2X2 complexes. A teaching experiment  Webb, D. L.; Meek, T. L.
The pedagogical merit of this experiment is two-fold: a considerable portion of the syllabus is covered and there is a requirement for students to collaborate and discuss.
Webb, D. L.; Meek, T. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 408.
Spectroscopy |
Magnetic Properties |
Coordination Compounds |
Organometallics
Z- and E-stereoisomerism: An experiment using photochemistry  Bourelle-Wargnier, F.; Feigenbaum, A.; Muzart, J.
The authors' report on the preparation of 2-benzylidenecyclohexanone E(I).
Bourelle-Wargnier, F.; Feigenbaum, A.; Muzart, J. J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 339.
Stereochemistry |
Photochemistry |
Aromatic Compounds |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Enantiomers
Computer assisted analysis of nuclear magnetic resonance spectra  Calkins, Keith G.; Daley, Richard F.
The authors have implemented an interactive computer program designed to assist the beginning student in interpreting NMR data.
Calkins, Keith G.; Daley, Richard F. J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 322.
NMR Spectroscopy
Vibronic analysis of the visible absorption and fluorescence spectra of the fluorescein dianion  Kurucsev, Tomas
This laboratory exercise incorporates the study of the absorption spectrum of benzene. It is possible to demonstrate that remarkably simple interpretation may often be given to the solution spectra of quite complex organic aromatic molecules.
Kurucsev, Tomas J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 128.
Aromatic Compounds |
Spectroscopy |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
Project for problem-oriented undergraduate organic or integrated undergraduate laboratory  Silveira, Augustine, Jr.
This paper reports on an open-ended project which allows a great degree of flexibility in the laboratory. The project provided about a 6-week study for groups of 24 students each.
Silveira, Augustine, Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1978, 55, 57.
Synthesis |
Undergraduate Research |
Spectroscopy |
Diastereomers |
Addition Reactions |
MO Theory |
Elimination Reactions |
Thermodynamics |
Kinetics
Pure rotational Raman spectroscopy: A dry-lab experiment  Hoskins, L. Claron
Permits the student to analyze the pure rotational Raman spectra of hydrogen and carbon dioxide and determine the bond distances.
Hoskins, L. Claron J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 642.
Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Converting atomic spectral line widths from frequency to wavelength  Lovett, R. J.; Parsons, M. L.
A method that illustrates the conversion from frequency to wavelength in a readily understandable fashion requiring only the visualization of a spectral line shape and some algebra.
Lovett, R. J.; Parsons, M. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 615.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Instrumental Methods
A readily made simulated optical spectrum for an overhead projector  Rix, Colin J.; Phillips, Keith A.
Combining six differently colored transparent sheets to generate a useful approximation of an optical spectrum and 15 solutions whose colors are representative of different regions of the visible spectrum.
Rix, Colin J.; Phillips, Keith A. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 579.
Spectroscopy
Boron-11 nmr  Smith, Wayne L.
Principles of 11B NMR and the interpretation of representative spectra.
Smith, Wayne L. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 469.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Identification of FD&C dyes by visible spectroscopy. A consumer-oriented undergraduate experiment  McKone, Harold T.
Absorption maxima and procedures for identifying 11 FD&C dyes through visible spectroscopy.
McKone, Harold T. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 376.
Qualitative Analysis |
Dyes / Pigments |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Consumer Chemistry |
Food Science
Removing the "art" from KBr wafer preparation: An improved procedure  Jordan, David
A device and method for standardizing the torque applied to produce KBr wafers.
Jordan, David J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 287.
Laboratory Management |
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
A "simple" approach to teaching hydrogen chemical shifts  Smith, S. L.
An approach that aids students in organizing information on inductive substituent effects on chemical shifts and has the pedagogical advantage of building on previously learned basic material from the periodic table.
Smith, S. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 255.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
NMR resolution analogy  Bank, Shelton
A visual analogy for the resolving power of the NMR spectrometer.
Bank, Shelton J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 237.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Cycloamyloses  Bergeron, Raymond J.
Examines an unusual carbohydrate system of current interest in the hope of generating some enthusiasm for the topic.
Bergeron, Raymond J. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 204.
Carbohydrates |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Thermodynamics |
Kinetics |
Enzymes |
Spectroscopy
Analysis of complex NMR spectra. A dry-lab spectral analysis experiment  Bell, Harold M.
Affords students the opportunity to obtain practical experience in the techniques of spectral analysis of some more complex systems.
Bell, Harold M. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 180.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Spin factoring as an aid in the determination of spectroscopic terms  McDaniel, Darl H.
Applies the method of spin factoring in a direct, simple fashion to illustrate how the Russell-Saunders term symbols for molecules and ions in various crystal fields may be obtained.
McDaniel, Darl H. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 147.
Spectroscopy |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
Inexpensive rotating Raman cell  MacNamee, R. W.; van Venrooy, J. R.; Harris, W. C.
A rotating sample holder that rotates the sample rapidly out of the laser beam before decomposition from heating can take place.
MacNamee, R. W.; van Venrooy, J. R.; Harris, W. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1977, 54, 79.
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing |
Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Lasers
How to see molecules in 3-D: A low cost device for stereoscopic views  Gelbard, C.
Students may find some difficulties in visualizing in space the molecules drawn in their handbook. Teaching stereochemistry and reaction mechanism is made easier by the aid of stereoscopic devices such as the one described in this note.
Gelbard, C. J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 792.
Stereochemistry |
Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Molecular Modeling
NMR chemical shift correlations. A student oriented project  Sikorski, John; Schaffhausen, John G.
The authors propose a project that utilizes NMR technology to serve as a learning aid for the student and as a tool for the researcher.
Sikorski, John; Schaffhausen, John G. J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 761.
NMR Spectroscopy
NMR spectral analysis. An experiment involving complete lineshape analysis of a two-site exchange problem  Bell, Harold M.
The experiment described in this article is designed to avoid problems such as insufficient access to computers for analysis and lack of access to an NMR machine that can alter temperatures.
Bell, Harold M. J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 665.
NMR Spectroscopy
Interpretation of a 13C magnetic resonance spectrum  Dorn, Harry C.; Kingston, David G. I.; Simpers, Bruce R.
The analysis and interpretation of the cmr spectrum of bis-(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate (I) provides an instructive and simple example of the utility of this technique. [Original feature title: Interpretative Experiments.]
Dorn, Harry C.; Kingston, David G. I.; Simpers, Bruce R. J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 584.
Nuclear / Radiochemistry |
Isotopes |
NMR Spectroscopy
A simple system for demonstrations in spectroscopy  Alman, David H.; Billmeyer, Fred W., Jr.
The system presented here is an easily accessible horizontal working surface and projects both the color and spectrum of the radiation simultaneously.
Alman, David H.; Billmeyer, Fred W., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 166.
Spectroscopy
A student operated animated infrared spectroscopy teaching model  Hartman, Karel
To help students understand the background of infrared spectroscopy better, a teaching model of spectroscopy can be built.
Hartman, Karel J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 111.
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
The design of integrated inorganic experiments. An example from organo-transition-element chemistry  Hunt, G. R. A.
This lab was designed in response to a need for an integrated exercise in undergraduate practical chemistry.
Hunt, G. R. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 53.
Descriptive Chemistry |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Organometallics |
Transition Elements
Computer assisted analysis of infrared spectra  Bell, Harold M.
An interactive computer program helps students learn how to interpret infrared spectra.
Bell, Harold M. J. Chem. Educ. 1976, 53, 26.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Computing / Interfacing
LXXXVI. Atomic spectroscopy atomization systems (Continued)  Dresser, R. D.; Mooney, R. A.; Heithmar, E. M.; Plankey, F. W.
Reviews recent advances in electrically heated non-flame atomizers.
Dresser, R. D.; Mooney, R. A.; Heithmar, E. M.; Plankey, F. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, A451.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Atomic Spectroscopy
LXXXVI. Atomic spectroscopy atomization systems [part one]  Dresser, R. D.; Mooney, R. A.; Heithmar, E. M.; Plankey, F. W.
Reviews recent advances in flame atomizers, including burners, nebulizers, and flames.
Dresser, R. D.; Mooney, R. A.; Heithmar, E. M.; Plankey, F. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, A403.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
a[alpha]- and [bet]a-D-glucose pentaacetate. An experiment in structure assignment using NMR  Pearson, Wesley A.; Spessard, Gary O.
The synthesis and structural determination of alpha- and beta-D-glucose pentaacetate.
Pearson, Wesley A.; Spessard, Gary O. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 814.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Carbohydrates |
Synthesis
A novel communications-skills-based approach to the instrumental laboratory  Varnes, Arthur W.; Wetmore, David E.
Describes the approach used in a course designed to stress the importance of good writing style in laboratory reports.
Varnes, Arthur W.; Wetmore, David E. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 801.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Gas Chromatography |
NMR Spectroscopy
Square cuvet holder for the Spectronic 20  Aronson, John N.
Design of a holder for square, Spec 20 cuvets.
Aronson, John N. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 800.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Laboratory Management
A laboratory exercise for organic chemistry  Sands, Richard D.
Students analyze a mixture of two unknown liquids, which as the semester progresses they are to separate, analyze, and identify.
Sands, Richard D. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 732.
Gas Chromatography |
Separation Science |
IR Spectroscopy
A unique approach to teaching spectrophotometric procedures  Reeves, Roy R.; Hutson, Myron D.; Williams, Howard P.
Substituting commercial food dyes for metal complexes reduces preparation time, tedious record keeping, and allows for a greater variation of unknowns to be issued.
Reeves, Roy R.; Hutson, Myron D.; Williams, Howard P. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 659.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Dyes / Pigments
Fourier transform methods in spectroscopy  Marshall, Alan G.; Comisarow, Melvin B.
Presents illustrative spectral lineshapes and draws an experimental example from Fourier transform ion cyclotron resonance spectroscopy.
Marshall, Alan G.; Comisarow, Melvin B. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 638.
Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques
Flames: A study in molecular spectroscopy  Ashby, Richard A.
Presents the spectra of a few flames and, with their aid, shows how most of the fundamental principles of molecular spectroscopy can be demonstrated.
Ashby, Richard A. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 632.
Spectroscopy
The determination of zinc in hair using atomic absorption spectroscopy  Pomeroy, Roland K.; Drikitis, Nikolajs; Koga, Yoshikata
A procedure for the determination of zinc in hair using atomic absorption spectroscopy.
Pomeroy, Roland K.; Drikitis, Nikolajs; Koga, Yoshikata J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 544.
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Determination of the Nyquist frequency. A computer-interfacing experiment  Swanson, Ray; Thoennes, D. J.; Williams, Robert C.; Wilkins, Charles L.
A discussion of sampling theory, aliasing, and an experiment designed to establish the relationship between the analog-to-digital conversion rate and the frequency of a sine wave voltage input.
Swanson, Ray; Thoennes, D. J.; Williams, Robert C.; Wilkins, Charles L. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 530.
Spectroscopy |
Fourier Transform Techniques |
Instrumental Methods
Fading of bromophenol blue. A combined synthesis and spectrophotometric kinetics experiment  Winans, Randall; Brown, Charles Allan
An experimental sequence involving the synthesis of phenosulfonphthalein, bromination of this to give bromophenol blue, and study of the fading of the latter in a strongly alkaline medium.
Winans, Randall; Brown, Charles Allan J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 526.
Dyes / Pigments |
Synthesis |
Kinetics |
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
Precise determination of the absorption maxima in wide bands  De La Zerda L., Jaime; De Milleri P., Piero; Villaveces C., Jose Luis
Procedure for determining the maxima in wide absorption bands.
De La Zerda L., Jaime; De Milleri P., Piero; Villaveces C., Jose Luis J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 415.
Spectroscopy
Isomer analysis by spectral methods  Poulton, Gerald A.
The use of NMR, UV and mass spectroscopy and gas chromatography to introduce students to the use of spectra to determine the products of a reaction and their relative amounts.
Poulton, Gerald A. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 397.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Gas Chromatography
The preparation and spectral analysis of toluene-a[alpha]-d  Ellis, Jerry W.; Buchanan, David H.
Provides dramatic visual evidence of the changes in IR, NMR, and mass spectra upon substitution of deuterium for hydrogen in a simple molecule.
Ellis, Jerry W.; Buchanan, David H. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 265.
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry |
Spectroscopy
An integrated synthesis laboratory for the sophomore year  Pearson, Wesley A.; Finholt, Albert E.
Outlines the compounds synthesized and the techniques used in a two-semester integrated laboratory sequence for sophomores.
Pearson, Wesley A.; Finholt, Albert E. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 236.
Synthesis |
Coordination Compounds |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Chromatography
A Vidicon detection system for teaching absorption spectroscopy  Richtol, H. H.; Nelson, D. L.; Reeves, R. R.
Describes the conversion of a television system into an absorption spectrograph that can be used as a live demonstration.
Richtol, H. H.; Nelson, D. L.; Reeves, R. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 218.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy
Converting a television system into a quantitative atomic emission spectrograph  Richtol, H. H.; Reeves, R. R.; Nelson, D. L.
The conversion involves placing a transmission grating over the lens of a television camera that is focussed on a discharge tube.
Richtol, H. H.; Reeves, R. R.; Nelson, D. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 198.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Academic vitamins: The development and utility of course supplements  Lindberg, James G.
A course on NMR spectroscopy taught concurrently with organic chemistry, and ideas for other such supplementary courses.
Lindberg, James G. J. Chem. Educ. 1975, 52, 86.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
The effects of aryl substituents on ir, nmr, and mass spectra of N-t-butylbenzamides  Rubottom, George M.
The authors have developed this experiment in order to give students the opportunity to carry out a high yield synthetic reaction coupled with an analysis of the effects of substituents on the IR, NMR, and mass spectral properties of the compounds prepared.
Rubottom, George M. J. Chem. Educ. 1974, 51, 616.
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry
Some experiments in atomic structure  Logan, Kent R.
The experiments provided here investigates color and wavelength, evidence of quantization, the ionization energy of the hydrogen atom, teaching guidelines, photographic specifications, and extensions.
Logan, Kent R. J. Chem. Educ. 1974, 51, 411.
Spectroscopy |
Photochemistry |
Periodicity / Periodic Table
Conversion of a primary alcohol to an alkyl halide via a tosylate intermediate  Wiseman, Park A.; Betras, Steve; Lindley, Barry
The experiment in this article was designed primarily for and has been performed successfully by sophomore chemistry majors.
Wiseman, Park A.; Betras, Steve; Lindley, Barry J. Chem. Educ. 1974, 51, 348.
Alcohols |
Alkylation |
Reactions |
Aromatic Compounds |
NMR Spectroscopy
Illustrating spectral simplification by pmr shift reagents: An undergraduate organic experiment  Kuo, Shu Chen; Harriss, Donald K.; Caple, Ronald
This note is a description of an undergraduate organic laboratory experiment that we have found to demonstrate, simply yet clearly, spectral simplification through the utilization of pmr shift reagents.
Kuo, Shu Chen; Harriss, Donald K.; Caple, Ronald J. Chem. Educ. 1974, 51, 280.
Spectroscopy
Relative carbonium ion stabilization energies: an nmr experiment for the undergraduate organic laboratory  Kenny, David H.; Sandel, Vernon R.; Osterby, Bruce R.
An nmr experiment for the undergraduate organic laboratory studying relative arbonium ion stabilization energies.
Kenny, David H.; Sandel, Vernon R.; Osterby, Bruce R. J. Chem. Educ. 1974, 51, 253.
NMR Spectroscopy
A series of related organic experiments with optional structure determinations  Fairless, Billy J.; Ragsdale, Gary; Kerby, Claudia
The authors wish to report three related experiments that have been received with enthusiasm by organic students.
Fairless, Billy J.; Ragsdale, Gary; Kerby, Claudia J. Chem. Educ. 1974, 51, 61.
Phenols |
Alkenes |
NMR Spectroscopy
Hydrolysis of a chromium(III) complex. Using atomic absorption and ion exchange  Davies, Michael B.; Lethbridge, J. W.
This experiment emphasizes three major advantages of atomic absorption spectroscopy and provides a valuable exercise in the use of ion exchange chromatography.
Davies, Michael B.; Lethbridge, J. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 793.
Ion Exchange |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Chromatography |
Separation Science
Precision spectrophotometry using modular instruments. A method for undergraduate courses  Piepmeier, Edward H.
This paper discusses the stable, single beam, visible spectrophotometers and the techniques that are used to obtain measurements with a relative concentration precision of <0.5%.
Piepmeier, Edward H. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 640.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Management
Simple procedures for ir spectra of solids in the 20-120C range  Bowman, Max I.; Larson, Wilbur S.; Dougherty, Thomas E.
A procedure that has definite advantages over the KBr pellet method for routine student use in the laboratory.
Bowman, Max I.; Larson, Wilbur S.; Dougherty, Thomas E. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 517.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Troublesome concepts in NMR spectrometry  Silverstein, Robert M.; Silberman, Robert G.
Offers definitions, explanations, and suggests references for NMR topics, including spin system, set of nuclei, chemical shift equivalence, magnetic equivalence, and virtual coupling.
Silverstein, Robert M.; Silberman, Robert G. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 484.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
A temperature-regulated cell holder for the Beckman DK-2A spectrophotometer  Templeton, J. Charles
Design for a a temperature-regulated cell holder for the Beckman DK-2A spectrophotometer.
Templeton, J. Charles J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 483.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
NMR Hammett correlation. A laboratory experiment  Salmon, Manuel; Jimenez, Adolfo; Salazar, Ignacio; Zawadzki, Rainer
A simple NMR experiment to familiarize students with the concept and uses provided by the Hammett equation, as well as introduce them to the use of NMR apparatus, chemical shift tabulation, and the application of linear regression analysis.
Salmon, Manuel; Jimenez, Adolfo; Salazar, Ignacio; Zawadzki, Rainer J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 370.
NMR Spectroscopy
Analysis of an important air pollutant: Peroxyacetyl nitrate  Stephens, Edgar R.; Price, Monty A.
Synthesis and IR analysis of peroxyacetyl nitrate (PAN).
Stephens, Edgar R.; Price, Monty A. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 351.
Atmospheric Chemistry |
Chromatography |
IR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis
A spectrophotometer cell stopper for syringe transfer  Toma, Henrique E.; Malin, John M.
A Teflon stopper that reduces the difficulties in making spectrophotometric measurements of air-sensitive reagents.
Toma, Henrique E.; Malin, John M. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 272.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy
Computer simulation of electronic absorption spectra  Price, Earl R.; Stoklosa, Henry J.; Wasson, John R.
Fortran IV program for calculating electronic absorption spectra.
Price, Earl R.; Stoklosa, Henry J.; Wasson, John R. J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 177.
Spectroscopy
The helix coil transition of DNA  Steinert, Roger; Hudson, Bruce
The design and use of a photometer to detect the transition of DNA from the double helix to random coil form.
Steinert, Roger; Hudson, Bruce J. Chem. Educ. 1973, 50, 129.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Photochemistry |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
The analysis of high resolution nmr spectra (Abraham, R. J.)  Reinheimer, John D.

Reinheimer, John D. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A603.
NMR Spectroscopy
The Aldrich library of infrared spectra (Pouchert, Charles J.)  Lambert, Frank L.

Lambert, Frank L. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A491.
IR Spectroscopy
Handbook of Ultraviolet and Visible Absorption Spectra of Organic Compounds (Hirayama, Kenzo)  Borders, Charles L., Jr.

Borders, Charles L., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A399.
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Basic Principles of Spectroscopy (Chang, Raymond)  Barrante, James R.

Barrante, James R. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, A312.
Spectroscopy
Paramagnetic moment measurements by nmr. A micro technique  Loliger, J.; Scheffold, R.
Design of a coaxial cell consisting of a simple melting point tube that is used to to determine the paramagnetic moment of a given substance.
Loliger, J.; Scheffold, R. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 646.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Microscale Lab |
Magnetic Properties |
Instrumental Methods
Effects of stray light in spectroscopy  Cook, R. B.; Jankow, R.
Defines stray light and examines its effects on band shapes, accuracy, and Beer's law plots and their linearity.
Cook, R. B.; Jankow, R. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 405.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Acid and base catalyzed isomerization of 5-cholesten-3-one. An experiment in UV/kinetics  Dimmel, Donald R.; McKinney, Michael A.
This experiment is designed to introduce the student to the principles of ultraviolet spectroscopy and point out its application to following the rate of a chemical change; the experiment also clearly demonstrates that a conjugated system is thermodynamically more stable than a nonconjugated system.
Dimmel, Donald R.; McKinney, Michael A. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 373.
Acids / Bases |
Catalysis |
Kinetics |
Rate Law |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A computer program for plotting nmr spectra  Clark, P. E.; Berlin, K. D.
Describes a Fortran IV program for plotting nmr spectra.
Clark, P. E.; Berlin, K. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 362.
NMR Spectroscopy
An interactive NMR chemical shift search program  Heller, Stephen R.; Feldmann, Richard J.
A computer program has been developed to rapidly search for spectra containing specified chemical shifts from proton nmr spectral data.
Heller, Stephen R.; Feldmann, Richard J. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 291.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Simplified infrared functional group correlation chart  Moye, Alfred L.; Cochran, T. A., Jr.
Provides a simplified infrared functional group correlation chart that presents only the most common functional groups for the beginning student.
Moye, Alfred L.; Cochran, T. A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1972, 49, 129.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Transannular carbene reactions. An intermediate organic laboratory experiment  Hecht, Stephen S.
The experiment described in this article has been used to integrate physical, organic, and inorganic chemistry and stresses the use of research techniques in understanding the relationship between structure and reactivity.
Hecht, Stephen S. J. Chem. Educ. 1971, 48, 340.
Spectroscopy |
Chromatography |
Aromatic Compounds |
Reactions |
Molecular Properties / Structure
The structure and properties of choleic acids. A biologically oriented organic experiment  Jesaitis, R. G.; Krantz, A.
The experiment described here introduces students to techniques which are often not introduced in the context of a laboratory experiment.
Jesaitis, R. G.; Krantz, A. J. Chem. Educ. 1971, 48, 137.
Acids / Bases |
Aromatic Compounds |
Stoichiometry |
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Spectral exercises in structural determination of organic compounds (Shapiro, Robert H.)  Rienheimer, J. D.

Rienheimer, J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A598.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Spectroscopy
Organic structure determination (Pasto, Daniel J.; Johnson, Carl R.)  Morrison, Harry

Morrison, Harry J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A490.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Spectroscopy
Instrumental methods of chemical analysis (Ewing, Galen)  Safford, H. W.

Safford, H. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, A128.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Chromatography
The isomerization of xylenes. An experiment for the organic or instrumental laboratory  Harbison, Kenneth G.
This experiment illustrates both qualitative and quantitative applications of infrared spectroscopy for the analysis of mixtures, as well as providing an interesting study of the mechanism of Friedel-Crafts reactions.
Harbison, Kenneth G. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 837.
Instrumental Methods |
Aromatic Compounds |
IR Spectroscopy |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Reactions |
Constitutional Isomers
Emission spectroscopy using a photoresistor as a light detector  McMeekin, Samuel G.; Toby, Frina S.; Toby, Sidney
Describes a simple, robust yet sensitive light detector system that relies on a cadmium sulfoselenide photoresistor.
McMeekin, Samuel G.; Toby, Frina S.; Toby, Sidney J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 832.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Preparation of plastic films as a matrix for solid samples  Hello, O.
Presents a technique for preparing a variety of samples for infrared spectrometric analysis.
Hello, O. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 782.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Simultaneous spectrophotometric analysis of a 3-component mixture: An experiment for instrumental analysis  Hargis, L. G.; Harker, G. G., III; Huntington, J. L., Jr.; Gruber, T. A.
The experiment described herein is fashioned from a published report describing an approach to the analysis of 3-component mixtures of the isomeric cresols.
Hargis, L. G.; Harker, G. G., III; Huntington, J. L., Jr.; Gruber, T. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 712.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
The hexaphenylethane landmark falls  Smith, William B.
A reexamination of Gomberg's discovery that the treatment of triphenylmethyl chloride with silver results in hexaphenylethane has demonstrated that the dimer formed is not hexaphenylethane; a new product has been proposed.
Smith, William B. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 535.
Reactions |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy
Instrumentation in organic chemistry  Vlassis, C. G.; Cupillari, Thomas G.
Describes an experience in which sophomore organic chemistry students learn largely independently to use instrumentation.
Vlassis, C. G.; Cupillari, Thomas G. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 400.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
On-line computer printing of NMR spectra  Rondeau, Roger E.; Rish, Hughey A. III
The program described reduces the probability of assignment error while also eliminating the most tedious task in the analysis of complex NMR spectra.
Rondeau, Roger E.; Rish, Hughey A. III J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 139.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis
An experiment to illustrate nucleophilic aromatic substitution and tautomerism  Farmer, J. L.; Haws, E. J.
Students hydrolyze 2-chloropyridine and then examine the tautomeric mixture produced using infrared spectroscopy.
Farmer, J. L.; Haws, E. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1970, 47, 41.
Nucleophilic Substitution |
Aromatic Compounds |
Synthesis |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
IR Spectroscopy
Raman spectroscopy - Part two  Bulkin, Bernard J.
Examines aspects of detection and amplification, sample illumination and handling, and future trends in Raman spectroscopy.
Bulkin, Bernard J. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, A859.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Raman Spectroscopy
Raman spectroscopy  Part One  Bulkin, Bernard
This article discusses the current status of Raman instrumentation from the viewpoint of componentslasers, monochromators, detectors, amplifying systems, and sample handling.
Bulkin, Bernard J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, A781.
Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Infrared equipment for teaching  Wilks, Paul A., Jr.
Examines the value of infrared analysis, the role of infrared in teaching, and the characteristics of infrared spectrometers.
Wilks, Paul A., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, A9.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Hydrolysis of latex paint in dimethyl sulfoxide: An organic laboratory experiment  Vinson, Joe A.
The purpose of this experiment is to hydrolyze the ester groups of the vinyl acetate and acrylic ester found in latex paint and identify the R group of the acrylic ester.
Vinson, Joe A. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 877.
Qualitative Analysis |
IR Spectroscopy
An integrated NMR and synthetic organic chemistry experiment  Glaros, George; Cromwell, Norman H.
Presents a synthetic sequence that involves procedures of general utility and results in products illustrative of the basic principles of NMR spectroscopy.
Glaros, George; Cromwell, Norman H. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 854.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Synthesis |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
Aromatic Compounds
Nmr analysis of water-acetic acid solutions  Brabson, G. Dana
Presents an experiment intended to teach the operation of NMR instrumentation and the interpretation of the data it collects, as well as demonstrate a significant principle of chemistry.
Brabson, G. Dana J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 754.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Instrumental Methods
Counter-current distribution as a student laboratory experiment  Lindblad, Bengt; Lindstedt, Goran; Tiselius, Hans-Goran
This experiment demonstrates the principles of extraction and counter-current distribution as well as spectrophotometric analysis.
Lindblad, Bengt; Lindstedt, Goran; Tiselius, Hans-Goran J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 525.
Separation Science |
Spectroscopy
Reflectance spectroscopic analysis of dyes separated by thin layer chromatography  Frodyma, M. M.; Frei, R. W.
This study attempts to verify the usefulness of reflectance spectroscopy as an analytical tool in the hands of the inexperienced analyst.
Frodyma, M. M.; Frei, R. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 522.
Spectroscopy |
Dyes / Pigments |
Thin Layer Chromatography |
Qualitative Analysis |
Quantitative Analysis
Quantitative analysis of APC tablets  Hanrahan, E. S.
A short note on the analysis of APC tablets through ultraviolet, infrared, and proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy.
Hanrahan, E. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 511.
Quantitative Analysis |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
The two forms of aluminum isopropoxide: An NMR experiment  Worrall, I. J.
This experiment prepares tetrameric and trimeric forms of aluminum isopropoxide and analyzes the structure of each through PMR spectroscopy.
Worrall, I. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 510.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
An automatic curve reading device  O'Kane, K. C.; Jurinski, N. B.
Presents a method of using a test scoring machine to read numerical values from graphical input data.
O'Kane, K. C.; Jurinski, N. B. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 460.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Spectroscopy
Teflon mixing vial for handling solids for infrared spectroscopy  Clarke, Michael J.; Venezky, David L.
Presents a Teflon mixing vial for handling solids for infrared spectroscopy that eliminates the introduction of polystyrene into infrared samples.
Clarke, Michael J.; Venezky, David L. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 458.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
The principle of exponential change: Applications in chemistry, biochemistry, and radioactivity  Green, Frank O.
Examines the nature of exponential change and its applications to chemistry, biochemistry, and radioactivity, including radioactive decay, enzyme kinetics, colorimetry, spectrophotometry, and first order reaction kinetics.
Green, Frank O. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 451.
Nuclear / Radiochemistry |
Kinetics |
Enzymes |
Spectroscopy
An instrument for source intensity compensation in atomic fluorescence  O'Haver, T. C.; Winefordner, J. D.
The purpose of this paper is to describe an instrumental system that compensates for variations in the source intensity, thus allowing the use of unstable electrodeless discharge lamps as sources of excitation in atomic flame spectrometry.
O'Haver, T. C.; Winefordner, J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 435.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy
A superior method of mulling samples for infrared spectroscopy  Brady, Leonard E.
It is possible to mull solids quickly and easily with complete protection from air and moisture by grinding with the mulling agent between ground glass plates.
Brady, Leonard E. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 301.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Management
Column chromatography spectrometry for separating two cobalt complexes: A laboratory experiment  Schmitt, Donald L.; Jonassen, Hans B.
This paper presents the details of the separation of [Co(NH3)6]Cl3 from [Co(NH3)5]Cl2 using molecular sieves.
Schmitt, Donald L.; Jonassen, Hans B. J. Chem. Educ. 1969, 46, 47.
Chromatography |
Spectroscopy |
Separation Science |
Coordination Compounds
Elements of diatomic molecular spectra (Dunford, H. Brian)  Hollenberg, J. Leland

Hollenberg, J. Leland J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A702.
Spectroscopy
Problems in spectroscopy - Organic structure determination by NMR, IR, UV, and mass spectra (Trost, Barry M.)  Danforth, Joseph D.

Danforth, Joseph D. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A242.
Molecular Properties / Structure |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Mass Spectrometry
Recent Instrumentation for UV-Visible Spectrophotometry - Part 1 (continued): Dual-Beam Spectrophotometers  Lott, Peter F.
Examines a variety of commercial, dual-beam spectrophotometers.
Lott, Peter F. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, A169.
Instrumental Methods |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Spectrometric identification of insect sex attractants  Silverstein, Robert M.
Uses spectrometric methods to identify the sex attractants of three types of beetle pests.
Silverstein, Robert M. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 794.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Mass Spectrometry |
NMR Spectroscopy
A simple convenient method to obtain NMR spectra on milligram samples  Provost, L. R.; Jardine, R. V.
A simple convenient method to obtain NMR spectra of milligram quantities is through the use of a melting point tube with a well-rounded end.
Provost, L. R.; Jardine, R. V. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 675.
NMR Spectroscopy
Acid-base indicators: An experiment in aqueous equilibria  Brown, William E.; Campbell, J. A.
Examines absorbtivity values for six acid-base indicators under various conditions.
Brown, William E.; Campbell, J. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 674.
Acids / Bases |
Equilibrium |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Dyes / Pigments
Infrared spectroscopic practices  Carraher, Charles E., Jr.
This short note suggests taping thin KBr pellets to hold them in place and obtaining an infrared spectrum for liquid acid chlorides by placing a drop on a produced KBR pellet.
Carraher, Charles E., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 462.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Analysis of complex NMR spectra for the organic chemist. I. Second-order approach with specific application to the two spin system  Garbisch, Edgar W., Jr.
Complex spectra of systems containing up to four spins can often be analyzed satisfactorily by hand and offer advantages at the instructive level.
Garbisch, Edgar W., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 311.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Spring attenuator for infrared spectrophotometers  Cichorz, R. S.; Van Atta, R. E.
Presents the design of an attenuator capable of decreasing the reference beam intensity of an infrared spectrophotometer without reducing the slit width at the same time.
Cichorz, R. S.; Van Atta, R. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 271.
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
A proton magnetic resonance coordination number study. AlCl3 in aqueous solvent mixtures  Fratiello, Anthony; Schuster, Ronald E.
Coordination numbers can be evaluated directly and unambiguously by integrating separate nmr peaks.
Fratiello, Anthony; Schuster, Ronald E. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 91.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Coordination Compounds |
Spectroscopy
Apparatus for measuring spectra of oxygen-sensitive reactions  Lalor, G. C.
This method is particularly suited for quantitative measurement of the absorption spectrum of a product that can be formed by mixing to reactant solutions.
Lalor, G. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1968, 45, 90.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Quantitative Analysis
NMR chemical shift index (Sadtler Research Laboratories)  Danforth, Joseph D.

Danforth, Joseph D. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, A913.
Spectroscopy
Nuclear magnetic resonance for organic chemists (Mathieson, D. W., ed.)  Lambert, Joseph B.

Lambert, Joseph B. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, A758.
NMR Spectroscopy
Applications of spectroscopy to organic chemistry (Brand, J. C. D.; Eglinton, G.)  Lehmann, Walter J.

Lehmann, Walter J. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, A552.
Spectroscopy
Spectroscopy (Whiffen, D. H.)  Hollenberg, J. Leland

Hollenberg, J. Leland J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, A551.
Spectroscopy
Introduction to magnetic resonance: with applications to chemistry and chemical physics (Carrington, Alan; McLachlan, Andre D.)  Fessenden, Richard W.

Fessenden, Richard W. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 772.
NMR Spectroscopy
Dependence of the Beer-Lambert absorption law on monochromatic radiation: An experiment of spectrophotometry  Hanrahan, E. S.
Describes adaptations involving an earlier published experiment.
Hanrahan, E. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 699.
Spectroscopy
The selection of optimum conditions for spectrochemical methods. 3. Sensitivity of atomic fluorescence, absorption, and emission flame spectrometry  McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.; Parsons, M. L.
The purpose of this paper is to provide spectroscopists with the ability to choose the most sensitive flame spectrometric method and instrument for a given analysis and the optimum exponential conditions for subsequent analysis.
McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.; Parsons, M. L. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 214.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy
The acetone-chloroform system: An nmr study  Bell, Jerry A.; Snider, William H.
The procedure involves an introduction to NMR analysis and includes sample spectra and other data so that even those without an NMR spectrometer may conduct the activity.
Bell, Jerry A.; Snider, William H. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 200.
NMR Spectroscopy
The selection of optimum conditions for spectrochemical methods. 2. Quantum efficiency and decay time of luminescent molecules  McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.
The kinetic approach of Forster is used to derive equations for the quantum efficiencies and decay times of molecules (in the condensed phase) that exhibit fluorescence, phosphorescence, and delayed fluorescence.
McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 136.
Spectroscopy
Spectra of Cr(III) complexes. An inorganic chemistry experiment  Dunne, T. G.
Students determine and analyze the spectra of Cr(H2O)6(NO3)3.3H2O, Cr(en)3Cl3, and CrCl3.6H2O.
Dunne, T. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 101.
Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory |
Transition Elements |
Metals
The selection of optimum conditions for spectrochemical methods. 1. Use of signal-to-noise ratio theory  McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.; St. John, P. A.
The purpose of this article is to describe quantitatively the production of signal and noise in spectrochemical measurements.
McCarthy, W. J.; Winefordner, J. D.; St. John, P. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1967, 44, 80.
Spectroscopy
Flame spectroscopy. Parts 1-3 (Mavrodineanu, Radu; Boiteux, Henri)  West, Allen C.

West, Allen C. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, A176.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
Instrumentation for atomic absorptionPart two  Kahn, Herbert L.
Considers sources of atomic absorption, single-element hollow cathodes, manufacturers and lamp life, vapor discharge lamps, multi-element lamps, high brightness lamps, monochromators and detectors, and flame emission operation.
Kahn, Herbert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, A103.
Instrumental Methods |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
Instrumentation for atomic absorptionPart one  Kahn, Herbert L.
Examines the advantages, analytical possibilities, interferences, sensitivities, and instrumental systems of atomic absorption.
Kahn, Herbert L. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, A7.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Multiple-scan infrared interference spectroscopy  Low, Manfred J. D.
Describes the design, operation, and application of a multiple-scan Michelson interference spectrometer.
Low, Manfred J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 637.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Interpretation of Organic Spectra (Mathieson, D. W., ed.)  Wolinsky, Joseph

Wolinsky, Joseph J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 507.
Spectroscopy
An inexpensive coaxial NMR cell  Hinton, J. F.; Amis, E. S.
This paper describes an inexpensive coaxial NMR cell with a number of advantages.
Hinton, J. F.; Amis, E. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 443.
NMR Spectroscopy
Xylene analysis: Integrated experiment in instrumental analysis  Hanrahan, E. S.
Xylene containing major amounts of ethylbenzene, toluene, and three xylene isomers, is analyzed using infrared and gas chromatographic analysis.
Hanrahan, E. S. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 321.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Gas Chromatography |
Aromatic Compounds
Quantitative infrared analysis of xylene mixtures: Internal standard method  Veening, Hans
This paper describes an experiment in which meta- and para-xylene are quantitatively determined through infrared spectroscopy using ortho-xylene as an internal standard and cyclohexane as the solvent.
Veening, Hans J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 319.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Use of infrared spectrophotometry in the analysis of limestone  Kalbus, Gene E.; Kalbus, Lee H.
This paper reports an exploration and extension of the usefulness of infrared as a teaching aid in the field of inorganic analytical chemistry. Includes sample spectra and their analysis.
Kalbus, Gene E.; Kalbus, Lee H. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 314.
IR Spectroscopy |
Geochemistry |
Gravimetric Analysis |
Spectroscopy
Dependence of the Beer-Lambert absorption law on monochromatic radiation: An experiment of spectrophotometry  Wentworth, Wayne E.
The purpose of this paper is to present an experiment that clearly emphasizes the necessity of using monochromatic radiation.
Wentworth, Wayne E. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 262.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Interferometric spectroscopy in the far infrared  Hurley, William J.
Examines interferometric spectroscopy instrumentation, interferograms, interferometry versus conventional spectroscopy, and some chemical applications of interferometric spectroscopy.
Hurley, William J. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 236.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Instructional NMR instrument  Proffitt, Michael H.; Gardiner, W. C., Jr.
Presents circuit diagrams for the components of an instructional NMR instrument.
Proffitt, Michael H.; Gardiner, W. C., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 152.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Simulation of NMR spectra: Computers as teaching devices  Wilkins, Charles L.; Klopfenstein, Charles E.
Presents nuclear magnetic resonance theory and describes an NMR simulation program.
Wilkins, Charles L.; Klopfenstein, Charles E. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 10.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
Flexible gas cells for infrared spectroscopy  Carter, K. N.
A useful and inexpensive gas cell with salt windows can be easily made from a polyethylene bag.
Carter, K. N. J. Chem. Educ. 1966, 43, 9.
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Infrared band handbook. Supplements 1 and 2 (Szymanski, Herman A., ed.)  D., J. V.

D., J. V. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A916.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Spectroscopic problems in organic chemistry. Volume 1 (Cairns, T.)  Williams, T. R.

Williams, T. R. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A548.
Spectroscopy
Elementary infrared spectroscopy (Meloan, Clifton E.)  Cooke, W. D.

Cooke, W. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A492.
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Introduction to infrared and raman spectroscopy (Colthup, Norman B.; Daly, Lawrence H.; Wiberley, Stephen E.)  Wexler, Arthur S.

Wexler, Arthur S. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A322.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy
Interpretation of the ultraviolet spectra of natural products (Scott, A. I.)  Ferguson, Lloyd

Ferguson, Lloyd J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A62.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
Natural Products
The theory of the electronic spectra of organic molecules (Murrell, J. N.)  Shull, Harrison

Shull, Harrison J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, A58.
Spectroscopy
Applications absorption spectroscopy of organic compounds (Dyer, John R.)  Williams, Theodore R.

Williams, Theodore R. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 690.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy
NMR spectra: Appearance of patterns from small spin systems  Becker, Edwin D.
This article seeks to clarify some confusing points in the interpretation of NMR spectra.
Becker, Edwin D. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 591.
Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
A molecular spectral corroboration of elementary operator quantum mechanics  Gerkin, Roger E.
This experiment has been prepared especially for first year students and assumed no prior familiarity with either theory or practice of spectrophotometry.
Gerkin, Roger E. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 490.
Quantum Chemistry |
Spectroscopy
Qualitative tests for K+  McCoy, Robert E.
Flame tests of solid or concentrated cobaltnitrites produce results that are easily mistaken for potassium.
McCoy, Robert E. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 444.
Qualitative Analysis |
Atomic Spectroscopy
Determination of calcium in sea water: Analytical experiment using the radionuclide Ca45  Corless, James T.
In this paper an experiment is described that employs radiotracer, ion exchange, complexometric titration, and spectrophotometric techniques for the determination of calcium in sea water.
Corless, James T. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 421.
Isotopes |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Water / Water Chemistry |
Titration / Volumetric Analysis |
Ion Exchange |
Spectroscopy
Use of polychromatic radiation in absorption photometry  Strong, Frederick C., III
Proportionality between concentration and absorbance (Beer's Law) requires approximately monochromatic radiation to the extent that the variation of absorptivities with wavelength results in less error than other instrumental and chemical errors.
Strong, Frederick C., III J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 342.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
Behavior of electrons in atoms: Structure, spectra, and photochemistry of atoms (Hochstrasser, Robin M.)  Gregory, N. W.

Gregory, N. W. J. Chem. Educ. 1965, 42, 62.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Photochemistry |
Spectroscopy |
Quantum Chemistry
Chemical Spectroscopy (Dodd, R. E.)  Tarr, Donald A.

Tarr, Donald A. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A968.
Spectroscopy
Spectroscopy (Wells, M. J., ed.)  Tarr, Donald A.

Tarr, Donald A. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A966.
Spectroscopy
Mechanical aids for the interpretation of infrared absorption spectral data  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines computer systems, search procedures, microfilm storage, and future developments.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A921.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Mechanical aids for the interpretation of infrared absorption spectral data  Slavin Donald G.
Examines the topics of spectral-structure correlation charts, book indices, the operation of "Spec-Finder," punched card identification systems, edge punched cards, and optical coincidence systems.
Slavin Donald G. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A827.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Instrumentation teaching equipment. Part three: Miscellaneous  Eisner, Leonard
Considers magnetic resonance spectroscopy, magnetic susceptibility, atomic beam spectroscopy, mass spectrometers, chromatography, electrochemistry, electron diffraction, field emission microscopes, glass blowing and vacuum systems, high and low temperatures, and ultrasonics.
Eisner, Leonard J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A607.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods |
Mass Spectrometry |
Magnetic Properties |
Chromatography |
Electrochemistry |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Instrumentation teaching equipment. Part one: Optical devices  Eisner, Leonard
Examines the attributes of teaching equipment, teaching fundamental principles, optics and spectroscopy, and spectroscopic equipment of modular design.
Eisner, Leonard J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A491.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
Instrumentation for fluorometry. Part two  Lott, Peter F.
Examines a variety of fluorometers, including filter fluorometers.
Lott, Peter F. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A421.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
The identification of molecular spectra (Pearse, R. W. B.; Gaydon, A. G.)  Strickler, S. J.

Strickler, S. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A398.
Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure
Emission spectroscopy. Part two  Wiberley, Stephen E.; Richtol, Herbert H.
Examines commercial monochromators.
Wiberley, Stephen E.; Richtol, Herbert H. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, A5.
Atomic Properties / Structure |
Spectroscopy
Infrared spectrometry to study second order reaction kinetics  Gastambide, B.; Blanc, J.; Allamagny, Y.
The change studied is a synthesis reaction between menthol and phenyl isocyanate.
Gastambide, B.; Blanc, J.; Allamagny, Y. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 613.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Reactions |
Kinetics |
Synthesis
An NMR demonstration of isotopic exchange  Lapidot, Aviva; Reuben, Jack; Samuel, David
Hydracrylonitrile (beta-hydroxypropionitrile) is used in a simple NMR experiment to demonstrate the isotopic exchange of deuterium.
Lapidot, Aviva; Reuben, Jack; Samuel, David J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 570.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Isotopes |
Kinetics |
Rate Law
Molecular Vib-rotors: The theory and interpretation of high resolution infrared spectra (Allen, Harry C., Jr.; Cross, Paul C.)  Bauman, Robert P.

Bauman, Robert P. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 408.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Chemical infrared spectroscopy. Volume 1, Techniques (Potts, W. J., Jr.)  Conley, Robert T.

Conley, Robert T. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 408.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
The Friedel-Crafts alkylation of benzene: A first year organic laboratory experiment  Dunathan, H. C.
This experiment involves the alkylation of benzene with each of the four butyl chlorides and aluminum chloride; the monobutylbenzenes from each reaction are then analyzed by vapor phase chromatography and IR spectroscopy.
Dunathan, H. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 278.
Aromatic Compounds |
Reactions |
Mechanisms of Reactions |
IR Spectroscopy
A pseudo first-order-second-order kinetics experiment: An illustration of the Guggenheim method  Ahmad, Mushlaq; Hamer, Jan
The rate of one of the typical reactions of the aromatic nitroso group is determined spectrophotometrically employing the Guggenheim method.
Ahmad, Mushlaq; Hamer, Jan J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 249.
Kinetics |
Rate Law |
Aromatic Compounds |
Spectroscopy
Quantitative analysis using NMR  Smith, William B.
Describes the quantitative analysis of mixtures of organic compounds using NMR spectroscopy.
Smith, William B. J. Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 97.
Quantitative Analysis |
NMR Spectroscopy
Infrared absorption spectroscopy (Nakanishi, Koji)  Williams, Theodore R.

Williams, Theodore R. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 616.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Infrared spectra of inorganic and coordination compounds (Nakamoto, Kazuo)  Ferraro, John R.

Ferraro, John R. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 501.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds
Spectroscopy. Volume 2, Ultra-violet, visible, infra-red, and Raman spectroscopy (Walker, S.; Straw, H.)  Weir, C. E.

Weir, C. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 443.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Raman Spectroscopy
A quantitative experiment with paper chromatography  Frierson, W. Joe; Marable, Nina; Bruce, Becky
A procedure developed for the separation and determination of cobalt, copper, nickel, and zinc has been combined with more recent methods for the spectrophotometric determination of cobalt and nickel and adapted to student use.
Frierson, W. Joe; Marable, Nina; Bruce, Becky J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 408.
Quantitative Analysis |
Chromatography |
Separation Science |
Metals |
Spectroscopy
A qualitative approach to the study of complex NMR spectra  McGreer, Donald E.; Mocek, M. M.
Presents an extension of an earlier description of NMR that involves transforming a simple spectrum into a more complex spectrum.
McGreer, Donald E.; Mocek, M. M. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 358.
NMR Spectroscopy
An introduction to infrared spectroscopy (Brugel, W.)  Lehmann, Walter J.

Lehmann, Walter J. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 336.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Electronic spectra of transition metal complexes  Carlin, Richard L.
This review deals with some of the theoretical interpretations of the visible spectra of transition metal complexes, in an attempt to show some of the recent advances in the field.
Carlin, Richard L. J. Chem. Educ. 1963, 40, 135.
Spectroscopy |
Transition Elements |
Metals |
Coordination Compounds |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
Atomic spectra (Kuhn, H. G.)  Strickler, S. J.

Strickler, S. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A918.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Properties / Structure
The encyclopedia of spectroscopy (Clark, George L.)  Williams, Theodore R.

Williams, Theodore R. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A832.
Spectroscopy
Ultra-violet and visible spectroscopy (Rao, C. N. R.)  Duncan, A. F. B.

Duncan, A. F. B. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A697.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
NMR and EPR spectroscopy (The NMR-EPR Staff of Varian Associates)  Hollahan, John R.

Hollahan, John R. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, A136.
NMR Spectroscopy |
EPR / ESR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
Letters  Cohen, Irwin
Identifies three additional, independent reports on polyethylene cells for infrared spectra.
Cohen, Irwin J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 595.
IR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Spectrometric identification of organic compounds  Silverstein, Robert M.; Bassler, G. Clayton
Presents a sequence of procedures for identifying an unknown organic liquid using mass, NMR, IR, and UV spectroscopy, along with specific examples of unknowns and their spectra,
Silverstein, Robert M.; Bassler, G. Clayton J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 546.
Spectroscopy |
Qualitative Analysis |
Mass Spectrometry |
IR Spectroscopy |
NMR Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Simplified atomic absorption spectrophotometer  Rechnitz, Garry A.
This paper presents a simple atomic absorption spectrophotometer that can be constructed from inexpensive and readily available components.
Rechnitz, Garry A. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 475.
Spectroscopy |
Atomic Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus |
Instrumental Methods
Technique for infrared measurements on solutions of moisture-sensitive compounds  Duckworth, Martin W.; Fowles, Gerald W. A.
Presents a device and method for infrared measurements on solutions of moisture-sensitive compounds.
Duckworth, Martin W.; Fowles, Gerald W. A. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 474.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Disposable polyethylene cells for infrared spectra  Cohen, Irwin
Describes the use of very thin polyethylene to support infrared samples.
Cohen, Irwin J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 262.
IR Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Infrared absorption of inorganic substances (Lawson, Katheryn E.)  Ferraro, John R.

Ferraro, John R. J. Chem. Educ. 1962, 39, 54.
IR Spectroscopy
Spectrochemical Analysis (Ahrens, L. H.; Taylor, S. R.)  Mellon, M. G.

Mellon, M. G. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A644.
Spectroscopy
Infrared spectrometers (concluded)  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the design and operation of various commercial models of infrared spectrometers and a flame photometer.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, A71.
Instrumental Methods |
IR Spectroscopy
Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy  Roberts, J. D.
Presents nuclear magnetic spectroscopy in a manner that makes it suitable for presentation to undergraduates.
Roberts, J. D. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 581.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Spectroscopy
NMR spectroscopy as an analytical tool in organic chemistry  Martin, J. C.
This article introduces the theory of NMR spectroscopy and its use as an analytical tool in organic chemistry.
Martin, J. C. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 286.
NMR Spectroscopy
Inorganic infrared spectroscopy  Ferraro, John R.
Focuses on the use of infrared spectroscopy in solving various problems in inorganic chemistry.
Ferraro, John R. J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 201.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Coordination Compounds |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Organometallics |
Ionic Bonding |
Covalent Bonding
The structure and spectra of nickel(II) and copper(II) complexes  Manch, W.; Fernelius, W. Conard
Explains the structure and spectra of nickel(II) and copper(II) complexes through use of crystal filed theory.
Manch, W.; Fernelius, W. Conard J. Chem. Educ. 1961, 38, 192.
Coordination Compounds |
Spectroscopy |
Crystal Field / Ligand Field Theory
Infrared Spectrometers  Lewin, S. Z.
Examines the components of infrared spectrometers and some commercial devices.
Lewin, S. Z. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, A781.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Infrared spectroscopy: A chemist's tool  Pimentel, George C.
This paper serves as an introduction to infrared spectroscopy and seeks to explain why it has assumed such an important role in chemistry.
Pimentel, George C. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 651.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy
Color photography of spectra  Marquisee, Joseph A.
Using a relatively inexpensive spectrograph, students with no previous experience at color photography can turn out beautiful full color transparencies of spectra that can be viewed in less than two hours.
Marquisee, Joseph A. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 580.
Spectroscopy
Polaroid films simplify instruction in spectrographic analysis  Bryan, Ford R.
Polaroid emulsions can be sued to demonstrate qualitative and quantitative analysis by modifying a conventional spectrograph to accommodate Polaroid film.
Bryan, Ford R. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 471.
Spectroscopy
Near infrared spectra: A neglected field of spectral study  Wheeler, Owen H.
Examines several issues related to infrared spectroscopy, including challenges in instrumentation, spectral interpretation, and analytical applications.
Wheeler, Owen H. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 234.
Spectroscopy |
IR Spectroscopy |
Covalent Bonding
Simultaneous spectrophotometric determination of cobalt and chromium: A student experiment  MacQueen, J. T.; Knight, Samuel B.; Reilley, Charles N.
This paper presents a summary of the theory and procedure applicable to two-component spectrophotometric analysis and describes a system (cobalt(II) and chromium(III) nitrate) that has been found very convenient for student instruction.
MacQueen, J. T.; Knight, Samuel B.; Reilley, Charles N. J. Chem. Educ. 1960, 37, 139.
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
On the origin of characteristic group frequencies in infrared spectra  Dows, David A.
Examines the mechanics and energetics of vibrations in small and large molecules.
Dows, David A. J. Chem. Educ. 1958, 35, 629.
IR Spectroscopy |
Molecular Properties / Structure |
Covalent Bonding
Nuclear magnetic resonance  Richter, Henry L.
This review summarizes the many applications of nuclear magnetic resonance to various fields of chemistry and physics.
Richter, Henry L. J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 618.
NMR Spectroscopy
The evidence from infrared spectroscopy for hydrogen bonding: A case history of the correlation and interpretation of data  Gorman, Mel
Examines the effect of hydrogen bonding on infrared absorption, the collection of data and empirical correlation, and theoretical interpretation.
Gorman, Mel J. Chem. Educ. 1957, 34, 304.
IR Spectroscopy |
Hydrogen Bonding |
Noncovalent Interactions
Experience in the teaching of spectrochemical analysis  Devries, Thomas
The purpose of this paper is to present some ideas and relate experiences that may encourage others to include emission spectroscopy in the curriculum.
Devries, Thomas J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 430.
Spectroscopy |
Instrumental Methods
Hydrogen bonding and physical properties of substances  Ferguson, Lloyd N.
Physical properties influenced by hydrogen bonding considered in this paper include transition temperatures, vapor pressure, water solubility, the ionization of carboxylic acids, stereoisomerism, adsorption, and infrared spectra.
Ferguson, Lloyd N. J. Chem. Educ. 1956, 33, 267.
Hydrogen Bonding |
Noncovalent Interactions |
Physical Properties |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Carboxylic Acids |
Stereochemistry |
IR Spectroscopy
Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy  reprinted from the Industrial Bulletin
Briefly describes NMR spectroscopy, its use in industry, and equipment currently available.
reprinted from the Industrial Bulletin J. Chem. Educ. 1955, 32, 79.
NMR Spectroscopy |
Industrial Chemistry
Letters to the editor  Steinhardt, Ralph G., Jr.
The author replies to a commentary on his earlier article regarding the definition of "spectrum."
Steinhardt, Ralph G., Jr. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 217.
Spectroscopy |
Nomenclature / Units / Symbols
Letters to the editor  Rosenbaum, E. J.
Commentary on an earlier article regarding the definition of "spectrum."
Rosenbaum, E. J. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 216.
Spectroscopy |
Nomenclature / Units / Symbols
Two experiments in spectrophotometry  Phillips, John P.
Presents procedures for determining the ionization constants of weak acids and a complex formula by the method of continuous variations through spectrophotometry.
Phillips, John P. J. Chem. Educ. 1954, 31, 81.
Spectroscopy |
Acids / Bases |
Aqueous Solution Chemistry |
Coordination Compounds
Permanganate standardization with a Beckman spectrophotometer  Ransford, J. E.
This standardization is suggested as a time saving device that might also give students some experience with the spectrophotometric method.
Ransford, J. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 350.
Spectroscopy |
Quantitative Analysis
An inexpensive, easily constructed spectrophotometer  Safford, Hurd W.; Westneat, D. F.
Presents the design and describes the operation of an inexpensive, easily constructed spectrophotometer that relies on a wedge interference filter.
Safford, Hurd W.; Westneat, D. F. J. Chem. Educ. 1953, 30, 343.
Spectroscopy |
Laboratory Equipment / Apparatus
Sources of information on ultraviolet absorption spectrophotometry  Hirt, Robert C.
Provides a bibliography of resources containing information on ultraviolet absorption spectrophotometry.
Hirt, Robert C. J. Chem. Educ. 1952, 29, 301.
Spectroscopy |
UV-Vis Spectroscopy
A course in instrumental analysis  Bassett, Lewis G.; Harley, J. H.; Wiberley, S. E.
A course in instrumental analysis can be conveniently divided into three parts: absorption spectroscopy (including fluorometry), emission spectroscopy, and electrometric procedures. This paper considers each of these fields and discusses student experiments in some detail.
Bassett, Lewis G.; Harley, J. H.; Wiberley, S. E. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 466.
Instrumental Methods |
Spectroscopy
The use of fluorescence in qualitative analysis  White, Charles E.
It is the purpose of this paper to show that the techniques of fluorescence are simple, that the apparatus required is inexpensive, and to outline procedures that may be used in any scheme of qualitative analysis. Specific tests for aluminum, zinc, boron, sodium, beryllium, thallium, and thorium are described.
White, Charles E. J. Chem. Educ. 1951, 28, 369.
Qualitative Analysis |
Fluorescence Spectroscopy